As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2025.

Registration No. 333-     

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_____________________________________

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

______________________________________

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

______________________________________

Nevada

 

5141

 

99-1867981

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

12 Chrysler Unit C
Irvine, CA 92618
949-706-9966

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

______________________________________

Yin Yan
Chief Executive Officer
c
/o Marwynn Holdings, Inc.
12 Chrysler Unit C
Irvine, CA 92618
949-706-9966

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

______________________________________

Copies to:

John P. Yung, Esq.
Daniel B. Eng, Esq.
Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP
45 Fremont Street, Suite 3000
San Francisco, CA 94105
Phone: (415) 362-2580

 

Anthony N. DeMint, Esq.
DeMint Law, PLLC
3753 Howard Hughes Parkway
Second Floor Suite 314
Las Vegas, Nevada 89169
(702) 714
-0889

______________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

 

☐

 

Accelerated filer

 

☐

Non-accelerated filer

 

☒

 

Smaller reporting company

 

☒

       

Emerging growth company

 

☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

 

DATED JANUARY 13, 2025

2,000,000 Shares of
common stock

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

_______________________

This is a firm commitment initial public offering of shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Marwynn,” “we,” “our” or “us”). Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our shares will be between $4.00 and $5.00 per share. For purposes of this prospectus, the assumed initial public offering price per share is $4.50, the mid-point of the anticipated price range.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 45,000,000 shares of common stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 (“Preferred Stock”), among which 135,000 shares of Preferred Stock have been designated as “Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock.” Each share of common stock is entitled to one (1) vote and each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock. The holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends of any kind or be entitled to any liquidation preference. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to conversion into common stock or other equity authorized to be issued by the Company. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is redeemable at the election of the holder at a redemption price of $0.001 per share. See “Description of Capital Stock” on page 87 for further details on our capital stock.

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “MWYN.” There is no assurance that our listing application will be approved by the Nasdaq Capital Market. The approval of our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market is a condition of closing this offering.

For purposes of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the assumed public offering price per share is $4.50 (the mid-point of the estimated offering price range). The actual offering price per share will be as determined between American Trust Investment Services, Inc., as representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”) and us at the time of pricing. Factors to be considered will include our historical performance and capital structure, prevailing market conditions and overall assessment of our business.

Our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, Ms. Yin Yan, beneficially owns 7,770,485 shares of common stock and all 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. Ms. Yin Yan is expected to control approximately 93.93% of the voting power of our outstanding voting securities after the consummation of this offering, assuming the maximum number of shares of common stock offered hereby are sold (or approximately 93.74% of the voting power if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full). Approximately, 94.56% of Ms. Yin Yan’s voting power stems from her holdings of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market.

As long as Ms. Yin Yan holds more than 50% of the Company’s voting power, she will exercise control over the management and affairs of the company and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of the Company’s directors. Ms. Yan, who after our initial public offering will control more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors, as well as the overall management and direction of our company. For so long as we remain a “controlled company” under Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c), we are permitted to elect, and intend, to rely on certain exemptions from corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, including:

•        An exemption from the rule that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors;

•        An exemption from the rules that our compensation committee and nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors;

•        An exemption from the rule that the compensation of our chief executive officer must be determined or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        An exemption from the rule that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by a majority of independent directors or nominations committee comprising solely of independent directors.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13. You should carefully consider these risk factors, as well as the information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing any of the securities offered by this prospectus.

 

Table of Contents

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

_______________________

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price(1)

 

$

4.50

 

$

9,000,000.00

Underwriting discounts and commissions(2)

 

$

0.36

 

$

720,000.00

Proceeds to us, before expenses(3)

 

$

4.14

 

$

8,280,000.00

____________

(1)       Initial public offering price per share is assumed to be $4.50, being the mid-point of the initial public offering price range. The offering size excludes any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option.

(2)       We have agreed to pay the underwriters a discount equal to 8% of the gross proceeds of the offering. We have agreed to issue, on the closing date of this offering, warrants to the Representative (“Representative’s Warrants”), to purchase an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold by us in this offering. These Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable on the 180th day after the effective date of this registration statement at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price of the shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, may be exercised immediately on a cashless basis, and will expire five years from the effective date of this registration statement. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also covers the issuance of the Representative’s Warrants and shares of common stock issuable thereunder. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 94.

(3)       We estimate the total expenses of this offering will be approximately $1,000,000.00. Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option we have granted to the Representative as described below.

The Representative has an over-allotment option to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% additional common stock from us at the price per share equal to initial public offering price within 45 days of the closing of this offering.

The Representative expects to deliver the shares to purchasers against payment on or about [•], 2025.

Sole Book-Running Manager

The date of this prospectus is [•], 2025

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

THE OFFERING

 

9

RISK FACTORS

 

13

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

34

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

35

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

36

CAPITALIZATION

 

37

DILUTION

 

38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

40

BUSINESS

 

59

MANAGEMENT

 

75

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

81

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

83

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

85

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

87

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

92

UNDERWRITING

 

94

EXPERTS

 

98

LEGAL MATTERS

 

98

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

98

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

Through and including _______ (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with information different from or in addition to that contained in this prospectus, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, “the Company,” “our Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

i

Table of Contents

CONVENTIONS THAT APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only, references to:

•        “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “Marwynn” are to Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation incorporated on February 27, 2024, and its consolidated subsidiaries;

•        “Frost & Sullivan” means Frost & Sullivan Limited, a business consulting firm involved in market research, analysis and growth strategy consulting;

•        “FuAn” means FuAn Enterprise, Inc., a California corporation incorporated on April 18, 2016, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marwynn;

•        “Grand Forest” means Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, a California corporation incorporated on February 22, 2021, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marwynn;

•        “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

•        “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

•        “US$”, “$” and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States; and

•        “U.S. GAAP” are to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Unless otherwise indicated, (a) information in this prospectus assumes that the Representative does not exercise its over-allotment option to purchase additional common stock, and (b) references in this prospectus to this offering are to our offering of common stock pursuant to this prospectus.

Unless we indicate otherwise or unless the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes the adjustment for the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024 for the purpose of this offering.

Internet site addresses in this prospectus are included for reference only and the information contained in any website, including our website, is not incorporated by reference into, and does not form part of, this prospectus.

ii

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Business,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. For additional information, see “Where You Can Find More Information” in this prospectus.

Our Business

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. is a holding company with no operations other than holding the shares of its two wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, FuAn Enterprise, Inc. (“FuAn”) and Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc (“Grand Forest”), that are in the supply chain business. Through our subsidiaries, we are committed to becoming a leading supply chain company in the U.S. for food, non-alcoholic beverages and indoor home improvement products.

Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages

FuAn is a food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain company that specializes in connecting businesses between different regions, particularly between Asia and the U.S. FuAn’s comprehensive supply chain services include the sourcing of Asian food, snacks, and non-alcoholic beverages, and distributing branded goods to mainstream markets, grocery stores and wholesale/warehouse clubs in the U.S. In addition, FuAn provides supply chain consulting, and market expansion support for businesses. With a focus on sourcing Asian foods and non-alcoholic beverages, FuAn aims at becoming a leading importer and distributor of Asian foods and non-alcoholic beverages to the U.S. markets.

Indoor Home Improvement

Grand Forest is an indoor home improvement supply chain provider that focuses on providing kitchen cabinets, flooring, and home improvement products sourced from international suppliers. Grand Forest strives to bring affordable luxury with both aesthetic and practicality to the living space. We focus on sourcing high-quality products from reliable overseas suppliers and distributing them to customers primarily in the San Francisco Bay Area, as we work to expand our capabilities throughout California and across the U.S. We prioritize customer satisfaction and aim to provide exceptional products and services to enhance the homes of our customers.

1

Table of Contents

Our Strength

•        Established International Presence and Network in Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages.    We have established a strong network of strategic relationships in the United States and throughout Asia. This international network consisting of manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, import/export brokers allows us to source, ship and distribute a variety of food and non-alcoholic beverage products from Asia to the United States and vice versa. In the United States, we are an authorized vendor to Costco Wholesale Corporation (“Costco”), Walmart Marketplace, and United Natural Foods, Inc. (“UNFI”), and through our sales network, we are able to introduce more international food and non-alcoholic beverage products to the United States. At the same time, we also source a variety of food and non-alcoholic beverage products in the United States for sale to customers in Asian countries. As a result of our experience in shipping goods from Asia to the United States and vice versa, we have established a strong logistic and supply chain management operation. This allows us to share our expertise to our client in terms of cost savings.

•        Expandable Distribution Network for Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages Reaching Customers Nationwide and Long-Standing Relationships with Retail Partners.    We offer high-quality products sourced from reliable suppliers overseas. We partner with Lineage Logistics, LLC, one of the largest cold food storage and logistics companies, with over 450 warehouse locations internationally. Our expandable distribution network allows us to reach customers nationwide. Additionally, we maintain strong relationships with our retail partners, with the average relationship length being approximately three (3) years across our top partners, which includes wholesalers, warehouse clubs and retailers such as Costco, Walmart Marketplace and UNFI.

•        Expertise in Supply Chain and Home Improvement Industry.    Our executive management team brings an average of approximately 20 years’ experience in operations, supply chain management and the home improvement industries. Their deep understanding of efficient logistics, distribution solutions, and indoor remodeling, guides our success and positions us as a potential future leader in the industry. We also work with independent third-party customs, freight and sales brokers who have experience in supply chain management.

•        Brand Reputation.    Both our business segments have a brand reputation for quality and reliability, demonstrated by our long-standing relationships with top market share retailers and consistent customer referrals.

•        Expanding Omnichannel Business Positioned for Online Growth.    We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the fast-growing e-commerce channel. We believe our online platforms allow us to reach a broader customer base and enhance our distribution capabilities, compared to traditional supply chain management and home improvement solutions. Grand Forest has also partnered with MegHomePlus, an online home improvement wholesaler, to help build our online sales capabilities. In the next year, we plan to develop an online supply chain management platform that will combine our food and non-alcoholic beverages, supply chain and home improvement platforms into a single online interface.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to continue to grow our business by increasing the scale of our current operations and expanding into new services and locations. We intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve this goal:

Food and Beverage Supply Chain and Brand Management

•        Expand our network of suppliers in Asia to increase product variety and availability.

•        Develop our digital platform for seamless communication and transactions with clients and suppliers.

•        Increase marketing efforts to promote our services to a wider audience.

•        Implement sustainability practices in our supply chain to attract environmentally conscious clients.

•        Expand our presence in the U.S. market by establishing additional warehouse locations.

2

Table of Contents

•        Offer additional value-added services to maintain customer loyalty.

•        Diversify our product offerings by exploring new market trends and consumer demands.

•        Strengthen partnerships with existing clients and suppliers through regular communication and feedback.

•        Extend our reach to other international markets beyond Asia and the U.S.

Indoor Home Improvement Solutions

•        Expand distribution networks throughout California and the U.S. and introduce a new product line of kitchen cabinets made from sustainable materials such as bamboo.

•        Launch an online store to reach a wider customer base and open flagship showrooms in several major metropolitan areas.

•        Launch a loyalty program for repeat customers and implement a customer referral program for successful referrals.

•        Increase brand awareness through strategic partnerships and develop a mobile app for easy product browsing and ordering.

•        Expand our product lines and identify additional international suppliers to provide a greater variety of home improvements products.

•        Offer a smart home automation system that integrates with kitchen cabinets and flooring.

Corporate History and Structure

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. is a holding company incorporated in Nevada on February 27, 2024. FuAn Enterprise, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, was incorporated in California on April 18, 2016, and Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, another wholly-owned subsidiary, was incorporated in California on February 22, 2021.

Prior to the reorganization described below, the Company’s business was operated by the following entities: (1) FuAn Enterprise, Inc (“FuAn”), was incorporated in the state of California on April 18, 2016, and is primarily engaged in sourcing authentic premium Asian foods, snacks and non-alcoholic beverages, and distributing the branded goods in the U.S. market, and brand management services; (2) Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc (“Grand Forest”), was incorporated in the state of California on February 22, 2021. KZS Kitchen Cabinet & Stone Inc (“KZS”), was incorporated in the state of California on October 11, 2018 and merged with and into Grand Forest on June 1, 2024. Following the merger, all of the home improvement business is now operating under Grand Forest. Grand Forest is engaged in the sale of high-quality indoor home improvement products sourcing from international suppliers.

On April 29, 2024, Yin Yan (our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, and spouse of Fulai Wang), Fubao Wang, Xiangjing Wu, Gang Wu, Dan Yu, and Qiang Zhang, as the stockholders of FuAn, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in FuAn for 7,399,080 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“FuAn Transaction”). On April 25, 2024, Hong Le Liang, Sen Zhong (spouse of Zhifen Zhou, our chief financial officer, secretary and director) and Fu Lai Wang (spouse of Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer and president), as the stockholders of Grand Forest, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in Grand Forest for 4,976,244 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“Grand Forest Transaction”). On April 25, 2024, Hong Le Liang and Jiechun Wu, as the stockholders of KZS, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in KZS for 2,132,676 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“KZS Transaction”). On April 30, 2024, the FuAn Transaction, Grand Forest Transaction and KZS Transaction closed, and Marwynn issued a total of 14,508,004 shares of its common stock to the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS. As a result of the share exchanges, all the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS became the stockholders of Marwynn and Marwynn became the parent of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS (the “Reorganization”). After the Reorganization, Yin Yan, Hong Le Liang, Sen Zhong, and Fu Lai Wang each became beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock (see table “Principal Stockholders - Five Percent Stockholders” below).

3

Table of Contents

In an effort to consolidate the operation of the home improvement business, on June 1, 2024, KZS merged with and into Grand Forest with Grand Forest being the surviving entity (the “Merger”). Following the Merger, all of the home improvement business is now operating under Grand Forest. Grand Forest remains as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marwynn.

On September 9, 2024, we effected a (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock. All shares and per share information throughout this prospectus has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the forward stock split.

Holding Company Structure

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. is a holding company with no operations other than holding the shares of its two wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, FuAn and Grand Forest, that are in the supply chain business.

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to multiple risks and uncertainties, as more fully described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We urge you to read the section entitled “Risk Factors” and this prospectus in full. Our principal risks may be summarized as follows:

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry (for a more detailed discussion, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus)

•        We have a limited operating history in our current form and have incurred significant operating losses. As a result of continuing investments to expand our business, we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

•        Even if this offering is successful, we may need additional funding in order to fund our existing commercial operations, commercialize new products and grow our business.

•        If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

•        Our business depends on the continued success of our growing brand portfolio and if we fail to maintain and expand our brand portfolio, including our private label offerings, or maintain and enhance our brand recognition, our business, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.

•        Our product supply chain is essential to our business and is subject to risks associated with demands, forecasting, timely supplying and warehousing, as well as maintaining relationship with our suppliers.

•        A shortage of qualified labor could negatively affect our business and materially reduce earnings.

•        Unfavorable macroeconomic conditions in the U.S. may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•        Global health developments and economic uncertainty resulting from pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and governmental action related thereto, may adversely affect, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•        We are dependent upon the timely delivery of products from our vendors. Prolonged diminution of global supply chains may impact the availability and price stability of future food supplies, which may in turn adversely impact our business.

•        If we cannot successfully manage the unique challenges presented by international markets, we may not be successful in our international operations and our sales and profitability may be negatively impacted.

•        Our relationships with customers may be materially diminished or terminated. The loss of customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

•        We rely on technology in our business and any cybersecurity incident, other technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.

4

Table of Contents

•        We may be unable to protect or maintain our intellectual property, which could result in customer confusion, a negative perception of our brand and adversely affect our business.

•        If we are unable to renew or replace our current leases on favorable terms, or any of our current leases are terminated prior to expiration of their stated terms, and we cannot find suitable alternate locations, our operations and profitability could be negatively impacted.

•        Failure to retain our senior management and other key personnel may adversely affect our operations.

•        If we are unable to attract, train and retain employees, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.

•        Changes in and enforcement of immigration laws could increase our costs and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified employees.

•        Potential labor disputes with employees and increases in labor costs could adversely affect our business.

•        We may incur significant costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations, and we may be subject to substantial fines, penalties and/or third-party claims for non-compliance.

•        Litigation may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•        The U.S. government is currently imposing increased tariffs on certain products imported into the U.S., including products imported from China, which may have an adverse impact on our future operating results.

•        Severe weather, natural disasters and adverse climate changes, as well as the legal, regulatory or market measures being implemented to address climate change, may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

•        Our business may be affected by the impacts of unfavorable geopolitical events or other market disruptions on consumer confidence and spending patterns.

•        Our current indebtedness may adversely affect our liquidity position and ability of future financing.

Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages

•        Our industry is characterized by low margins, and periods of significant or prolonged inflation or deflation affect our product and operational costs, which may negatively impact our profitability.

•        Competition may increase in the future, which may adversely impact our margins and ability to retain customers, and make it difficult to maintain our market share, growth rate and profitability.

•        Disruption of relationships with vendors could negatively affect our business. Suppliers may increase product prices, which could increase our product costs.

•        Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

•        Our operations may be adversely affected by the disruption of logistics services or poor handling of products by third party logistics service providers.

•        Significant portions of our inventory are perishable and vulnerable to spoilage and other loss.

•        If we fail to comply with requirements imposed by applicable law and other governmental regulations, we could become subject to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations that could significantly and adversely affect our business.

•        If the products distributed by us are alleged to have caused injury or illness, or to have failed to comply with governmental regulations, we may need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims.

•        Increased commodity prices and availability may impact profitability.

•        A substantial percentage of our revenue is dependent on one customer.

5

Table of Contents

Home Improvement

•        Loss of one or more of our manufacturers or our failure to timely identify and establish relationships with new co-manufacturers could harm our business and impede our growth.

•        We may be harmed by negative publicity.

•        We compete with numerous home improvement manufacturers in highly competitive markets. Competition can affect customer preferences, reduce demand for our products, negatively affect our product sales mix, leverage greater financial resources, or cause us to lower prices, any or all of which could adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity or results of operation.

•        If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop and introduce new, innovative and updated products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our net revenues and profitability.

•        Potential disruptions in supplier payment terms and business operations could adversely affect our cash flow and business.

•        Our business is subject to seasonal influences, and uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions, climate change, natural disasters, as well as other catastrophic events, could impact our operations.

•        Uncertainty regarding the housing market, economic conditions, political and social climate, public health issues, and other factors beyond our control could adversely affect demand for our products and services, our costs of doing business, and our financial performance.

•        Our costs of doing business could increase as a result of changes in, expanded enforcement of, or adoption of new federal, state, local or international laws and regulations.

•        The inflation or deflation of commodity and other prices could affect our prices, demand for our products, our sales and our profit margins.

•        Our indoor home improvement business is dependent on a limited number of suppliers.

Risks Related to Our common stock, Preferred Stock and this Offering (for a more detailed discussion, see “Risks Related to Our common stock, Preferred Stock and this Offering” beginning on page 28 of this prospectus)

•        The offering price for our common stock may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market and such market prices may be volatile.

•        You may experience extreme stock price volatility, including any stock-run up, unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our common stock.

•        You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of our common stock purchased.

•        We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

•        If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish a negative report regarding our shares of common stock, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

•        The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the offering price.

•        Our management has broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in the offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the price of our shares of common stock.

•        As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c), we intend to choose to exempt our Company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.

•        Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Nevada law, along with our status as a “controlled company,” could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

6

Table of Contents

•        We have 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock with super voting rights.

•        We cannot predict the impact our multi-class share structure may have on the stock price of our common stock.

•        We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

•        Our management and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

•        Our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms that may not be beneficial to common stockholders and with the ability to affect adversely stockholder voting power and perpetuate their control over us.

•        After this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 15(d) and 12(b) of the Exchange Act that require us to incur audit fees and legal fees in connection with the preparation of such reports. These additional costs could reduce or eliminate our ability to earn a profit.

•        Our internal controls may be inadequate, which could cause our financial reporting to be unreliable and lead to misinformation being disseminated to the public.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at c/o Marwynn Holdings, Inc., 12 Chrysler Unit C, Irvine, CA 92618. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is 949-706-9966.

Share Capital

The Company is authorized to issue 45,000,000 shares of common stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 (“Preferred Stock”), of which 135,000 shares of Preferred Stock have been designated as “Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock.” Each share of common stock is entitled to one (1) vote and each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock. The holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends of any kind or be entitled to any liquidation preference. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to conversion into common stock or other equity authorized to be issued by the Company. The Series A Super Voting Preferred is redeemable at the election of the holder at a redemption price of $0.001 per share.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to:

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

•        exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

7

Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to emerging growth company will have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter.

Implication of Being a Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and President, Ms. Yin Yan, will control approximately 93.93% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding voting securities, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option (or 93.74% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option). Approximately 94.56% of Ms. Yin Yan’s voting power stems from her holdings of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. As a result, we will be deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c). As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect, and intend to, rely on certain exemptions from corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, including:

•        An exemption from the rule that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors;

•        An exemption from the rules that our compensation committee and nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors;

•        An exemption from the rule that the compensation of our chief executive officer must be determined or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        An exemption from the rule that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by a majority of independent directors or nominations committee comprising solely of independent directors.

We have elected to rely on some of the “controlled company” exemptions. Our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.

Market and Industry Data

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning the industries in which we compete, including our market position and the size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates derived from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent research firm. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these estimates. The industries in which we operate are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

8

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Issuer

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

Common stock offered

 

2,000,000 shares of common stock (or 2,300,000 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Capital Stock outstanding before this offering

 

15,004,004 shares of common stock; and 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Capital Stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 


17,004,004 shares (or 17,304,004 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of common stock; and 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Offering price

 

We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $4.00 and $5.00 per share. The actual offering price per share will be as determined between the Representative and us at the time of pricing.

Over-allotment Option

 

We have granted the Representative an option to purchase an additional 15% of the number of the shares sold in the offering, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions (equal to an additional 300,000 shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions). The Representative may exercise this option in full or in part at any time and from time to time until 45 days after the date of this prospectus.

Representative’s Warrant

 

We have agreed to issue, on the closing date of this offering, warrants to the Representative (“Representative’s Warrants”), to purchase an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold by us in this offering. These Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable on the 180th day after the effective date of this registration statement at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price of the shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, may be exercised immediately on a cashless basis, and will expire five and a half years from the effective date of this registration statement.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $7.66 million from our sale of common stock in this offering, or approximately $8.90 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on a public offering price of $4.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, along with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund enhancements to our current supply chain management as well as the development of additional functionalities of our business expansion, expansion of sales and distribution channels in order to reach a broader customer base, talent development and retention, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Concentration of voting rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, Ms. Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, will control approximately 93.93% of the voting power of our outstanding voting securities, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option (or 93.74% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase additional common stock).

9

Table of Contents

Voting rights

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one (1) vote per one share of common stock. Holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock are entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes per one share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock. Our chairperson, chief executive officer, and President, Ms. Yin Yan, will control approximately 93.93% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding voting securities assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option (or 93.74% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option). Approximately 94.56% of Ms. Yin Yan’s voting power stems from her holdings of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. See “Description of Capital Stock” for further details on our capital stock.

Listing

 

We intend to apply for the listing of the common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MWYN.” The common stock will not be listed on any other stock exchange or traded on any automated quotation system. No assurance can be given that such listing will be approved or that a liquid trading market will develop for our common stock. The approval of such listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market is a condition of closing this offering.

Payment and settlement

 

The Representative expects to deliver the common stock against payment on [•], 2025.

Lock-up

 

We, our executive officers, directors, certain debt holders, and any other holders of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, issue, sell, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the common stock or securities convertible into common stock for a period of 6 months (12-month lock up period is required for officers, directors and affiliates) after the effective date of this registration statement without the consent of the Representative. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”

Dividends

 

We have no present plans to declare dividends and plan to retain our earnings to continue to grow our business. See “Dividend Policy” for a description of our dividend policy.

Risk Factors

 

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Transfer Agent

 

Issuer Direct Corp.

Unless we indicate otherwise or unless the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:

•        93,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan;

•        adjustment for the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024. The purpose of the stock split is to target an appropriate initial price per share of the common stock in connection with the pricing of this offering;

•        no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of our common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any; and

•        an initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus is as of [•], 2025.

10

Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2024 and 2023 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of October 31, 2024 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

The summarized financial information presented below is derived from and should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements including the notes to those financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus along with the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Capitalization.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected in any future period. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP.

Unless we indicate otherwise or unless the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes the adjustment for the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024 for the purpose of this offering.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Income

 

For the Six Months Ended
October 31 (Unaudited),

 

Fiscal Years Ended
April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

2024

 

2023

Net revenue

 

$

5,493,803

 

 

$

5,692,597

 

 

$

11,920,570

 

 

$

11,255,456

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

(2,836,626

)

 

 

(3,274,004

)

 

 

(6,584,969

)

 

 

(6,316,412

)

Gross profit

 

 

2,657,177

 

 

 

2,418,593

 

 

 

5,335,601

 

 

 

4,939,044

 

Operating expenses

 

 

(2,922,421

)

 

 

(1,900,473

)

 

 

(3,945,116

)

 

 

(3,924,189

)

Income from operations

 

 

(265,244

)

 

 

518,120

 

 

 

1,390,485

 

 

 

1,014,855

 

Non-operating income (expense), net

 

 

(30,724

)

 

 

(7,287

)

 

 

(28,675

)

 

 

14,430

 

Income tax provisions

 

 

(146,932

)

 

 

(140,927

)

 

 

(363,735

)

 

 

(297,883

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(442,900

)

 

$

369,906

 

 

$

998,075

 

 

$

731,402

 

Net income (loss) per common stock – basic*

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.05

 

Weighted average number of common stock outstanding – basic*

 

 

15,004,004

 

 

 

14,508,004

 

 

 

14,509,359

 

 

 

14,508,044

 

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

October 31,
2024
(Unaudited)

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Cash and equivalents

 

$

60,548

 

$

1,364,780

 

$

79,475

Total current assets

 

 

6,951,617

 

 

7,212,830

 

 

5,318,055

Total assets

 

 

11,830,685

 

 

12,558,560

 

 

7,167,523

Total current liabilities

 

 

5,807,076

 

 

5,816,178

 

 

5,341,453

Total liabilities

 

 

9,452,138

 

 

9,737,113

 

 

6,944,181

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

2,378,547

 

 

2,821,447

 

 

223,342

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

11,830,685

 

$

12,558,560

 

$

7,167,523

11

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

 

For the Six Months Ended
October 31 (Unaudited),

 

For the Years Ended
April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

2024

 

2023

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(682,541

)

 

497,767

 

 

$

1,048,810

 

 

$

(140,557

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,748

)

 

(64,529

)

 

 

(377,950

)

 

 

(58,290

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(619,943

)

 

(308,347

)

 

 

614,446

 

 

 

172,943

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(1,304,232

)

 

124,891

 

 

 

1,285,305

 

 

 

(25,904

)

CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

1,364,780

 

 

79,475

 

 

 

79,475

 

 

 

105,379

 

CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

60,548

 

 

204,366

 

 

$

1,364,780

 

 

$

79,475

 

12

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, which we believe represent certain of the material risks to our business, together with the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, before you make a decision to invest in our common stock. Please note that the risks highlighted here are not the only ones that we may face. For example, additional risks presently unknown to us or that we currently consider immaterial or unlikely to occur could also adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations in the future. If any of the following events occur or any additional risks presently unknown to us actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

The supply chain industry is highly competitive, with a wide range of companies offering various services such as logistics, transportation, warehousing, and distribution. Competitors range from large multinational corporations to small and medium-sized enterprises, each with their own strengths and capabilities. This industry is also subject to fluctuations in exchange rates and raw material prices.

We also face regulatory compliance and trade restrictions. Supply chain disruptions often occur due to natural disasters or geopolitical events. Security and data privacy are also concerns in global trade. We see talent shortage and skills gap in supply chain management.

General Operations

We have a limited operating history in our current form and limited experience selling our products. As a result of continuing investments to expand our business, we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. was formed as a holding company on February 27, 2024, and as a part of the Reorganization and Merger, became the parent of FuAn, which commenced its current operation in 2016, and Grand Forest, which commenced its operation in 2021. As a result, we have a limited operating history and limited experience selling our products, establishing relationships with consumers, customers, suppliers, vendors and distributors and building our brand reputation. These and other factors combine to make it more difficult for us to accurately forecast our future operating results, which in turn makes it more difficult for us to prepare accurate budgets and implement strategic plans. We expect that this uncertainty will continue to exist in our business for the foreseeable future. If we do not address these risks and uncertainties successfully, our operating results could differ materially from our estimates and forecasts, and from the expectations of investors or analysts, which could harm our business and result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

As a developing company, we will need to adopt and implement a plan to increase awareness of our products, secure distribution channels, and foster and strengthen our supply, manufacturing and distribution relationships. It is likely our strategic priorities will need to evolve over time and our business would be materially and adversely affected if we do not properly adapt our strategies to our changing needs and changes in the market. As our operations develop and grow, we expect to experience significant increases in our working capital requirements. Even if we obtain additional capital and achieve profitability, given the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate, we may be unable to sustain or increase profitability and our failure to do so would adversely affect the Company’s business, including our ability to raise additional funds.

Even if this offering is successful, we may need additional funding in order to fund our existing commercial operations, commercialize new products and grow our business.

To date, we have financed our operations through loans from some of our stockholders and private placements of our equity. We have devoted substantially all our financial resources and efforts to developing our products, workforce, and supply chain. Our long-term growth and success are dependent upon our ability ultimately to expand our customer base and product offerings. There is no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash from operations or access the capital we need to grow our business. Our inability to obtain additional capital could have a material adverse effect on our ability to fully implement our business plan as described herein and grow our business, to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources.

13

Table of Contents

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash and cash equivalents and cash receipts from sales, will enable us to conduct our planned operations for at least the next twelve months. If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and/or anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements because of lower demand for our products or due to other risks described herein, we may seek to sell common stock or other securities, enter into an additional credit facility or seek another form of third-party funding, including debt financing. The amount of additional capital we may require, the timing of our capital needs and the availability of financing to fund those needs will depend on a number of factors, including our strategic initiatives and operating plans, the performance of our business and the market conditions for debt or equity financing. Although we believe various debt and equity financing alternatives will be available to us to support our working capital needs, financing arrangements on acceptable terms may not be available to us when needed. Additionally, these alternatives may require significant cash payments for interest and other costs or could be highly dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any such financing alternatives may not provide us with sufficient funds to meet our long-term capital requirements.

We may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including to:

•        provide for additional capacity;

•        increase our sales and marketing efforts and address competitive developments;

•        provide for supply and inventory costs;

•        fund development and marketing efforts of any future products or additional features to then-current products;

•        acquire, license or invest in new technologies such as e-commerce platform for our products;

•        acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and

•        finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•        our ability to achieve revenue growth and improve gross margins;

•        the cost of expanding our operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts;

•        the effect of competing market developments; and

•        costs related to expansion.

The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also could provide for rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those of holders of shares of our common stock. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of shares of our common stock. The terms of any debt securities issued or borrowings made pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

As we continue to expand, our continued growth could strain our existing resources, and we could experience ongoing challenges, including:

•        managing our operational, administrative and financial capabilities and other resources;

•        managing our brand portfolio, including further expanding our private label offerings, products and services;

14

Table of Contents

•        expanding marketing channels and deepening end customer outreaches;

•        staying abreast of the evolving industry demands and market developments and catering to consumers’ changing tastes;

•        developing and applying technologies necessary to support our expanded operations;

•        effectively managing our supply chain;

•        responding to changes in the regulatory environment;

•        exploring new market opportunities such as new monetization channels; and

•        addressing other challenges resulting from our expansion.

All efforts to address the potential challenges on our way to expansion require significant managerial, financial and human resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively or timely address operating difficulties and challenges to keep up with our growth. If we are unable to successfully address these difficulties, risks and uncertainties, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business depends on the continued success of our growing brand portfolio and if we fail to maintain and expand our brand portfolio, including our private label offerings, or maintain and enhance our brand recognition, our business, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.

We depend on our brand portfolio to scale our business, attract and retain our brand partners and customers. We have devoted significant resources to and incurred large amount of expenses on sourcing, maintaining, promoting and expanding our brands, we cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful. In addition, maintaining and enhancing the recognition of our brands are also key to our success, which could be affected by various factors, including the effectiveness of our brand marketing strategy, publicity about our business, quality of products offered under the brands as well as preference of consumers, certain of which are beyond our control. Any failure to maintain and expand our brand portfolio or maintain and enhance our brand recognition could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and prospects.

Our product supply chain is essential to our business and is subject to risks associated with demands, forecasting, timely supplying and warehousing, as well as maintaining relationship with our suppliers.

We largely depend on our supply chain management capabilities to minimize our inventory risks, maintain our short turnaround time and improve our operational efficiency. However, our demand forecast may not be accurate, which could result in inventory write-offs or inventory shortages. Even if we are able to make accurate demand forecast, our product supply chain may not be able to meet our demand on a timely basis due to unexpected reasons, including but not limited to delays in manufacturing. In addition, warehouses that we operate may not have sufficient capacity to process orders efficiently. Our ability to adequately store, maintain, and deliver our products is critical to our business. Keeping our food products frozen and/or refrigerated at specific temperatures maintains food safety. In the event of extended power outages, labor disruptions, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences, failures of the refrigeration systems in our third-party warehouses or delivery trucks, or other circumstances, our inability to store inventory at refrigerated and/or freezing temperatures could result in significant product inventory losses, as well as increased risk of food-borne illnesses and other food safety incidents. Improper handling or storage of food by a customer, without any involvement or fault of ours or our retail customers, could result in food-borne illnesses, which could result in negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation. Further, we contract with third-party warehousing and logistics companies to conduct certain processes and operations on our behalf. Any failure by these business partners to adequately store, maintain, or transport our products could negatively impact the safety, quality and merchantability of our products and the experience of our customers. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, and operating results.

Although we believe our supply chain has capacity to support our current operation, we cannot guarantee our supply chain will be adequate to support our expanded business in the future. Thus, if we fail to manage our supply chain in line with our business expansion, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

15

Table of Contents

A shortage of qualified labor could negatively affect our business and materially reduce earnings.

The future success of our operations, including the achievement of our strategic objectives, depends on our ability, and the ability of third parties on which we rely to supply and to deliver our products, to identify, recruit, develop and retain qualified and talented individuals. As a result, any shortage of qualified labor could significantly and adversely affect our business. Employee recruitment, development and retention efforts that we or such third parties undertake may not be successful, which could result in a shortage of qualified individuals in future periods. Any such shortage could decrease our ability to effectively serve our customers and achieve our strategic objectives. Such a shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for employees (or higher costs to purchase the services of such third parties) and a corresponding reduction in our results of operations.

Unfavorable macroeconomic conditions in the U.S. may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results may be substantially affected by the operating and economic conditions in the regions in which we operate. Economic conditions can affect us in the following ways:

•        A reduction in discretionary spending by consumers could adversely impact sales of Asian food and non-alcoholic beverage products. Future economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income, such as employment levels, business conditions, changes in housing market conditions, the availability of consumer credit, inflation, interest rates, tax rates and fuel and energy costs, could reduce overall consumer spending.

•        Food cost and fuel cost inflation experienced by consumers can lead to reductions in the frequency of and the amount spent by consumers for our products, which could negatively impact our business by reducing demand for our customer’s products and the supply chain and distribution services we provide them.

•        Heightened uncertainty in the financial markets negatively affects consumer confidence and discretionary spending, which can cause disruptions with our customers and suppliers.

•        Liquidity issues and the inability of our customers to consistently access credit markets to obtain cash to support their operations can cause temporary interruptions in our ability to conduct day-to-day transactions involving the collection of funds from such customers.

•        Liquidity issues and the inability of suppliers to consistently access credit markets to obtain cash to support their operations can cause temporary interruptions in our ability to obtain our products and supplies needed by us in the quantities and at the prices requested.

In addition, our existing operations are primarily in the U.S. The geographic concentration of our operations creates an exposure to economic conditions in the U.S. and any financial downturn in the U.S. could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Global health developments and economic uncertainty resulting from pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and governmental action related thereto, may adversely affect, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The impact of pandemics may have an adverse impact on numerous aspects of our business, financial condition and results of operations including, our growth, product costs, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, logistics constraints, customer demand for our products and industry demand generally, consumer spending, our liquidity, the price of our securities and trading markets with respect thereto, and the global economy and financial markets generally. We cannot predict the duration of future pandemics or future governmental regulations or legislation that may be passed as a result of ongoing or future outbreaks. The impact of pandemics and the enactment of additional governmental regulations and restrictions may further adversely impact the global economy, the food, non-alcoholic beverage and home improvement industry, and our business specifically, despite prior or future actions taken by us.

16

Table of Contents

We are dependent upon the timely delivery of products from our vendors. Prolonged diminution of global supply chains may impact the availability and price stability of future food supplies, which may in turn adversely impact our business.

The global supply chain, ranging from consumer goods, electronics, and industrial raw materials to food supplies, was negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, shipping bottlenecks, and rapidly rising freight costs. We import the majority of our products. Production is widely dispersed internationally and we depend on manufacturers of our products to timely deliver these components of our inventory in quantities sufficient to meet customer demand. Any disruptions or delays in our supply chains as a result of labor shortages, commodity shortages, or inefficiencies in distribution or logistical services could cause delays in the shipment or delivery of products customers. Any prolonged diminution of global supply chains may impact the availability and price stability of supplies for our products, which may in turn adversely impact our business.

If we cannot successfully manage the unique challenges presented by international markets, we may not be successful in our international operations and our sales and profitability may be negatively impacted.

Our ability to successfully conduct supply chain operations in, and source products and materials from, international markets is affected by many of the same risks we face in our U.S. operations, as well as unique costs and difficulties of managing international operations. Our international operations, including any expansion in international markets, may be adversely affected by local laws and customs, U.S. laws applicable to foreign operations and other foreign legal and regulatory constraints, as well as political, social and economic conditions. Risks inherent in international operations also include, among others, potential adverse tax consequences; international trade disputes, trade policy changes or potential tariffs and other import-related taxes and controls; inability to sell certain products due to customs actions, including regulatory enforcement inquiries, holds, detentions, and exclusions; greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights; limitations on access to ports; risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local anti-bribery law compliance; geopolitical or military conflicts or acts of war such as the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, as well as any related sanctions or other government or private responses; compliance with forced labor laws; compliance with environmental and responsible sourcing laws and regulations; and challenges in our ability to identify and gain access to local suppliers. For example, trade tensions between the U.S. and China have led to a series of significant tariffs on the importation of certain products. As a portion of our products are sourced, directly or indirectly, outside of the U.S., major changes in tax or trade policies, tariffs or trade relations could adversely impact the cost of, demand for, and profitability of product sales in our U.S. locations. Other countries may also change their business and trade policies in anticipation of or in response to increased import tariffs and other changes in U.S. trade policy and regulations. In addition, our operations in international markets create risk due to foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations in those rates, which may adversely impact our sales and profitability. While the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East have not directly impacted the Company to date, we continue to monitor the impacts of such conflicts and their potential effects on the world economy and global supply chain which on a go-forward basis could impact our operations, sales and profitability.

Our relationships with customers may be materially diminished or terminated. The loss of customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have maintained long-standing relationships with a number of our customers. However, those customers could unilaterally terminate their relationship with us or materially reduce the amount of business they conduct with us at any time. Our customers may shift their purchase orders from us to other competitors due to market competition, change of customer requirements and preferences, or because of the customer’s financial condition. There is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain relationships with any of our customers on acceptable terms, or at all. The loss of a number of customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on technology in our business and any cybersecurity incident, other technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.

We use technology in our business operations, and our ability to serve customers most effectively depends on the reliability of our technology systems. We use software and other technology systems, among other things, to generate and select orders, to make purchases, to manage warehouses and to monitor and manage our business on a day-to-day basis. Further, our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners.

17

Table of Contents

These technology systems are vulnerable to disruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, espionage, cyber-attacks, viruses, theft and inadvertent releases of information. Any such disruption to these software and other technology systems, or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely, the failure of these systems to otherwise perform as anticipated, or the theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability and competitive disadvantage, any or all of which could potentially adversely affect our customer service, decrease the volume of our business and/or result in increased costs and lower profits.

A significant cybersecurity incident involving our cybersecurity infrastructure may result from actions by our employees, suppliers, third-party administrators, or unknown third parties or through cyber-attacks. The risk of such an incident can exist whether software services are in our technology systems or are in cloud-based software services. Intrusions and other incidents have occurred, and may occur again, in our systems and in the systems of our suppliers and third-party administrators. Any such incident could result in operational impairments, significant harm to our reputation and financial losses.

A significant cybersecurity incident could affect our data framework or cause a failure to protect the personal information of our customers, suppliers or employees, or sensitive and confidential information regarding our business and could give rise to legal liability and regulatory action under data protection and privacy laws. Any such cybersecurity incident involving our or our suppliers’ cybersecurity infrastructure could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Further, as we pursue our strategy to grow our businesses and pursue new initiatives that improve our operations and cost structure, we are also expanding and improving our information technology, resulting in a larger technological presence and corresponding exposure to cybersecurity risk. If we fail to assess and identify cybersecurity risks associated with new initiatives, we may become increasingly vulnerable to such risks. Information technology systems continue to evolve and, in order to remain competitive, we need to implement new technologies in a timely and efficient manner. Investments will continue to be made in attracting, retaining, and training our human capital to remain current on the ever-changing industry best practices related to information security. If our competitors implement new technologies more quickly or successfully than we do, such competitors may be able to provide lower cost or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be unable to protect or maintain our intellectual property, which could result in customer confusion, a negative perception of our brand and adversely affect our business.

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our trademark rights and related registrations may be challenged in the future and could be canceled or narrowed. Failure to protect our trademark rights could cause customer confusion or negatively affect customers’ perception of our brand, services and products, and eventually adversely affect our sales and profitability. Moreover, intellectual property disputes and proceedings and infringement claims may result in a significant distraction for management and significant expense, which may not be recoverable regardless of whether we are successful. Such proceedings may be protracted with no certainty of success, and an adverse outcome could subject us to liability, force us to cease use of certain trademarks or other intellectual property or force us to enter into licenses with others. Any one of these occurrences may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to renew or replace our current leases on favorable terms, or any of our current leases are terminated prior to expiration of their stated terms, and we cannot find suitable alternate locations, our operations and profitability could be negatively impacted.

We currently have leases for our offices, showrooms and some of our warehouses. Our ability to re-negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or to negotiate favorable terms for a suitable alternate location, and our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms for additional locations, could depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties, our relationships with current and prospective landlords, and/or other factors that are not within our control. Any or all of these factors and conditions could negatively impact our growth and profitability.

18

Table of Contents

Failure to retain our senior management and other key personnel may adversely affect our operations.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management and other key personnel. These executives have been primarily responsible for determining the strategic direction of our business and for executing our growth strategy and are integral to our brand and culture, and our reputation with suppliers and customers. The loss of the services of any of these executives and other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause our stock price to decline. The loss of key employees could negatively affect our business.

If we are unable to attract, train and retain employees, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.

The food and non-alcoholic beverage and home improvement product supply chain and distribution industry is labor intensive. Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our business partners and customers. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work force of the regions in which we are located, unemployment levels within those regions, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment legislation.

In the event of increasing wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer service to suffer, while increasing our wages could cause our profits to decrease. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in and enforcement of immigration laws could increase our costs and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified employees.

Federal and state governments from time to time implement immigration laws, regulations or programs that regulate our ability to attract or retain qualified foreign employees. Some of these changes may increase our obligations for compliance and oversight, which could subject us to additional costs and make our hiring process more cumbersome or reduce the availability of potential employees. Although we have implemented, and are in the process of enhancing, procedures to ensure our compliance with the employment eligibility verification requirements, there can be no assurance that these procedures are adequate and some of our employees may, without our knowledge, be unauthorized workers. The employment of unauthorized workers may subject us to fines or civil or criminal penalties, and if any of our workers are found to be unauthorized, we could experience adverse publicity that negatively impacts our brand and makes it more difficult to hire and keep qualified employees. We may be required to terminate the employment of certain of our employees who are determined to be unauthorized workers. The termination of a significant number of employees may disrupt our operations, cause temporary increases in our labor costs as we train new employees and result in adverse publicity. Our financial performance could be materially harmed as a result of any of these factors.

Potential labor disputes with employees and increases in labor costs could adversely affect our business.

A considerable amount of our operating costs are attributable to labor costs and, therefore, our financial performance is greatly influenced by increases in wage and benefit costs. As a result, we are exposed to risks associated with a competitive labor market. Rising health care costs and the nature and structure of work rules will always be important issues. Any work stoppages or labor disturbances as a result of employee dissatisfaction with their current employment terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We also expect that in the event of a work stoppage or labor disturbance, we could incur additional costs and face increased competition.

19

Table of Contents

We may incur significant costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations, and we may be subject to substantial fines, penalties and/or third-party claims for non-compliance.

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing:

•        the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil, and water;

•        the management and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes;

•        employee exposure to hazards in the workplace; and

•        the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other regulated materials.

We may incur substantial costs, including fines or penalties and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of any violations of environmental or workplace safety laws and regulations or releases of regulated materials into the environment. In addition, we could incur investigation, remediation and/or other costs related to environmental conditions at our currently or formerly owned or operated properties.

Litigation may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, we may be party to various claims and legal proceedings. We evaluate these claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if probable and estimable, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we may establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our assessments and estimates.

Even when not merited, the defense of these lawsuits or legal proceedings, including potential securities litigation and/or other legal actions, is expensive and may divert management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits or legal proceedings. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some of these legal disputes may result in adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us, which could negatively impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

The U.S. government is currently imposing increased tariffs on certain products imported into the U.S., including products imported from China, which may have an adverse impact on our future operating results.

We sell our products based on the cost of such products plus a percent markup. The U.S. government has imposed and continues to propose increased tariffs on certain products imported into the U.S., including products imported from China. Some of our imported products and imported products purchased from domestic brokers are subject to these increased tariffs and accordingly, our purchase costs have increased and may increase further. We may determine to increase our sales prices in order to pass these increased costs to our customers. In the event we determine to take such action, our customers may reduce their orders from us, which could negatively affect our profitability and operating results.

Severe weather, natural disasters and adverse climate changes, as well as the legal, regulatory or market measures being implemented to address climate change, may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Severe weather conditions and other natural disasters in areas where our distribution network covers or from which we obtain the products we sell may materially adversely affect our operations and our product offerings and, therefore, our results of operations. Such conditions may result in physical damage to, or temporary or permanent closure of, one or more of our distribution centers, an insufficient work force in our market regions and/or temporary disruption in the supply of products, including delays in the delivery of goods to our warehouses and/or a reduction in the availability of products in our offerings. In addition, adverse climate conditions and adverse weather patterns, such as drought or flood, that impact growing conditions and the quantity and quality of crops may materially adversely affect the availability or cost of certain products within our supply chain. Any of these factors may disrupt our businesses and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

There is an increased focus around the world by regulatory and legislative bodies at all levels towards policies relating to climate change and the impact of global warming, including the regulation of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, energy usage and sustainability efforts. Increased compliance costs and expenses due to the impacts of climate change

20

Table of Contents

on our business, as well as additional legal or regulatory requirements regarding climate change or designed to reduce or mitigate the effects of carbon dioxide and other GHG emissions on the environment, may cause disruptions in, or an increase in the costs associated with, the running of our business, particularly with regard to our distribution and supply chain operations. Moreover, compliance with any such legal or regulatory requirements may require that we implement changes to our business operations and strategy, which would require us to devote substantial time and attention to these matters and cause us to incur additional costs. The effects of climate change, and legal or regulatory initiatives to address climate change, could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Our business may be affected by the impacts of unfavorable geopolitical events or other market disruptions on consumer confidence and spending patterns.

Our net sales, profit, cash flows and future growth may be affected by negative local, regional, national or international political or economic trends or developments that reduce consumers’ ability or willingness to spend, including the effects of national and international security concerns such as war, terrorism or the threat thereof. Conflicts such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and the financial and economic sanctions and other measures imposed by the European Union, the U.S., and other countries and organizations in response thereto create market disruption and volatility and instability in the geopolitical environment. The extent to which this or similar conflicts escalate and the resulting impact on the global market remains uncertain. We monitor such conflicts, but do not, and cannot, know if any such ongoing geopolitical conflicts will result in broader economic and security concerns or in material implications for our business. These events could have a material adverse effect on our customers, our business partners and our third-party suppliers.

Our current indebtedness may adversely affect our liquidity position and ability of future financing.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have $100,000 in third party financing (including short-term loan of of $100,000) outstanding and $1,112,051 in unsecured promissory notes to related parties outstanding, which could adversely affect our cash flow, our ability to raise additional capital or obtain financing in the future, or react to changes in business and repay other debts. We may not be able to generate a sufficient amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our debt facilities or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, due to a number of factors, including significant change of economic conditions, market competition, weather conditions, natural disaster, and failure to execute our business plan.

Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages

Our industry is characterized by low margins, and periods of significant or prolonged inflation or deflation affect our product and operational costs, which may negatively impact our profitability.

The food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain and distribution industry is characterized by relatively high inventory turnover with relatively low profit margins. Volatile food costs have a direct impact on our industry. During 2023, our industry experienced significantly elevated commodity and supply chain costs including the cost of labor, sourced goods, energy, fuel and other inputs necessary for the distribution of food and non-alcoholic beverage products, and elevated levels of inflation may continue or worsen and contribute to loss of revenue and gross profit margin in particular product categories. Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to adjust to these rising cost and inflationary pressures.

Periods of significant product cost inflation or deflation may adversely affect our results of operations if we are unable to pass on all or a portion of such product cost increases to our customers in a timely manner. In addition, periods of rapidly increasing inflation may adversely affect our business due to the impact of such inflation on discretionary spending by consumers and our limited ability to increase prices in the current, highly competitive environment.

Competition may increase in the future, which may adversely impact our margins and ability to retain customers, and make it difficult to maintain our market share, growth rate and profitability.

The Asian food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain and distribution industry, as a whole, in the U.S. is fragmented and highly competitive, with local, regional, multi-regional distributors, and specialty competitors. With the growing demand for Asian cuisines, others are operating, or may begin operating in this niche market in the

21

Table of Contents

future. Those potential competitors include: (i) national and regional foodservice distributors, (ii) local wholesalers and brokers, (iii) food retailers, and (iv) farmers’ markets. The national and regional distributors are experienced in operating multiple distribution locations and expanding management, and they have greater marketing and financial resources than we do. Even though they currently offer only a limited selection of Asian specialty foods, they may be able to devote greater resources to sourcing, promoting and selling their products if they choose to do so. Conversely, the local wholesalers and brokers are small in size with a deep understanding of local preferences, but their lack of scale results in high risk and limited growth potential.

If more competitors enter this market segment in the future, our operating results may be negatively impacted through a loss of sales, reduction in margins from competitive price changes, and/or greater operating costs, such as marketing costs, due to the increase of competition.

Disruption of relationships with vendors could negatively affect our business. Suppliers may increase product prices, which could increase our product costs.

We purchase our food and non-alcoholic beverage items and related products from directly from manufacturers. If our manufacturer fails to comply with food safety or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, their operations may be disrupted. We cannot assure you that we would be able to find replacement suppliers on commercially reasonable terms.

The purchase prices of our products vary from time to time, which is subject to market conditions and negotiation with our suppliers. We may not always be able to mitigate the impact of these price fluctuations, and our performance results could be adversely affected by such fluctuations.

As a food and non-alcoholic beverage distributor, it is necessary for us to maintain an inventory of products that may have declines in product pricing levels between the time we purchase the product from suppliers and the time we sell the product to customers, which could reduce the margin on that inventory, adversely affecting our results of operations.

Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We provide supply chain and distribution services primarily related to Asian food and non-alcoholic beverage products. Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in portion sizes, or a shift in preferences toward western foods) could reduce demand for our customer’s products and the services we provide them. Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher costs and/or supply shortages associated with our efforts to accommodate those changes as our suppliers adapt to new eating preferences.

Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment or amendment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of food products, may be costly and time-consuming. We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer culture preference, health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations or to adapt our product offerings to trends in eating habits.

Our operations may be adversely affected by the disruption of logistics services or poor handling of products by third party logistics service providers.

We rely on third party logistics service providers to provide a range of transportation and logistics services, including the delivery of products, some of which are perishable, to our retail stores, warehouse and/or our customers. Any failure to provide on-time delivery or failure to maintain our products in good condition during delivery may have a material adverse impact on our business operations and our reputation. In such event, we be unable to seek full recourse against the logistics service providers in default under the terms of the service contracts or enforce in full any judgments obtained.

22

Table of Contents

Significant portions of our inventory are perishable and vulnerable to spoilage and other loss.

Our operations involve the storage and stocking of a wide range of products with limited shelf life. Due to unexpected material fluctuations or abnormalities in the supply and demand of our products or changes in consumers’ preferences or the introduction of new products in the market, we may experience decrease in demand and overstocking of our products. Our products may also be returned by our customers in large quantities due to, among other things, product quality issues or delayed or incorrect delivery, resulting in shelving of products that may increase the risk of obsolescence.

In addition, certain of our products require specific handling throughout the supply chain. For instance, temperature control is required in warehouse or during the transportation of frozen foods in order to maintain the safety and quality of such products. Any unexpected and adverse changes in the optimal storage conditions or poor handling of products may cause damage to or result in deterioration or contamination of our products. As such, any of the aforesaid events may result in an increased risk of inventory obsolescence.

If we fail to comply with requirements imposed by applicable law and other governmental regulations, we could become subject to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations that could significantly and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to regulation by various federal, state, and local governments, applicable to food safety and sanitation, ethical business practices, securities, transportation, minimum wage, overtime, other wage payment requirements, employment discrimination, immigration, and human health and safety. While we attempt to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, we cannot represent that we are in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or interpretations of these laws and regulations at all times or that we will be able to comply with any future laws, regulations or interpretations of these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may be subject to investigations, criminal sanctions or civil remedies, including fines and injunctions. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance, including debarments, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, governmental units may make changes in the regulatory frameworks within which we operate that may require us to incur substantial increases in costs in order to comply with such laws and regulations.

If the products distributed by us are alleged to have caused injury or illness, or to have failed to comply with governmental regulations, we may need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims.

We, like any other food and non-alcoholic beverage distributor, may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if the products we distribute are alleged to have caused injury or illness, to have been mislabeled, misbranded, or adulterated or to otherwise have violated applicable governmental regulations. We may also choose to voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we determine do not satisfy our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance, or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. Any future product recall or withdrawal that results in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation, and/or lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We also face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of products sold by us are alleged to have caused injury or illness. We cannot be sure that consumption of our products will not cause a health-related illness in the future or that we will not be subject to claims or lawsuits relating to such matters. Further, even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness or injury could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential customers and our corporate and brand image.

Our product liability insurance plans may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or, if available, may not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us, but this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by such suppliers. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, product liability relating to defective products could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

23

Table of Contents

Increased commodity prices and availability may impact profitability.

Many of our products include ingredients such as wheat, corn, oils, sugar, and other commodities. Commodity prices worldwide have been increasing. While commodity price inputs do not typically represent the substantial majority of our product costs, any increase in commodity prices may cause our vendors to seek price increases from us. We may not be able to mitigate vendor efforts to increase our costs, either in whole or in part. In the event we are unable to mitigate potential vendor price increases, we may in turn consider raising our prices, and our customers may be deterred by any such price increases. Our profitability may be impacted through increased costs to us which may affect our gross margins, or through reduced revenue as a result of a decline in the number and average size of customer transactions.

A Substantial Percentage of Our Revenue Is Dependent on One Customer.

A large portion of our revenues is dependent on one customer, Costco Wholesale Corporation (“Costco”). For the years ended April 30, 2024, and 2023, Costco accounted for approximately 19% and 39% of our total sales, respectively. Further, we do not have a long-term purchase contract with Costco. The loss of Costco as a customer may materially and adversely affect our revenues. Additionally, a reduction in purchase orders for some or all of our products from any particular customer may materially and adversely affect our revenues. For the year ended April 30, 2024, we experienced a decrease in sales from food import and distribution compared to the year ended April 30, 2023, primarily due to a 46% reduction in purchase orders from Costco, one of our largest customers, for White Rabbit ice cream.

Home Improvement

Loss of one or more of our manufacturers or our failure to timely identify and establish relationships with new co-manufacturers could harm our business and impede our growth.

We currently rely on three of our manufacturers to provide us with our product, and the loss of Hong Sheng (Vietnam) Industry Company Limited (“Hong Sheng”) would have a material impact on our business as Hong Sheng supplies approximately sixty percent (60%) of our home improvement products. We do not have manufacturing agreements with them and are based on purchase orders. Volumes produced under each of these purchase order can fluctuate significantly based on their production capacity, and other factors, none of which are under our direct control. Any of the manufacturers with whom we do not have a written contract could seek to alter or terminate its relationship with us at any time, leaving us with periods during which we have limited or no ability to manufacture our products. If we need to replace a manufacturer, there can be no assurance that additional capacity will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all.

An interruption in, or the loss of operations at, one or more of our manufacturers’ facilities, which may be caused by work stoppages, labor shortages, strikes or other labor unrest, production disruptions, product quality issues, local economic and political conditions, restrictive governmental actions, border closures, disease outbreaks or pandemics (such as COVID-19), the outbreak of hostilities, acts of war, terrorism, fire, earthquakes, severe weather, flooding or other natural disasters at one or more of these facilities, could delay, postpone or reduce production of some of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition until such time as such interruption is resolved or an alternate source of production is secured.

We believe there are a limited number of competent, high-quality manufacturers in the industry that meet our strict quality and control standards, and as we seek to continue to obtain additional or alternative manufacturer arrangements in the future, there can be no assurance that we would be able to do so on satisfactory terms, in a timely manner, or at all. Additionally, as we expand our operations, we will need to further develop relationships with manufacturers overseas to meet sales demand, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully do so. Therefore, the loss of one or more manufacturers, any disruption or delay at a manufacturer or any failure to identify and engage new manufacturers for our products could delay, postpone or reduce production of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

24

Table of Contents

We may be harmed by negative publicity.

We operate in highly competitive industries, and there are other companies in the market that offer similar products. We derive most of our customers through word of mouth, and we rely on the positive feedback of our customers. Thus, customer satisfaction is critical to the success of our business, as this will also result in potential referrals from our existing customers. If we fail to meet our customers’ expectations, there may be negative feedback regarding our products and/or services, which may have an adverse impact on our business and reputation. In the event we are unable to maintain a high level of customer satisfaction, or any customer dissatisfaction is inadequately addressed, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may also be adversely affected.

Our reputation may also be adversely affected by negative publicity in reports, publications such as major newspapers and forums, or any other negative publicity or rumors. There is no assurance that our Group will not experience negative publicity in the future or that such negative publicity will not have a material and adverse effect on our reputation or prospects. This may result in our inability to attract new customers or retain existing customers and may in turn adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We compete with numerous home improvement manufacturers in highly competitive markets. Competition can affect customer preferences, reduce demand for our products, negatively affect our product sales mix, leverage greater financial resources, or cause us to lower prices, any or all of which could adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity or results of operation.

Our markets are highly competitive. We compete for sales of home improvement products with many manufacturers and large-sized wholesale distributors of home improvement products such as cabinets, countertops and flooring as well as with manufacturers who also produce other these products. Some of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do. Competition can reduce demand for our products, negatively affect our product sales mix or cause us to lower prices. Our customers consider our products’ performance, content and styling, as well as customer service and price when deciding whether to purchase our products. Shifting consumer preference in our highly competitive markets whether for performance, product content, styling preferences, or our inability to develop and offer new competitive performance features, could have an adverse effect on our sales. Regulatory action or new product standards could also steer consumers away from our products.

In addition, excess industry capacity for certain products in several geographic markets could lead to industry consolidation and/or increased price competition. We are also subject to potential increased price competition from overseas competitors, which may have lower cost structures.

Our failure to compete effectively through the management of our product portfolio, by meeting consumer preferences and gaining market leadership could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop and introduce new, innovative and updated products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our net revenues and profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to identify and originate product trends as well as to anticipate and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. All of our products are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. New products may not receive consumer acceptance as consumer preferences could shift rapidly to different types of home improvement products such as cabinets, countertops and flooring or away from these types of products altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower sales and excess inventory levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Potential disruptions in supplier payment terms and business operations could adversely affect our cash flow and business.

Our current home improvement business model relies significantly on favorable payment terms with our suppliers. Many of our suppliers provide us with low or no downpayment terms for delivery, and some even allow us to pay the balance due upon the sale of home improvement products. This arrangement supports our liquidity and operational flexibility. However, we could face substantial challenges if suppliers demand higher down payments or if we experience low product turnover.

25

Table of Contents

Several factors could lead suppliers to change their payment terms, including:

•        Economic downturns affecting supplier liquidity;

•        Changes in supplier financial policies or ownership;

•        Increased costs of raw materials impacting supplier cash flow;

•        Supply chain disruptions or delays; and

•        Shifts in market dynamics or competitive pressures.

If suppliers demand higher down payments, we may need to use more of our cash reserves or seek additional financing. This could increase our operational costs and strain our liquidity. Additionally, lower product turnover could delay our ability to pay suppliers, damaging our relationships with them and potentially leading to supply shortages or increased costs.

Significant changes in payment terms or supply chain disruptions could impair our ability to maintain inventory levels, fulfill customer orders, and sustain business operations. This could result in decreased sales, reduced profitability, and harm to our market reputation. Any changes in these conditions could adversely affect our cash flow, business operations, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is subject to seasonal influences, and uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions, climate change, natural disasters, as well as other catastrophic events, could impact our operations.

Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tropical storms, fires, floods, droughts or water scarcity, tornadoes, and earthquakes; unseasonable, unexpected or extreme weather conditions, whether as a result of climate change or otherwise; acts of terrorism or violence, including active shooter situations; public health concerns, such as pandemics and quarantines and related impacts; civil unrest; geopolitical or military conflicts or acts of war, as well as any related sanctions or other government or private responses; or similar disruptions and catastrophic events could have and have on occasion had an adverse effect on our operations or financial performance in a number of ways. These types of events can affect consumer spending and confidence and consumers’ disposable income, particularly with respect to home improvement projects. They can also adversely affect our work force and prevent employees from reaching our facilities. They can, temporarily or on a long-term basis, disrupt or disable operations of portions of our supply chain and distribution network, including causing reductions in the availability of inventory and disruption of utility services.

Furthermore, the long-term impacts of climate change, whether involving physical risks (such as extreme weather conditions) or transition risks (such as regulatory or technology changes) are expected to be widespread and unpredictable. These changes over time could affect, for example, the availability and cost of or demand for certain consumer products, commodities, and energy (including utilities), which in turn may impact our ability to procure certain goods or services for the operation of our business at the quantities and levels we consider optimal.

As a consequence of these or other catastrophic or uncharacteristic events, we may experience interruption to our operations, increased costs, changes in customer behavior or demand, or losses of property, equipment or inventory, which would adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Uncertainty regarding the housing market, economic conditions, political and social climate, public health issues, and other factors beyond our control could adversely affect demand for our products and services, our costs of doing business, and our financial performance.

Our financial performance depends significantly on the stability of the housing and home improvement markets, as well as general economic conditions, including changes in gross domestic product. Adverse conditions in or uncertainty about these markets, the economy, or the political or social climate could adversely impact, and we believe in some cases has adversely impacted, our customers’ confidence or financial condition, causing them to decide against purchasing home improvement products and services, causing them to delay purchasing decisions, or impacting their ability to pay for products and services. Other factors beyond our control — including unemployment and foreclosure rates; interest rate fluctuations, including central banks’ actions to control inflation; inflation or deflation; fuel and other energy costs; raw material or other shortages; labor and healthcare costs; the availability of financing; the state of the credit markets, including mortgages, home equity loans and

26

Table of Contents

consumer credit; changes in tax rates and policy; weather and natural disasters (including the potential impacts of climate change); acts of terrorism or violence, including active shooter situations; public health issues, including pandemics and related impacts; geopolitical or military conflicts or acts of war, as well as any related sanctions or other government or private responses; and civil unrest, could further adversely affect demand for our products and services, our costs of doing business, and our financial performance. If we experience inflation or deflation at a level beyond our ability to respond effectively, we may not be able to adjust prices to sufficiently offset the effects without negatively impacting consumer demand or margins. For example, in an effort to address inflation, central banks may raised interest rates, which may adversely impact demand, including influencing in part the shifts in consumer purchasing from big-ticket, more discretionary purchases to smaller, less discretionary purchases.

Our costs of doing business could increase as a result of changes in, expanded enforcement of, or adoption of new federal, state, local or international laws and regulations.

We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as international laws and regulations, that govern numerous aspects of our business. In recent years, a number of new laws and regulations have been adopted, there has been expanded enforcement of certain existing laws and regulations by federal, state and local agencies, and the interpretation of certain laws and regulations has become increasingly complex. These laws and regulations, and related interpretations and enforcement activity, may change as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Changes in, expanded enforcement of, or adoption of new federal, state, local or international laws and regulations governing minimum wage or living wage requirements; the classification of exempt and non-exempt employees; the distinction between employees and contractors; other wage, labor or workplace regulations; healthcare; data privacy and cybersecurity; the sale, marketing, sourcing, and pricing of some of our products; transportation, logistics and interstate delivery operations, international trade; supply chain transparency; the sourcing of raw materials, including timber and minerals, used in our products; taxes, including changes to corporate tax rates; restrictions on carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions; competition and antitrust requirements and enforcement; ESG programs, transparency and reporting, including U.S. federal or state or international regulations; energy costs and consumption; or hazardous waste disposal and other environmental matters could increase our costs of doing business or impact our sales, operations or profitability.

In addition, regulators, customers, investors, employees, and other stakeholders are increasingly focusing on cybersecurity, data privacy, and ESG matters and related disclosures. These changing rules, regulations and stakeholder expectations have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses, heightened risks of litigation and enforcement actions, and increased management time and attention spent complying with or meeting such regulations and expectations. Initiatives and goals within the scope of ESG could be difficult and expensive to implement, the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace, and we could be criticized or face reputational or regulatory risks regarding the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the disclosure.

The inflation or deflation of commodity and other prices could affect our prices, demand for our products, our sales and our profit margins.

Prices of certain commodity products, including lumber and other raw materials, are historically volatile and are subject to fluctuations arising from changes in domestic and international supply and demand, inflationary or deflationary pressures, labor costs, competition, market speculation, government regulations, tariffs and trade restrictions, natural disasters, geopolitical conflicts, and periodic delays in delivery. For example, conflicts in Europe and the Middle East and the related international responses have exacerbated inflationary pressures, including causing increases in commodity prices, fuel and other energy costs, and shipping costs. Rapid and significant changes in commodity and other prices, such as changes in lumber prices, and our ability to pass them on to our customers or manage them through other processes, may affect the demand for our products, our sales and our profit margins. If product cost inflation increases beyond our ability to control our related costs, we may not be able to adjust prices to sufficiently offset the effect of the various cost increases without negatively impacting consumer demand.

27

Table of Contents

Our Indoor Home Improvement Business is Dependent on a Limited Number of Suppliers.

For the year ended April 30, 2024, two vendors accounted for 43% and 10% of our total purchases, primarily in the Indoor Home Improvement business. Although we believe that we can find other vendors to obtain our supplies, the loss of any one of these vendors could immediately and adversely affect our ability to provide products to our customers.

Risks Related to Our common stock, Preferred Stock and this Offering

The offering price for our common stock may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market and such market prices may be volatile.

The offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and does not bear any relationship to our earnings, book value or any other indicia of value. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not decline significantly below the offering price. The financial markets in the United States and other countries have historically and may in the future experience significant price and volume fluctuations. Volatility in the price of our common stock may be caused by factors outside of our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our results of operations.

You may experience extreme stock price volatility, including any stock-run up, unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our common stock.

Our common stock may be subject to extreme volatility that is seemingly unrelated to the underlying performance of our business. In particular, our common stock may be subject to rapid and substantial price volatility, low volumes of trades and large spreads in bid and ask prices, given that we will have relatively small public floats after this offering. Such volatility, including any stock-run up, may be unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects.

Holders of our common stock may also not be able to readily liquidate their investment or may be forced to sell at depressed prices due to low volume trading. Broad market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions may also adversely affect the market price of our common stock. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in our common stock. Furthermore, the potential extreme volatility may confuse the public perception of the value of our stock, distort the market perception of our stock price, our company’s financial performance, public image, and negatively affect the long-term liquidity of our common stock, regardless of our actual or expected operating performance. If we encounter such volatility, including any rapid stock price increases and declines seemingly unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance and financial condition or prospects, it will likely make it difficult and confusing for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our common stock and understand the value thereof.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of our common stock purchased.

The offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Consequently, when you purchase our common stock in the offering and upon completion of the offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $3.96 per share, based on an assumed offering price of $4.50 per share, assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that additional shares of common stock are issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options we may grant from time to time.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

28

Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish a negative report regarding our shares of common stock, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock may depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade us, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our common stock and the trading volume to decline.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the offering price.

The offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following our offering. If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•        actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

•        the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

•        actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

•        announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

•        price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

•        lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

•        other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business.

Our management has broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in the offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the price of our shares of common stock.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering along with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund enhancements to our current supply chain management as well as the development of additional functionalities of our business expansion, expansion of sales and distribution channels in order to reach a broader customer base, talent development and retention, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our management will have significant discretion as to the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the market price of our shares of common stock.

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c), we intend to choose to exempt our Company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.

Upon completion of this offering, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and President, Ms. Yin Yan, will control approximately 93.93% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding voting securities, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option (or 93.74% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option), and we will be deemed a

29

Table of Contents

“controlled company” within the meaning of the listing rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market. A “controlled company” may elect to rely on certain exemptions from corporate governance rules, including an exemption from the rule that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors. These independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet those standards are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors. We intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c), and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

Our status as a controlled company could cause our shares of common stock to be less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price. As a result, you would not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Nevada law, along with our status as a “controlled company,” could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

We are a Nevada corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with the affiliates and associates, beneficially owns (or within the prior two years, did beneficially own) ten percent or more of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote.

In addition, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (“Articles of Incorporation”) and Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”) may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws (i) authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board to thwart a takeover attempt; (ii) provide that vacancies on our Board, including newly created directorships, may be filled by a majority vote of directors then in office, and (iii) provide that the Board shall have the power to amend, modify or repeal the Bylaws.

Further, we are a “controlled company” as defined in the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c) because more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by Ms. Yin Yan. Our status as a controlled company may have an anti-takeover effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

We have 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock with super voting rights.

Our capital stock as of the date hereof consists of common stock and Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. All 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock have been issued to Ms. Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and President. Each share of common stock is entitled to one (1) vote and each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. Approximately 94.56% of Ms. Yin Yan’s voting power stems from her holdings of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock.

Our Articles of Incorporation does not provide for any sunset provisions that limit the lifespan of our Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock, including in the case of the death of a Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shareholder or intra-family transfers of shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. The holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends of any kind or be entitled to any liquidation preference. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to conversion into common stock or other equity authorized to be issued by the Company. The Series A Super Voting Preferred is redeemable at the election of the holder at a redemption price of $0.001 per share. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding our Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock.

In addition to the dilutive effect on the voting power and value of our common stock, the foregoing structure of our capital stock may render our common stock ineligible for inclusion in certain securities market indices, and thus adversely affect the price and liquidity of, and public sentiment regarding, our common stock or other securities.

30

Table of Contents

The existence of, and voting rights associated with, our Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock, either alone or in conjunction with certain of the other provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, such as the requirement to have a staggered board, could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in our control or make the removal of our management more difficult.

We cannot predict the impact our multi-class share structure may have on the stock price of our common stock.

We cannot predict whether our multi-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have policies that restrict or prohibit the inclusion of companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indices, including the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Beginning in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices. However, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under the announced policies, our multi-class capital structure will make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track those indices will not be investing in our stock. These policies may depress the valuations of publicly traded companies that are excluded from the indices compared to those of other similar companies that are included. Because of our multi-class structure, we will likely be excluded from certain of these indices and we cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make shares of our common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of shares of our common stock could be adversely affected.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) having the option of delaying the adoption of certain new or revised financial accounting standards, (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (iv) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Further, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of other companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) April 30, 2030, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates was $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $250 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues are less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

31

Table of Contents

It is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of the foregoing, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our stock price.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or fail to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that have been identified, we may fail to meet our reporting obligations or be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, we identified several material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and other control deficiencies as of April 30, 2024. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified to date relate to (i) a lack of accounting staff and resources with appropriate knowledge of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and SEC reporting and compliance requirements; (ii) a lack of sufficient documented financial closing policies and procedures and (iii) a lack of an effective review process by the accounting manager which may lead to material audit adjustments to the financial statements.

Following the identification of the material weaknesses and control deficiencies, we plan to take remedial measures including (i) hiring more qualified accounting personnel with relevant U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications to strengthen the financial reporting function and to set up a financial and system control framework; (ii) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel; (iii) setting up an internal audit function as well as engaging an external consulting firm to assist us with the assessment of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance requirements and improvement of overall internal control; and (iv) appointing independent directors and strengthening corporate governance.

However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to correct the material weaknesses or our failure to discover and address any other material weaknesses or control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A common stock, may be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, ineffective internal control over financial reporting significantly hinders our ability to prevent fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 10-K beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending April 30, 2025. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a smaller reporting company. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified, if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated, or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational, and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation in a timely manner.

Our management and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Upon completion of this offering, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and President, Ms. Yin Yan, will control approximately 93.93% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding voting securities, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option (or 93.74% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option).

32

Table of Contents

Approximately 94.56% of Ms. Yin Yan’s voting power stems from her holdings of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. To the extent that Ms. Yan continues to own a significant percentage of the voting power of our common stock, Ms. Yan will be able to control the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and approval of any merger, sale of substantially all our assets or other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you or other stockholders may feel are in your or their best interest as one of our stockholders.

Our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms that may not be beneficial to common stockholders and with the ability to affect adversely stockholder voting power and perpetuate their control over us.

Our Articles of Incorporation allow us to issue shares of preferred stock without any vote or further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors has the authority to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of preferred stock. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock that would grant to holders the preferred right to our assets upon liquidation, the right to receive dividend payments before dividends are distributed to the holders of common stock and the right to the redemption of the shares, together with a premium, prior to the redemption of our common stock.

After this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 15(d) and 12(b) of the Exchange Act that require us to incur audit fees and legal fees in connection with the preparation of such reports. These additional costs could reduce or eliminate our ability to earn a profit.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In order to comply with these requirements, our independent registered public accounting firm will have to review our financial statements on a quarterly basis and audit our financial statements on an annual basis. Moreover, our legal counsel will have to review and assist in the preparation of such reports. The costs charged by these professionals for such services cannot be accurately predicted at this time because factors such as the number and type of transactions that we engage in, and the complexity of our reports cannot be determined at this time and will affect the amount of time to be spent by our auditors and attorneys. However, the incurrence of such costs will obviously be an expense to our operations and thus have a negative effect on our ability to meet our overhead requirements and earn a profit.

The costs of maintaining public company reporting requirements could be significant and may preclude us from seeking financing or equity investment on terms acceptable to us and our stockholders. We estimate these costs to be in excess of $500,000 per year and may be higher if our business volume or business activity increases significantly. If our revenues are insufficient or non-existent, or we cannot satisfy many of these costs through the issuance of shares or debt, we may be unable to satisfy these costs in the normal course of business.

However, for as long as we remain a smaller reporting company, as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not smaller reporting companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, reduced financial statement disclosure in registration statements, which must include two years of audited financial statements, reduced financial statement disclosure in annual reports on Form 10-K, and exemptions from the auditor attestation of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer a smaller reporting company.

If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our common stock, if a market ever develops, could drop significantly.

33

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements contained in this prospectus, which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance, and any other statements of a future or forward-looking nature constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. We intend the forward-looking statements to be covered by the applicable safe harbor under the federal securities laws. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and may not be accurate indications of when such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on the information we have when the statements are made or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•        our goals and strategies;

•        our future business development, results of operations and financial condition;

•        expected changes in our corporate services income, costs or expenditures;

•        our dividend policy;

•        our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;

•        our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

•        our projected markets and growth in markets;

•        our potential need for additional capital and the availability of such capital;

•        competition in our industry;

•        general economic and business conditions in the markets in which we operate;

•        our ability to meet the Nasdaq Capital Market continued listing requirements;

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our business and industry; and

•        assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

Forward-looking statements necessarily involve risks and uncertainties, and our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth above under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. The factors set forth above under “Risk Factors” and other cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read and understood as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus represent our judgment as of the date of this prospectus. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on such statements. We operate in an evolving environment where new risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained above and throughout this prospectus.

Industry and other Data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys by third parties, and industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent research firm, regarding our industry. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.”

34

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the common stock we are offering will be approximately $7.66 million. If the underwriters fully exercise the over-allotment option, the net proceeds of the common stock we sell will be approximately $8.90 million. These estimates assume an initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. “Net proceeds” is what we expect to receive after deducting the underwriting discount and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, along with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

•        approximately $3 million, or 39.16% of the offering proceeds, to fund development of our supply chain management and additional functionalities of our system;

•        approximately $2 million, or 26.11% of the offering proceeds, to fund business expansion through strategic acquisitions and investments. As of the date of this prospectus, no acquisition target has been identified;

•        approximately $2 million, or 26.11% of the offering proceeds, to fund expansion of sales and distribution channels in order to reach a broader customer base; and

•        the remaining $0.66 million, or 8.62% of the offering proceeds, to fund talent development and retention, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on each allocation. As a result, our management will have significant discretion in the use of any net proceeds and Investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds.

The principal purpose of this offering is to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. See “Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions — Other Related Parties Transactions.”

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

35

Table of Contents

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

Market for common stock

Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been traded on an established public trading market, and quotations for our common stock were not reported on any market. As a result, there has been no regular market for our common stock. As of January 6, 2025, there were 15,004,004 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 12 holders of record.

We intend to apply to list our common stock for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “MWYN” although there can be no assurance our listing will be approved. We cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends. The payment of dividends, if any, in the future is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition and other relevant facts. We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our business.

36

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of October 31, 2024:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and accompanying notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Description of Capital Stock” sections of this prospectus.

 

As of October 31, 2024

   

Actual(1)
(Unaudited)

 

Pro Forma
As adjusted
(Unaudited)(1)(2)(3)

Cash

 

$

60,548

 

 

$

 7,722,358

 

Total debt

 

 

1,283,370

 

 

 

1,283,370

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stock, $0.001 par value, 45,000,000 shares authorized, 15,004,004 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 17,004,004 shares outstanding pro forma as adjusted

 

 

15,004

 

 

 

17,004

 

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 135,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

135

 

 

 

135

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,384,891

 

 

 

10,044,701

 

Retained earnings

 

 

(21,483

)

 

 

(21,483

)

Total stockholders’ equity:

 

 

2,378,547

 

 

 

10,040,357

 

Total capitalization:

 

$

3,661,917

 

 

$

11,323,727

 

____________

(1)      The capitalization table has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effects of the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024. Excludes the 93,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)      Reflects the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and furthermore assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriter. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)      If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us were to be exercised in full, pro forma (i) issued and outstanding shares of common stock would be 17,004,004, (ii) additional paid-in capital would be $11.29 million, (iii) total stockholders’ equity would be $11.28 million, and (iv) total capitalization would be $12.57 million.

The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

37

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you purchase common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately upon the consummation of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of October 31, 2024 was approximately $1,558,274, or $0.10 per share. Net tangible book value per share of our common stock represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of that date.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of 2,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriters’ commissions and estimated offering expenses, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of October 31, 2024, would have been $9.22 million, or $0.54 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.44 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $3.96 per share to purchasers of securities in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

As of October 31, 2024

   

Offering with
no exercise of
overallotment
option

 

Offering with
full exercise of
overallotment
option

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

$

4.50

 

$

4.50

Net tangible book value per share as of October 31, 2024

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.10

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.50

As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of October 31, 2024, after giving effect to the offering

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.60

Dilution per share to new investors in the offering

 

$

3.96

 

$

3.90

A $0.50 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.05, and dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.45 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each 400,000 share increase in the number of shares offered by us would increase the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.08 per share and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $0.08 per share, and each 400,000 share decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered by us in this offering would decrease the as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $0.08 per share, and increase the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.08 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share of $4.50 remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The tables above assume no exercise by the Representative of its over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in this offering. If the Representative exercises its over-allotment option in full to purchase 300,000 additional shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed offering price of $4.5 per share, the adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $0.60 per share, the increase in the adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $0.50 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $3.90 per share.

To the extent that outstanding exercisable over-allotment options or warrants are exercised, you may experience further dilution.

38

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of October 31, 2024, the differences between existing stockholders and the new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share of common stock paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 



Common Stock Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price Per
Share of
Common
Stock

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

 

15,004,004

 

88.24

%

 

US$

2,399,895

 

21.05

%

 

US$

0.16

New investors

 

2,000,000

 

11.76

%

 

US$

9,000,000

 

78.95

%

 

US$

4.50

Total

 

17,004,004

 

100

%

 

US$

11,399,895

 

100

%

 

US$

0.67

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based 15,004,004 shares of common stock and 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock outstanding as of October 31, 2024, after giving effect to the sale of 2,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and excludes:

•        93,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan;

•        adjustment for the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024. The purpose of the stock split was to target an appropriate initial price per share of the common stock in connection with the pricing of this offering; and

•        no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of our common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our Common Stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, your ownership will be further diluted.

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual public offering price, the actual number of shares that we offer in this offering, and other terms of this offering determined at the time of pricing. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

39

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL C
ONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with those statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial and Other Data” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and included in other portions of this prospectus.

Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings. References to “we”, “us”, “our,” or the “Company” are to Marwynn Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, except where the context requires otherwise.

Overview

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (“Marwynn” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Nevada, United States of America (“USA”) on February 27, 2024. The Company is a holding company with no material operations of its own, Marwynn conducts substantially all its operations through its wholly-owned subsidiaries FuAn Enterprise, Inc (“FuAn”) and Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc (“Grand Forest”).

FuAn was incorporated in the state of California on April 18, 2016. FuAn is a food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain company that specializes in connecting businesses between different regions, particularly between Asia and the U.S. FuAn’s comprehensive supply chain services include the sourcing of Asian food, snacks, and non-alcoholic beverages, and distributing branded goods to mainstream markets, grocery stores and wholesale/warehouse clubs in the U.S. In addition, FuAn provides supply chain consulting, and market expansion support for businesses. With a focus on sourcing Asian foods and non-alcoholic beverages, FuAn aims at becoming a leading importer and distributor of premium Asian foods and non-alcoholic beverages to the U.S. markets.

Grand Forest was incorporated in the state of California on February 22, 2021. Grand Forest is an indoor home improvement supply chain provider that focus on providing high-quality kitchen cabinets, flooring, and home improvement products sourced from international suppliers. Grand Forest focuses on sourcing high-quality products from reliable overseas suppliers and distributing them to customers across the U.S.

Key Factors that Affect Our Results of Operations

Operating cost increase after initial public offering

Following our initial public offering, we will be subject to increased operating costs related to our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market and we are subject to increased costs related to our compliance with Securities Act and Exchange Act periodic reporting annual audit expenses, the legal service expenses, and related consulting service expenses.

Competition

The supply chain industry is highly competitive, with a wide range of players offering various services such as logistics, transportation, warehousing, and distribution. Competitors range from large multinational corporations to small and medium-sized enterprises, each with their own strengths and capabilities. Supply chain disruptions

40

Table of Contents

often occur due to natural disasters or geopolitical events. We see talent shortage and skills gap in supply chain management. We also face regulatory compliance and trade restrictions. Security and data privacy are also concerns in global trade as well as fluctuations in exchange rates and raw material prices.

Competition for food import and distribution varies and includes market demand, supplier relationships, logistics and distribution, regulatory compliance and expanding into new markets. Satisfying diverse consumer preferences and staying ahead of trends are imperative.

The home remodeling business is highly competitive, fragmented, and evolving. As a result, competition for customers for our products and services from a variety of retailers, suppliers, service providers, and distributors and manufacturers that sell products directly to their respective customer bases. These competitors range from suppliers like us, to multichannel, to exclusively online retailers. The internet facilitates competitive entry and increases the level of competition we face for customer experience, price transparency, quality, product availability and assortment, and delivery options.

How to Assess Our Performance

In assessing performance, management considers a variety of performance and financial measures, including principal growth in net sales, gross profit and selling, and general and administrative expenses (“G&A expenses”). The key measures that we use to evaluate the performance of our business are set forth below.

Revenues

We derive our revenues primarily from food imports and distribution and sale of home remodeling products.

We accrue estimated sales returns based on historical results together with current product sales performance. The allowance for sales returns as of April 30 2024 and 2023, was $205,988 and $113,596, respectively. The allowance for sales returns as of October 31 2024, and 2023, was $205,988 and $113,596, respectively.

Gross Profit

We calculate gross profit as net sales less cost of sales. Gross margin represents gross profit as a percentage of net sales. The components of our cost of sales may not be identical to those of our competitors. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by our competitors.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling expenses mainly consist of advertising and marketing, sales commission and showroom maintenance.

G&A expenses mainly consist of payroll expense, office and auto leasing, contracted labor, food testing, consulting, deprecation and insurance.

Selected Income Statement Items

Revenues

We derive our revenues from (i) Sale of food and beverages, (ii) Sale of indoor home improvement products, and (iii) Consulting services. The following table presents our revenue by product and service types and as percentages of our total revenues for the periods presented.

 

For the six months ended October 31,

 

For the years ended April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

Variance

 

2024

 

2023

 

Variance

   

USD

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

Sale of Food and Beverage

 

$

44,886

 

0.82

%

 

$

1,299,550

 

22.83

%

 

$

(1,254,664

)

 

(96.55

)%

 

$

3,107,583

 

26.07

%

 

$

4,383,812

 

38.95

%

 

$

(1,276,229

)

 

(29.11

)%

Sale of Indoor Home Improvement Products

 

 

5,356,929

 

97.51

%

 

 

4,393,047

 

77.17

%

 

 

963,882

 

 

21.94

%

 

 

8,627,987

 

72.38

%

 

 

6,871,644

 

61.05

%

 

 

1,756,343

 

 

25.56

%

Consulting Services

 

 

91,988

 

1.67

%

 

 

—

 

—

%

 

 

91,988

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

185,000

 

1.55

%

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

185,000

 

 

100

%

Total revenues

 

$

5,493,803

 

100

%

 

$

5,692,597

 

100.00

%

 

$

(198,794

)

 

(3.49

)%

 

$

11,920,570

 

100.00

%

 

$

11,255,456

 

100.00

%

 

$

665,114

 

 

5.91

%

41

Table of Contents

Sales from food import and distribution

Sales from food import and distribution accounted for 0.82% and 22.83% of total sale for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Sales from food import and distribution decreased by $1,254,664 from $1,299,550 for the six months ended October 31, 2023 to $44,886 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. The decrease in our sales was primarily due to significantly reduced purchase orders from Costco, one of our largest customers, particularly in demand for White Rabbit ice cream. We are in the process of a product rotation and update for White Rabbit brand products with Costco and are waiting for Costco’s approval before we can relaunch the sale of the White Rabbit brand product. We are also working with Costco on bringing more new products to their stores.

Sales from food import and distribution accounted for 26.07% and 38.95% of total sale for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Sales from food import and distribution decreased by $1,276,229 from $4,383,812 for the year ended April 30, 2023 to $3,107,583 for the year ended April 30, 2024. The decrease in our sales was primarily due to the reduced purchase orders by 46% from Costco, one of our largest customers, particularly in demand for White Rabbit ice cream.

Sales of home remodeling products

Sales of home remodeling products accounted for 97.51% and 77.17% of total sales for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Sales of home remodeling products increased by $963,882, or 21.94% from $4,393,047 for the six months ended October 31, 2023 to $5,356,929 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. The increase in our sales was mainly due to the addition of new products and increased sales orders for cabinets as a result of our efforts to expand our wholesale business. For the six months ended October 31, 2024, we had sales orders of approximately 3,273 pieces, an increase of 977 sales orders or 42.55%, compared with 2,296 sales orders in the six months ended October 31, 2023.

Sales of home remodeling products accounted for 72.38% and 61.05% of total sales for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Sales from sale of home remodeling products increased by $1,756,343, or 25.56% from $6,871,644 for the year ended April 30, 2023 to $8,627,987 for the year ended April 30, 2024. The increase in our sales was mainly due to the addition of new product types and increased sales for cabinets as a result of our efforts to expand our wholesale business. For the year ended April 30, 2024, we had sales orders of approximately 4,708 pieces, an increase of 1,458 sales orders or 44.86%, compared with 3,250 sales orders in the year ended April 30, 2023.

Consulting services

Consulting services accounted for 1.67% and nil of total revenues for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Revenue from consulting services increased by $91,988, or 100.00% from nil for the six months ended October 31, 2023 to $91,988 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. We started our consulting services business in March 2024 through providing supply chain and brand management services proposals and solutions to customers to help them optimize their inventory management and product distribution strategy, to reduce delivery times, shipping costs and diversify distribution channels.

Consulting services accounted for 1.55% and nil of total revenues for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Revenue from consulting services increased by $185,000, or 100.00% from nil for the year ended April 30, 2023 to $185,000 for the year ended April 30, 2024. We started our consulting services business in March 2024 through providing supply chain and brand management services proposals and solutions to customers to help them optimize their inventory management and product distribution strategy, to reduce delivery times, shipping costs and diversify distribution channels.

Costs of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of merchandise costs, as well as freight, duty, storge and other costs to transport inventory to the Company’s warehouse. Cost of revenues also includes costs for shrinkage, damaged product disposals, packaging and distribution of the products to customers.

42

Table of Contents

We derive our costs from (i) food import and distribution, and (ii) sale of home remodeling products. The following table presents our costs of revenues as percentages of its corresponding revenue for the periods presented.

 

For the six months ended October 31,

 

For the years ended April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

Variance

 

2024

 

2023

 

Variance

   

USD

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

Sale of Food and Beverage

 

$

23,733

 

52.87

%

 

$

704,976

 

54.25

%

 

$

(681,243

)

 

(96.63

)%

 

$

1,637,583

 

52.70

%

 

$

2,592,478

 

59.14

%

 

$

(954,895

)

 

(36.83

)%

Sale of Indoor Home Improvement Products

 

 

2,787,345

 

52.03

%

 

 

2,569,028

 

58.48

%

 

 

218,317

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

4,849,898

 

56.21

%

 

 

3,723,934

 

54.19

%

 

 

1,125,964

 

 

30.24

%

Consulting Services

 

 

25,548

 

27.77

%

 

 

—

 

—

%

 

 

25,548

 

 

100

%

 

 

97,488

 

—

%

 

 

—

 

—

%

 

 

97,488

 

 

100

%

Total cost of revenues

 

$

2,836,626

 

51.63

%

 

$

3,274,004

 

57.51

%

 

$

(437,378

)

 

(13.36

)%

 

$

6,584,969

 

55.24

%

 

$

6,316,412

 

56.12

%

 

$

268,557

 

 

4.25

%

Cost of revenues from food import and distribution decreased by $681,243, from $704,976 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, to $23,733 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. Our cost of revenues from food import and distribution primarily includes inventory costs, storage and freight costs. The decrease in our cost of revenues for food import and distribution was mainly due to decreased sales volume resulting from decreased purchase orders from Costco, we did not have any orders from Costco for the six months ended October 31, 2024 while we had 24 orders from Costco for the six months ended October 31, 2023. We also had reduced storage fees and freight costs. The average purchase price for White Rabbit ice cream was $18.34 per case for the six months ended October 31, 2023.

Cost of revenues from food import and distribution decreased by $954,895, from $2,592,478 for the year ended April 30, 2023, to $1,637,583 for the year ended April 30, 2024. Our cost of revenues from food import and distribution primarily includes inventory costs, storage and freight costs. The decrease in our cost of revenues for food import and distribution was mainly due to decreased sales volume, we had a total 43 orders for the year ended April 30, 2024, a decrease of 18 or 29.5% from 61 orders for the year ended April 30, 2023. We also had reduced storage fees and decreased purchase price. Average purchase price for White Rabbit ice cream was $18.00 per case for the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with $18.77 per case for the year ended April 30, 2023. Additionally, the Company secured a more cost-effective logistics provider, which provided us a lower cost of customs duties and freight costs.

Cost of revenues for sale of home remodeling products increased by $218,317, or 8.50%, from $2,569,028 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, to $2,787,345 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. Our cost of revenues from sale of home remodeling products primarily includes inventory costs, storage, freight costs, damaged product disposals and packaging. The increase in our cost of sales for sale of home remodeling products was mainly due to the increase in our sales despite having decreased inventory purchase price and freight costs. Average purchase price for cabinets was $100 — $110 each for the six months ended October 31, 2024 compared with $110 — $120 each for the six months ended October 31, 2023. Average purchase price for flooring was $32 per box for the six months ended October 31, 2024 compared with $38 per box for the six months ended October 31, 2023. Average purchase price for marble and quartz was approximately $20 less per piece in the six months ended October 31, 2024 compared with October 31, 2023.

Cost of revenues for sale of home remodeling products increased by $1,125,964, or 30.24%, from $3,723,934 for the year ended April 30, 2023, to $4,849,898 for the year ended April 30, 2024. Our cost of revenues from sale of home remodeling products primarily includes inventory costs, storage, freight costs, damaged product disposals and packaging. The increase in our cost of sales for sale of home remodeling products was mainly due to the increase in our sales volume despite having decreased inventory purchase price and freight costs. Average purchase price for cabinets was $100 – $110 each for the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with $110 – $120 each for the year ended April 30, 2023. Average purchase price for flooring was $32 per box for the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with $38 per box for the year ended April 30, 2023. Average purchase price for marble and quartz was approximately $20 less per piece in the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with April 30, 2023.

Cost of revenues associated with our consulting services was immaterial and primarily consisted of labor costs.

43

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling expenses mainly consist of advertising costs, promotion expenses, commission expenses, shipping and delivery expenses, showroom maintenance expenses, and payroll and related expenses for personnel engaged in selling and marketing activities. We expect our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of total sales to modestly increase in the foreseeable future to achieve high-quality growth.

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of costs for corporate functions, including payroll and related expenses; facilities and equipment expenses such as depreciation and amortization expense, rents, professional fees and utilities costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total sales to decrease in the foreseeable future as we continue to enhance overall cost control to improve operating margin.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations and as percentages of our total sales for the period presented.

 

For the six months ended October 31,

   

2024

 

% of
Sales

 

2023

 

% of
Sales

 

Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)

 

Percent
Increase
(Decrease)

Revenues

 

$

5,493,803

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

5,692,597

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

(198,794

)

 

(3.49

)%

Cost of revenues

 

 

2,836,626

 

 

51.63

%

 

 

3,274,004

 

 

57.51

%

 

 

(437,378)

 

 

(13.36

)%

Gross profit

 

 

2,657,177

 

 

48.37

%

 

 

2,418,593

 

 

42.49

%

 

 

238,584

 

 

9.86

%

Selling expenses

 

 

317,659

 

 

5.78

%

 

 

417,814

 

 

7.34

%

 

 

(100,155

)

 

(23.97

)%

General and administrative expenses

 

 

2,604,762

 

 

47.41

%

 

 

1,482,659

 

 

26.05

%

 

 

1,122,103

 

 

75.68

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,922,421

 

 

53.19

%

 

 

1,900,473

 

 

33.38

%

 

 

1,021,948

 

 

53.77

%

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(265,244

)

 

(4.83

)%

 

 

518,120

 

 

9.10

%

 

 

(783,364

)

 

(151.19

)%

Other expense, net

 

 

(30,724

)

 

(0.56

)%

 

 

(7,287

)

 

(0.13

)%

 

 

(23,437

)

 

321.63

%

Income (loss) before
income taxes

 

 

(295,968

)

 

(5.39

)%

 

 

510,833

 

 

8.97

%

 

 

(806,801

)

 

(157.94

)%

Income tax provision

 

 

146,932

 

 

2.67

%

 

 

140,927

 

 

2.48

%

 

 

6,005

 

 

4.26

%

Net income (loss)

 

$

(442,900

)

 

(8.06

)%

 

$

369,906

 

 

6.50

%

 

$

(812,806

)

 

(219.73

)%

Revenues

Sales for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023 were $5,493,803 and $5,692,597, respectively, a decrease of $198,794 or 3.49%. The decrease of sales in 2024 was primarily attributed to decreased sale of food imports and distribution by $1,254,664 which was partly offset by increased home remodeling products by $963,882 and increased consulting service by $91,988,

We imported and distributed new products with total revenue of $44,886 during the six months ended October 31, 2024. We are working with a few large food distributers and vendors in Asia to bring more authentic premium Asia foods to the U.S.

We sold 24,471 cabinets with average selling price of $139.89 each during the six months ended October 31, 2024 compared with 15,842 cabinets with average selling price of $165.47 each during the six months ended October 31, 2023. We sold 3,139 boxes of flooring with average selling price of $47.39 per box during the six months ended October 31, 2024 compared with 3,695 boxes of flooring with average selling price of $46.93 per box during the six months ended October 31, 2023. We sold 4,395 pieces of engineered marble or quartz with average selling price of $195.93 per piece during the six months ended October 31, 2024 compared with 2,962 pieces of quartz with average selling price of $225.97 per piece during the six months ended October 31, 2023. Our average selling price decreased significantly during the six months ended October 31, 2024, which was a result of our strategic change of

44

Table of Contents

our operations by focusing to develop wholesale customers starting from fiscal year 2024. Selling price to wholesale customers was significantly lower than the selling price to retail customers but the sales quantity for each order was usually larger.

Cost of revenues

 

For the six months ended October 31,

   

2024

 

2023

 

Variance

   

USD

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

Food import and distribution

 

$

23,733

 

0.84

%

 

$

704,976

 

 

21.53

%

 

$

(681,243

)

 

(96.63

)%

Sale of home remodeling products

 

 

2,787,345

 

98.26

%

 

 

2,569,028

 

 

78.47

%

 

 

218,317

 

 

8.50

%

Consulting service

 

 

25,548

 

0.9

%

 

 

—

%

 

—

%

 

 

25,548

 

 

100

%

Total cost of revenues

 

$

2,836,626

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,274,004

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

(437,378)

 

 

(13.36

)%

Cost of revenues for the six months ended October 31, 2024, and 2023 was $2,836,626 and $3,274,004, respectively, a decrease of $437,378 or 13.36%. The decrease of cost of revenues in 2024 was primarily attributed to decreased cost from sale food import and distribution by $681,243 or 96.63%, resulting from decreased sales, which was partly offset by increased cost from home remodeling products by $218,317 or 8.50%. Cost of revenues for food import and distribution as a percentage of total revenues was 0.43% and 12.38%, respectively, for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023. Cost of revenues for home remodeling products as a percentage of total revenues was 50.74% and 45.13%, respectively, for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023. Cost of revenues associated with our consulting services was immaterial and primarily consisted of labor costs.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

For the six months ended October 31,

   

2024

 

2023

   

Gross profit

 

Profit
Margin to
Total Revenues

 

Gross profit

 

Profit
Margin to
Total Revenues

Food import and distribution

 

$

21,153

 

0.39

%

 

$

594,574

 

10.44

%

Sale of home remodeling products

 

 

2,569,584

 

46.77

%

 

 

1,824,019

 

32.04

%

Consulting service

 

 

66,440

 

1.21

%

 

 

—

 

—

%

Gross profit and gross margin

 

$

2,657,177

 

48.37

%

 

$

2,418,593

 

42.49

%

The gross profit for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023 was $2,657,177 and $2,418,593 respectively, an increase of $238,584 or 9.86%. The blended gross profit margin was 48.37% for 2024 compared 42.49% for 2023. Gross profit for food import and distribution decreased by 96.44% in 2024 due to decreased sales to Costco. Gross profit for sale of home remodeling products increased by 40.87% in 2024 due to our expansion of wholesale business, for which we offered more discounts to our wholesale customers.

Selling Expenses

The following table summarizes selling expenses:

 

For the six months ended
October 31,

 

Change in

   

2024

 

2023

 

Amount

 

Percentage

Advertising and marketing

 

$

19,466

 

 

$

33,081

 

 

$

(13,615

)

 

(41.16

)%

Commission

 

 

1,077

 

 

 

163,660

 

 

 

(162,583

)

 

(99.34

)%

Payroll expense

 

 

289,136

 

 

 

189,148

 

 

 

99,988

 

 

52.86

%

Shipping expenses

 

 

1,626

 

 

 

23,755

 

 

 

(22,129

)

 

(93.16

)%

Showroom supplies

 

 

6,354

 

 

 

3,796

 

 

 

2,558

 

 

67.37

%

Total selling expenses

 

$

317,659

 

 

$

417,814

 

 

$

(100,155

)

 

(23.97

)%

As a percentage of total revenues

 

 

5.78

%

 

 

7.34

%

 

 

 

 

   

 

45

Table of Contents

Our selling expenses were 317,659 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, as compared to $417,813 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, representing a decrease of $100,155, or 23.97%. The decrease in the selling expense was mainly due to 1) decreased shipping expenses by $22,129 or 93.16% as compared to the same period in 2023 resulting from significantly decreased sales to Costco; 2) decreased sales commission expenses by $162,583; which was partly offset by increased payroll expenses by $99,988 or 52.86% due to increased employees. Selling expenses accounted for 5.78% and 7.34% of our total revenues for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes general and administrative expenses:

 

For the six months ended
October 31,

 

Change in

   

2024

 

2023

 

Amount

 

Percentage

Rent expense

 

$

772,492

 

 

$

597,154

 

 

$

175,338

 

 

29.36

%

Payroll expense

 

 

835,953

 

 

 

464,938

 

 

 

371,015

 

 

79.80

%

Professional fee

 

 

539,844

 

 

 

61,670

 

 

 

478,174

 

 

775.37

%

Bank service charge including merchant service fee

 

 

77,965

 

 

 

67,401

 

 

 

10,564

 

 

15.67

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

88,958

 

 

 

55,717

 

 

 

33,241

 

 

59.66

%

Travel expense

 

 

1,474

 

 

 

3,917

 

 

 

(2,443

)

 

(62.36

)%

Testing fee

 

 

—

 

 

 

7,710

 

 

 

(7,710

)

 

(100

)%

Meal and entertainment expense

 

 

47,021

 

 

 

12,046

 

 

 

34,976

 

 

290.35

%

Insurance expense

 

 

10,860

 

 

 

1,373

 

 

 

9,487

 

 

691.24

%

Subcontract labor

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

23,745

 

 

 

(5,745)

 

 

(24.19

)%

Due and subscription

 

 

39,984

 

 

 

24,824

 

 

 

15,160

 

 

61.07

%

Office expense

 

 

8,468

 

 

 

5,664

 

 

 

2,804

 

 

49.51

%

Other expenses

 

 

163,743

 

 

 

156,500

 

 

 

7,243

 

 

4.63

%

Total general and administrative expenses

 

 

2,604,762

 

 

$

1,482,659

 

 

$

1,122,103

 

 

75.68

%

As a percentage of revenues

 

 

47.41

%

 

 

26.05

%

 

 

 

 

   

 

Our general and administrative expenses were $2,604,762 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, as compared to $1,482,659 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, reflecting an increase of $1,122,103 or 75.68%. The increase in general and administrative expenses included increased payroll expense, professional fee, rent expenses, depreciation and amortization, meal and entertainment expenses, and other expenses, which was partly offset by decreased testing fee.

The payroll expense increased by $371,015 or 79.80% as compared to the same period in 2023, the increase was mainly from increased number of employees and increased hourly rate as adjusted to reflect general inflation. Professional fee increased by $478,174 or 775.37% as compared to the same period in 2023, resulting from audit, accounting and consulting related costs. Rent expense increased by $175,338 or 29.36% as compared to the same period in 2023, which was mainly due to the initiation of the Company’s new office and warehouse lease in 2024. Meal and entertainment expenses increased by $34,976 or 290.35% as compared to the same period of 2023 for establishing and enhancing customer relations. Depreciation and Amortization expenses increased by $33,241 or 59.66%. Due and subscription increased by $15,160 or 61.07%, and office expenses increased by $2,804 or 49.51%.

General and administrative expenses accounted for 47.41% and 26.05% of our total revenues for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Other income (expense), net

Other expenses was $30,724 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, compared to other expenses of $7,287 for the six months ended October 31, 2023. For the six months ended October 31, 2024, other expenses mainly consisted of interest expense of $30,464, and other expenses of $3,121, which was partly offset with other income of $2,861. For the six months ended October 31, 2023, other expenses mainly consisted of interest expense of $9,251 and other expense of $959, which was partly offset with other income of $2,923.

46

Table of Contents

Income tax provision

Income tax expenses were $146,932 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, representing an increase of $6,005 or 4.26% from $140,927 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, due to increased taxable income of Grand Forest. Marwynn, FuAn and Grand Forest file separate income tax return.

Net income (loss)

As a result of the above, we had a net loss of $442,900 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, compared to net income $369,906 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, a decrease of net income of $812,806 or 219.73%, which was mainly resulting from increased audit, accounting and consulting fee, rent expense and payroll costs.

Comparison of the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations and as percentages of our total sales for the years presented.

 

For the years ended April 30,

   

2024

 

% of
Sales

 

2023

 

% of
Sales

 

Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)

 

Percent
Increase
(Decrease)

Revenues

 

$

11,920,570

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

11,255,456

 

100.00

%

 

$

665,114

 

 

5.91

%

Cost of revenues

 

 

6,584,969

 

 

55.24

%

 

 

6,316,412

 

56.12

%

 

 

268,557

 

 

4.25

%

Gross profit

 

 

5,335,601

 

 

44.76

%

 

 

4,939,044

 

43.88

%

 

 

396,557

 

 

8.03

%

Selling expenses

 

 

737,121

 

 

6.18

%

 

 

1,410,225

 

12.53

%

 

 

(673,104

)

 

(47.73

)%

General and administrative expenses

 

 

3,207,995

 

 

26.91

%

 

 

2,513,964

 

22.34

%

 

 

694,031

 

 

27.61

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

3,945,116

 

 

33.10

%

 

 

3,924,189

 

34.86

%

 

 

20,927

 

 

0.53

%

Income from operations

 

 

1,390,485

 

 

11.66

%

 

 

1,014,855

 

9.02

%

 

 

375,630

 

 

37.01

%

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(28,675

)

 

(0.24

)%

 

 

14,430

 

0.13

%

 

 

(43,105

)

 

(298.72

)%

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,361,810

 

 

11.42

%

 

 

1,029,285

 

9.14

%

 

 

332,525

 

 

32.31

%

Income tax provision

 

 

363,735

 

 

3.05

%

 

 

297,883

 

2.65

%

 

 

65,852

 

 

22.11

%

Net income

 

$

998,075

 

 

8.37

%

 

$

731,402

 

6.50

%

 

$

266,673

 

 

36.46

%

Revenues

Sales for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 were $11,920,570 and $11,255,456, respectively, an increase of $665,114 or 5.91%. The increase of sales in 2024 was primarily attributed to increased sale of home remodeling products by $1,756,342 and increased consulting service by $185,000, which was partly offset by decreased food imports and distribution by $1,276,228.

We sold 45,124 cases of White Rabbit ice cream with average selling price of $52.10 per case during the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with 86,550 cases with average selling price of $51.48 per case during the year ended April 30, 2023. We imported and distributed new products with total revenue of $0.79 million during the year ended April 30, 2024. We are working with a few large food distributers and vendors in Asia to bring more authentic premium Asia foods to the U.S.

We sold 30,828 cabinets with average selling price of $171.28 each during the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with 13,150 cabinets with average selling price of $212.04 each during the year ended April 30, 2023. We sold 5,730 boxes of flooring with average selling price of $47.97 per box during the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with 5,356 boxes of flooring with average selling price of $53.70 per box during the year ended April 30, 2023. We sold 5,782 pieces of engineered marble or quartz with average selling price of $229.57 per piece during the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with 753 pieces of quartz with average selling price of $439.27 per piece during the year ended April 30, 2023. We did not sell any engineered marble during the year ended April 30, 2023, engineered marble has an average purchase price of $65 per piece. Our average selling price deceased significantly during the year ended April 30, 2024, which was a result of our strategic change of our operations by focusing to develop wholesale customers starting from fiscal year 2024. Selling price to wholesale customers was significantly lower than the selling price to retail customers but the sales quantity for each order was usually larger.

47

Table of Contents

Cost of revenues

 

For the years ended April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

Variance

   

USD

 

Percent

 

USD

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

Food import and distribution

 

$

1,637,583

 

24.87

%

 

$

2,592,478

 

41.04

%

 

$

(954,895

)

 

(36.83

)%

Sale of home remodeling products

 

 

4,849,898

 

73.65

%

 

 

3,723,934

 

58.96

%

 

 

1,125,964

 

 

30.24

%

Consulting service

 

 

97,488

 

1.48

%

 

 

—

 

—

%

 

 

97,488

 

 

100

%

Total cost of revenues

 

$

6,584,969

 

100.00

%

 

$

6,316,412

 

100.00

%

 

$

268,557

 

 

4.25

%

Cost of revenues for the years ended April 30, 2024, and 2023 was $6,584,969 and $6,316,412, respectively, an increase of $268,557 or 4.25%. The increase of cost of revenues in 2024 was primarily attributed to increased cost from sale of home remodeling products by $1,125,964 or 30.24% resulting from increased sales, which was partly offset by decreased cost from food import and distribution by $857,407 or 33.07%. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for food import and distribution was 52.70% and 59.14%, respectively, for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for home remodeling products was 56.21% and 54.19%, respectively, for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023. Cost of revenues associated with our consulting services was immaterial and primarily consisted of labor costs.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

For the years ended
April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

   

Gross profit

 

Profit
Margin

 

Gross profit

 

Profit
Margin

Food import and distribution

 

$

1,470,000

 

47.30

%

 

$

1,791,334

 

40.86

%

Sale of home remodeling products

 

 

3,778,089

 

43.79

%

 

 

3,147,710

 

45.81

%

Consulting service

 

 

87,512

 

47.30

%

 

 

—

 

%

 

Gross profit and gross margin

 

$

5,335,601

 

44.76

%

 

$

4,939,044

 

43.88

%

The gross profit for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 was $5,335,601 and $4,939,044 respectively, an increase of $396,557 or 8.03%. The blended gross profit margin was 44.76% for 2024 compared to 43.88% for 2023. Gross profit margin for food import and distribution increased by 6.44% due to decreased inventory purchase cost and freight costs. Gross profit margin for sale of home remodeling products decreased by 2.02% due to our expansion of wholesale business, for which we offered more discounts to our wholesale customers.

Selling Expenses

The following table summarizes selling expenses:

 

For the years ended
April 30,

 

Change in

   

2024

 

2023

 

Amount

 

Percentage

Advertising and marketing

 

$

50,025

 

 

$

115,284

 

 

$

(65,259

)

 

(56.61

)%

Commission

 

 

225,565

 

 

 

268,035

 

 

 

(42,470

)

 

(15.84

)%

Compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

325,000

 

 

 

(325,000

)

 

(100.00

)%

Payroll expense

 

 

390,137

 

 

 

573,334

 

 

 

(183,197

)

 

(31.95

)%

Trade shows

 

 

25,850

 

 

 

5,408

 

 

 

20,442

 

 

378.00

%

Shipping expenses

 

 

36,823

 

 

 

112,946

 

 

 

(76,123

)

 

(67.40

)%

Showroom supplies

 

 

8,721

 

 

 

10,218

 

 

 

(1,497

)

 

(14.65

)%

Total selling expenses

 

$

737,121

 

 

$

1,410,225

 

 

$

(637,104

)

 

(47.73

)%

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

As a percentage of total revenues

 

 

6.18

%

 

 

12.53

%

 

 

 

 

   

 

Our selling expenses were $737,121 for the year ended April 30, 2024, as compared to $1,410,225 for the year ended April 30, 2023, representing a decrease of $637,104, or 47,73%. The decrease in the selling expense was mainly due to 1) a decreased compensation expense by $325,000 or 100.00% as compared to the same period in 2023. In fiscal

48

Table of Contents

year 2023, FuAn’s management decided to make a one-time payment of $325,000 to Fulai Wang, a Stockholder in the Company and spouse of Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and president, as compensation for assisting FuAn in securing an important vendor relationship and helping to successfully launch our products at Costco, and there was no such bonus in fiscal year 2024; 2) decreased payroll expenses by $183,197 or 31.95% as compared to the same period in 2023; 3) decreased advertising and marketing expenses by $65,259 or 56.61% as compared to the same period in 2023; 4) decreased shipping expenses by $76,123 or 67.40% as compared to the same period in 2023 as a result of overall normalization of the shipping cost domestically and internationally from the extreme high shipping and transportation costs during the post-epidemic period; 5) decreased commission expenses by $42,470; which was partly offset by increased trade show expenses by $20,441 or 378.00%. During the year ended April 30, 2024, we attended more trade shows to promote our products and attract wholesale customers instead of doing radio or newspaper and magazine advertising. Selling expenses accounted for 6.18% and 12.53% of our total revenues for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes general and administrative expenses:

 

For the years ended
April 30,

 

Change in

   

2024

 

2023

 

Amount

 

Percentage

Rent expense

 

$

1,353,521

 

 

$

936,824

 

 

$

416,697

 

 

44.48

%

Payroll expense

 

 

1,027,121

 

 

 

630,406

 

 

 

396,715

 

 

62.93

%

Professional fees

 

 

120,569

 

 

 

200,404

 

 

 

(79,835

)

 

(39.84

)%

Bank service charge including merchant service fees

 

 

132,647

 

 

 

107,633

 

 

 

25,014

 

 

23.24

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

143,090

 

 

 

98,755

 

 

 

44,335

 

 

44.89

%

Travel expense

 

 

59,168

 

 

 

92,374

 

 

 

(33,206

)

 

(35.95

)%

Testing fee

 

 

41,175

 

 

 

88,726

 

 

 

(47,552

)

 

(53.59

)%

Bad debt expense (reversal)

 

 

(37,134

)

 

 

61,832

 

 

 

(98,966

)

 

(160.06

)%

Meal and entertainment expense

 

 

34,933

 

 

 

61,154

 

 

 

(26,221

)

 

(42.88

)%

Insurance expense

 

 

57,048

 

 

 

61,648

 

 

 

(4,600

)

 

(7.46

)%

Subcontract labor

 

 

50,955

 

 

 

17,928

 

 

 

33,027

 

 

184.22

%

Due and subscription

 

 

47,157

 

 

 

37,457

 

 

 

9,700

 

 

25.90

%

Office expense

 

 

26,823

 

 

 

24,463

 

 

 

2,360

 

 

9.65

%

Other expenses

 

 

150,920

 

 

 

94,360

 

 

 

56,560

 

 

59.94

%

Total general and administrative expenses

 

$

3,207,995

 

 

$

2,513,964

 

 

$

694,031

 

 

27.61

%

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

As a percentage of revenues

 

 

26.91

%

 

 

22. 34

%

 

 

 

 

   

 

Our general and administrative expenses were $3,207,995 for the year ended April 30, 2024, as compared to $2,513,964 for the year ended April 30, 2023, reflecting an increase of $694,031 or 27.61%. The increase in general and administrative expenses included increased payroll expense and rent expense, which was partly offset by decreased professional fees, travel expenses and insurance expenses. The payroll expense increased by $396,715 or 62.93% as compared to the same period in 2023, the increase was mainly from increased number of employees and increased hourly rate as adjusted to reflect general inflation. Rent expenses increased by $416,697 or 44.48% as compared to the same period in 2023, which was mainly due to the initiation of the Company’s new office and warehouse lease in 2024. However, the increase in the general and administrative expenses was partly offset by decreased legal and professional fees, travel expenses and insurance expenses. Legal and professional fees decreased by $79,835 or 39.84% as compared to the same period in 2023 due to decreased consulting fees. Travel expenses decreased by $33,206 or 35.95% as compared to the same period in 2023. Insurance expenses decreased by $4,600 or 7.46% as compared to the same period of 2023.

Bad debt reversal was $37,134 for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to bad debt expense of $61,832 for the year ended April 30, 2023, a decrease of bad debt expense of $98,967 or 160.06%.

General and administrative expenses accounted for 26.91% and 22.34% of our total revenues for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

49

Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net

Other expense was $28,675 for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to other income of $14,430 for the year ended April 30, 2023. For the year ended April 30, 2024, other expenses mainly consisted of interest expense of $27,835, other expense of $1,581, which was partly offset by other income $741. For the year ended April 30, 2023, other income mainly consisted of other income of $39,035, which was partly offset by interest expense of $17,165 and other expense of $7,440.

Income tax provision

Income tax expenses were $363,735 for the year ended April 30, 2024, representing an increase of $65,852 or 22.11% from $297,883 for the year ended April 30, 2023, resulting from increased taxable income in 2024.

Net income

As a result of the above, we had a net income of $998,075 for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to $731,402 for the year ended April 30, 2023, an increase of $266,673 or 36.46%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet current and future needs. We have funded our working capital, operations and other capital requirements in the past primarily by equity financing, borrowing from related parties, cash flow from operations, and bank loans.

In assessing our liquidity, we monitor and analyze our cash on-hand, our ability to generate sufficient revenue sources, the collection of our accounts receivable, our ability to obtain additional financial support in the future, and our operating and capital expenditure commitments. As reflected in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, we had cash balance of approximately $0.06 million as of October 31, 2024, and $1.4 million as of April 30, 2024, respectively. We also had accounts receivable balance of approximately $0.8 million, among which approximately $0.2 million or 21.3% has been collected as of the date of this prospectus and the remaining balance is expected to be collected by March 2025.

As of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, we had inventory balance of approximately $4.5 million and approximately $4.3 million, respectively, which is expected to be sold to customers within the next six months.

As of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, we also recorded a total of approximately $0.2 million loans payable (including approximately $0.1million short-term loan, $24,212 short-term auto loan and $47,107 long-term auto loan) and $0.64 million loans payable (including approximately $0.5 million short-term loan, approximately $0.1 million long-term loan and $35,865 auto loan), respectively. We expect that we will be able to continue borrowing under our existing facilities based on past experience, our good credit history, and well-established relationship with the lenders.

As of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, we had taxes payable of $472,303 and $474,531, respectively, primarily due to our increased taxable income.

As of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, we had due to related parties balance of approximately $1,112,051 and $1,219,541, respectively. The balance of due to related parties was comprised of advances from our related parties and was used for working capital during our normal course of business. This due to related parties was memorialized pursuant to unsecured promissory notes between Grand Forest and the holders. The unsecured promissory notes are payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025, and carry no interest. In the absence of any demand, the entire principal shall be due on July 31, 2029.

Our working capital amounted to approximately $1.4 million as of April 30, 2024, and approximately $1.2 million as of October 31, 2024, respectively.

Currently, we are working to improve our liquidity and capital sources primarily through cash flows from operation, debt financing, and financial support from our principal stockholder. In order to fully implement our business plan and sustain continued growth, we may also seek equity financing from outside investors. Based on the current

50

Table of Contents

operating plan, management believes that the above-mentioned measures collectively will provide sufficient liquidity for our Company to meet its future liquidity and capital requirements for at least 12 months from the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements.

However, as reflected in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company had net loss of $442,900 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and cash outflow from operating activities of $682,541 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. The management plans to increase its revenue of FuAn by diversifying its markets from major mass market channels to ethnic supermarkets chains. In addition, FuAn has already finished the setup process to become a vendor to some major food distributors. The Company expects to increase sales through its distribution channels in the next quarter. FuAn has already engaged with regional buyers at Costco on new items and is awaiting Costco’s final approval, which the Company expects to happen in the coming months. The Company plans to increase Grand Forest’s revenue by providing more customized products to current customers. Also, Company plans to expand the market for its products to southern California. The Company is discussing with Los Angeles, California-based distributors about the potential opportunity of setting up a Los Angeles regional office. The Company believes the expanded sales force will strengthen the relationship of its long-time customers based in southern California and help to increase overall sales. The Company had unsecured promissory notes with several stockholders with a total balance of $ 1.11 million as of October 31, 2024. These unsecured promissory notes are payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025, and carry no interest. In the absence of any demand, the entire principal should be due on July 31, 2029. Management also intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering, or by obtaining loans from banks or others.

The Company has historically funded its working capital needs primarily from operations. The working capital requirements are affected by the efficiency of operations and depend on the Company’s ability to increase its revenue. The Company believes that its cash on hand and operating cash flows will be sufficient to fund its operations over at least the next 12 months from the date of issuance of these unaudited condensed financial statements. However, the Company may need additional cash resources in the future if the Company experiences changed business conditions or other developments and may also need additional cash resources in the future if the Company wishes to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. If it is determined that the cash requirements exceed the Company’s amounts of cash on hand, the Company may seek to issue debt or equity securities or obtain a credit facility.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the six months ended October 31,2024 and 2023, respectively and our cash flows for the years ended April 30,2024 and 2023, respectively.

 

Six Months Ended
October 31 (Unaudited),

 

Fiscal Year Ended
April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

2024

 

2023

Cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(682,541

)

 

$

497,767

 

 

$

1,048,810

 

 

$

(140,557

)

Investing activities

 

 

(1,748

)

 

 

(64,529

)

 

 

(377,950

)

 

 

(58,290

)

Financing activities

 

 

(619,943

)

 

 

(308,347

)

 

 

614,446

 

 

 

172,943

 

Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(1,304,232

)

 

$

124,891

 

 

$

1,285,305

 

 

$

(25,904

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period

 

$

1,364,780

 

 

 

79,475

 

 

$

79,475

 

 

$

105,379

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period

 

$

60,548

 

 

 

204,366

 

 

$

1,364,780

 

 

$

79,475

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $682,541 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, mainly derived from (i) net loss of $442,900, adjusted for noncash activities to net loss including adding-back operating lease expense of $599,934, depreciation and amortization expense of $88,958, and change in deferred tax assets of $(5,179); (ii) net changes in operating assets and liabilities, principally comprising of a) an increase in payment on prepaid expenses and other current assets of $769,175, b) an increase in deferred IPO costs of $618,190, c) an increase in inventory of $213,349, d) an increase in payment of operating lease liabilities of $588,460, e) an increase in payment of finance lease liabilities of $4,826, and f) an increase in payment for income tax payable of $2,909, which was partly offset by g) an increase collection of accounts receivable of $557,695, h) an increase in outstanding accounts payable of $639,655, i) an increase in payment received from deferred revenue of $62,797, and j) an increase in outstanding accrued liabilities and other payable of $13,140.

51

Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $497,767 for the six months ended October 31, 2023, mainly derived from (i) net income of $369,906, adjusted for noncash activities to net income including adding-back operating lease expense of $431,985, and depreciation and amortization expense of $55,717, (ii) net changes in operating assets and liabilities, principally comprising of a) an increase in outstanding account payable of $550,770, b) an increase in payment from deferred revenue of $75,254, c) an increase in outstanding taxes payable of $140,127 and d) an increase in accrued liabilities and other payables of $13,773, which was partly offset by e) an increase in outstanding accounts receivable of $149,625, f) an increase in payment on prepaid expense and other current assets of $449,402, g) an increase in inventory of $168,441, h) an increase in payment of operating lease liabilities of $367,982, and i) an increase in payment of finance lease liabilities of $4,826.

Net cash outflow from operating activities increased by $1,180,308 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 comparing with the six month ended October 31, 2023, mainly resulting from a) decreased net income by $812,806 with add-back of non-cash adjustments to net loss by $195,768, b) increased cash outflow on inventory by $44,908, c) increased cash outflow on prepaid expenses and other current assets by $319,773, d) increased cash outflow on deferred IPO costs by $618,190, e) increased cash outflow on operating lease liabilities by $220,478, f) decreased cash inflow on deferred revenue by $12,457, g) decreased cash inflow on tax payable by $143,036, which was partly offset by h) increased cash inflow on accounts receivable by $707,320, and i) increased cash inflow from account payable by $88,885.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,048,810 for the year ended April 30, 2024, mainly derived from (i) net income of $998,075, adjusted for noncash activities to net income including adding-back operating lease expense of $1,027,786, depreciation and amortization expense of $143,090, sales return allowance of $92,392, and subtracting bad debts reversal of $37,134, and change in deferred tax assets of $27,810; (ii) net changes in operating assets and liabilities, principally comprising of a) a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $287,834, b) an increase in outstanding account payable of $78,232, c) an increase in customer deposits of $155,871, d) an increase in income tax payable of $389,946 and e) an increase in accrued liabilities and other payables of $12,178, which was partly offset by f) an increase in outstanding accounts receivable of $1,057,781, g) an increase in inventory of $74,782, h) an increase in payment of operating lease liabilities of $930,337, and i) an increase in payment of finance lease liabilities of $8,750.

Net cash used in operating activities was $140,557 for the year ended April 30, 2023, mainly derived from (i) net income of $731,402, adjusted for noncash activities to net income including adding-back operating lease expense of $711,936, sales return allowance of $61,814, bad debt expense of $61,832, depreciation and amortization expense of $98,755, and change in deferred tax assets of $212,497; (ii) net changes in operating assets and liabilities, principally comprising of a) an increase in outstanding account receivable of $394,104, b) an increase in inventory of $1,858,374, c) an increase in prepaid expense and other current assets of $68,395, d) an increase in payment of operating lease liabilities of $749,600, e) an increase in payment of finance lease liabilities of $6,377 and f) a decrease in deferred revenue of $950,756, which was partly offset by g) an increase in accounts payable of $1,130,653, h) an increase in accrued liabilities and other payables of $793,574, and i) an increase in tax payable of $84,586.

Net cash inflow from operating activities increased by $1,189,367 for the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with the year ended April 30, 2023, mainly resulting from increased net income by $266,673 with changes of non-cash adjustments to net income by $51,490, decreased cash outflow on inventory by $1,783,592, decreased cash outflow on prepaid expenses and other current assets by $356,229, decreased cash outflow on deferred revenue by $1,106,627, increased cash inflow on income tax payable by $305,360, which was partly offset by increased cash outflow on accounts receivable by $663,677, increased cash outflow on operating lease liabilities by $180,737, decreased cash inflow on accounts payable by $1,052,421, and decreased cash inflow on accrued liabilities and other payable by $781,396.

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $1,748 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, compared to $64,529 in 2023. For the six months ended October 31, 2024, we purchased fixed assets for $1,748. For the six months ended October 31, 2023, we purchased fixed assets for $64,529.

Net cash used in investing activities was $377,950 for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to $58,290 in 2023. For the year ended April 30,2024, we purchased fixed assets for $127,950, and acquisition of intangible assets for $250,000. For the year ended April 30, 2023, we purchased of fixed assets for $58,290.

52

Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $619,943 for the six months ended October 31, 2024, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $308,347 for the six months ended October 31, 2023. The net cash used in financing activities in 2024 mainly consisted of repayment of auto loan of $12,451, repayment of bank loan of $500,000 and repayment to related parties of $107,492. The net cash used in financing activities in 2023 was mainly consisted of repayment to related parties of $301,022, and repayment of auto loan of $7,325.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $614,446 for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to $172,943 in 2023. The net cash provided by financing activities in 2024 mainly consisted of proceeds from issuance of common and preferred shares of $800,030 and proceeds from bank loan of $500,000, which was partly offset by repayment to stockholders of $666,358 and repayment of auto loan payable of $19,226. The net cash provided by financing activities in 2023 was mainly for the proceeds from auto loan $25,350 and proceeds from stockholders of $147,593.

Debts

Bank Loan Payable

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank for $500,000 with a term of 12 months, and variable interest rate that was based on an independent index which was the Wall Street Journal U.S. Prime as published int the Wall Street Journal Money Rates Section. The Company will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on October 3, 2024. In addition, the Company will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date beginning on November 3, 2023. For the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, interest expenses were $18,875 and nil, respectively. For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded and paid $14,275 and nil interest expense for this loan. As of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, nil and $500,000 outstanding loan balance was recorded as a current liability. This loan was repaid in full in September 2024.

Loan from third party

On June 9, 2020, KZS entered into a loan agreement with KZ Kitchen Cabinet & Stone, Inc., an unrelated party whereby KZS borrowed $100,000, with an annual interest rate of 4.75% payable monthly, and the loan principal to be repaid at maturity on June 9, 2025. Upon a breach of the agreement, interest will accrue at a compound rate of 10% per annum and KZ Kitchen Cabinet & Stone, Inc., may declare the unpaid principal balance together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and all other sums owed to it under the agreement, immediately due and payable. Following the Reorganization, this loan became an obligation of the Company.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The Company’s contractual obligations as of October 31, 2024, are as follows:

 

Payment Due by Period

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Less than 1 year

 

1 – 3 years

 

3 – 5 years

 

Thereafter

Operating lease liabilities

 

$

5,269,986

 

$

1,210,806

 

$

2,475,808

 

$

1,507,479

 

$

75,893

Financing lease liabilities

 

 

7,240

 

 

7,240

 

 

   

 

—

 

 

—

Loan payables

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

Auto loan payable

 

 

71,319

 

 

33,788

 

 

19,152

 

 

18,379

 

 

—

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

5,448,545

 

$

1,351,834

 

$

2,494,960

 

$

1,525,858

 

$

75,893

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of October 31, 2024, April 30, 2024, and 2023.

Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments, or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our revenue, income from operations, net income, liquidity, or capital resources, or that would cause reported financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

53

Table of Contents

Inflation

The annual inflation rate for the United States was 3.4% for the year ended April 30, 2024, and 4.9% for the year ended April 30, 2023 according to Bureau of Labor Statistics. The surge in inflation in 2023 has been influenced, in part, by the low-interest rate environment in the preceding years. Low-interest rates, while often implemented as a monetary policy tool to stimulate economic growth, can contribute to inflationary pressures. When interest rates are kept low for an extended period, borrowing becomes more accessible, encouraging increased spending and investment. However, as monetary authorities address the current inflationary challenges, interest rates are being adjusted upwards. This shift is a conventional strategy to mitigate inflation by making borrowing more expensive, curbing excessive spending and investment.

We do not expect high inflation would result an adverse effect to our business. We continue to monitor inflation, monetary policy changes in response to inflation and potentially adverse effects on our business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. These financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities and revenue and expenses, to disclose contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the consolidated financial statements, and to disclose the reported amounts of revenue and expenses incurred during the financial reporting period. We continue to evaluate these estimates and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We rely on these evaluations as the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We believe that the critical accounting policies as disclosed in this prospectus reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Further, as an emerging growth company, we elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for emerging growth companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements and contained in our subsequent filings with the SEC may not be comparable to other public companies.

The following critical accounting policies rely upon assumptions and estimates and were used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, sales return allowance, the allowance for bad debt, valuation allowance of deferred tax assets, income taxes, the useful lives of long-lived assets and assumptions used in assessing impairment of long-lived assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Although actual amounts may differ from the estimated amounts, such differences are not likely to be material.

Critical Accounting Policies

Accounts Receivable, Net

On May 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326). This standard replaced the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology. CECL requires an estimate of credit losses for the remaining estimated life of the financial asset using historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and generally applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables

54

Table of Contents

and held-to-maturity debt securities, and some off-balance sheet credit exposures such as unfunded commitments to extend credit. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. In addition, CECL made changes to the accounting for available-for-sale debt securities. One such change is to require credit losses to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down on available-for-sale debt securities if management does not intend to sell and does not believe that it is more likely than not they will be required to sell.

The Company adopted ASC 326 and all related subsequent amendments thereto effective May 1, 2023, using the modified retrospective approach for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures. The was no transition adjustment of the adoption of CECL.

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Company has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including historical losses, the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s historical payment patterns, its current credit-worthiness and financial condition, and current market conditions and economic trends. Accounts are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. As of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, the Company had allowance for credit losses of $24,698 and $24,698, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories consist of merchandise held for sale and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference is recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which it occurs. For indoor home improvement products, inventory costs primarily include merchandise costs and freight in costs. No assembly labor and overhead costs are allocated to indoor home improvement products because these costs are immaterial. Grand Forest and KZS determines inventory costs using the moving weighted average cost method. FuAn determined inventory costs using First-in-First-out method (“FIFO”). The Company records reserves for estimated losses related to shrinkage and other amounts that are otherwise not expected to be fully recoverable. The Company assesses the need for valuation allowances for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items and overall economic conditions. There was no inventory allowance as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services. The Company recognizes revenues following the five-step model prescribed under ASU No. 2014-09: (i) identifies contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identifies the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determines the transaction price; (iv) allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognizes revenues when (or as) it satisfies the performance obligation.

The Company derives its revenues primarily from two business segments to provide (i) food and beverage supply chain and brand management services, and (ii) indoor home improvement products to dealers and retail customers and sales of indoor home improvement products to customers.

Revenue from food and beverage sales

FuAn sources authentic premium Asian foods from various suppliers and then distributes to customers (mainly supermarket and grocery stores) in the U.S. The Company accounts for revenue from sales of authentic premium Asian foods on a gross basis as the Company is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the desired authentic premium Asian foods products to customers and is subject to inventory risk before the product ownership and risk are transferred and has the discretion in establishing prices. All FuAn’s contracts are fixed price contracts and have one single performance obligation as the promise is to transfer the individual goods to customers.

55

Table of Contents

The sales transaction price is indicated in each purchase order with a Deduct from Invoice (“DFI”) discount which automatically reduces per unit cost on invoice, and payment terms are primarily set as “net 30.” The Company elects to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as a separate performance obligation. The Company’s revenue from sales of authentic premium Asian food products is recognized at a point in time when title and risk of loss passes and the customer accepts the goods, which generally occurs at delivery. Revenue from the sale of food products is reported net of sales returns and allowance.

Revenue from sales of indoor home improvement products

Revenues from the sale of indoor home improvement products and accessories by Grand Forest and KZS at their stores, is recognized at a point in time when control of merchandise is transferred to the customer. Merchandise can either be picked up in the store or delivered to the customer. For merchandise picked up in the store, control is transferred at the time of the sale to the customer. For merchandise delivered to the customer, control is transferred either when delivery has been completed, or when the Company has a present right to payment which, for certain merchandise, occurs upon conveyance of the merchandise to the carrier for delivery. Grand Forest and KZS’ payment terms are primarily at the point of sale for merchandise sales. The majority of our customers purchase bulk boards without requesting assembly service. Occasionally, we offer assembly service to certain customers as a value-added service solely for marketing purposes to attract customers to place the orders with us. We do not separately charge the customers for assembly services. Sales of indoor home improvement products and related assembly services are not distinct in the context of the contract with the customers, because they are inputs to deliver the combined output of delivering the products to the customers. Therefore, sales of indoor home improvement products and assembly services are identified as a single performance obligation. Grand Forest and KZS elected to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as a separate performance obligation. The Company accounts for revenue from sales of indoor home improvement products on a gross basis as the Company is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the desired indoor home improvement products to customers, and is subject to inventory risk before the product ownership and risk are transferred and has discretion in establishing prices. All of the Company’s contracts are fixed price contracts and have one single performance obligation as the promise is to transfer the individual goods to customers. Revenue from the sale of merchandise is reported net of sales returns and allowance. Grand Forest and KZS estimate future returns based on historical return and current trend of product sales.

Consulting service revenue

Consulting service revenue primarily consists of service income from providing supply chain and brand management services proposals and solutions to customers to help them optimize their inventory management and product distribution strategy, to reduce delivery times, shipping costs and diversify distribution channels. The Company’s contracts with customers for supply chain and brand management services are fixed-price contracts. The Company also believes that it serves as a principal in this type of transaction because it has the latitude in establishing prices with customers, and is responsible for bearing the related costs to complete the designated services. It normally takes a few months up to one year to complete the designated services. Revenue is recognized over the service period.

Sales Returns and Allowances

For food and beverage and indoor home improvement product sales, the Company accrues estimated sales returns based on past experience and current trend of product sales. The allowance for sales returns as of October 31, 2024 amounted to $205,988, The allowance for sales returns as of April 30, 2024 and 2023 amounted to $205,988 and $113,596, respectively.

56

Table of Contents

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by product or service type.

 

For the Six Months Ended
October 31,

 

For the Years Ended
April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

 

2024

 

2023

Revenue from sales

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Authentic premium Asian foods

 

$

44,886

 

$

1,299,550

 

$

3,107,583

 

$

4,383,812

Indoor home improvement products

 

 

5,356,929

 

 

4,393,047

 

 

8,627,987

 

 

6,871,644

Total sales revenues

 

$

5,401,815

 

$

5,692,597

 

$

11,735,570

 

$

11,255,456

Revenue from consulting service

 

 

91,988

 

 

—

 

 

185,000

 

 

—

Total revenues

 

$

5,493,803

 

$

5,692,597

 

$

11,920,570

 

$

11,255,456

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The Company did not have contract assets as of October 31, 2024, April 30, 2024, and 2023.

Contract liabilities are recognized for contracts where payment has been received in advance of product delivery. The Company’s contract liabilities, which are reflected in its unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue of $627,415 and $564,618 as of October 31, 2024, and April 30, 2024, respectively, consist primarily of fees received from customers in advance of product delivery. These amounts represented the Company’s unsatisfied performance obligations as of the balance sheet dates. The amounts of revenue recognized for the six months ended October 31, 2024, and 2023 that were included in the open deferred revenue were $98,721 and $60,550, respectively.

Contract liabilities are recognized for contracts where payment has been received in advance of product delivery. The Company’s contract liabilities, which are reflected in its consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue of $564,618 and $408,747 as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, consist primarily of fees received from customers in advance of product delivery. These amounts represented the Company’s unsatisfied performance obligations as of the balance sheet dates. The amounts of revenue recognized in the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 that were included in the opening deferred revenue were $408,747 and $1,359,503, respectively.

Income Tax

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current period and (ii) deferred tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from matters that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets also include the prior years’ net operating losses carried forward. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if based on the weight of the available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 740, which prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FASB ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures.

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain income tax positions (tax contingencies). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than

57

Table of Contents

50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating our tax positions and estimating its tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. The Company includes interest and penalties related to its tax contingencies in income tax expense.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company and has elected the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which delays the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements — Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative.” The ASU amends the disclosure or presentation requirements related to various subtopics in the FASB ASC. The ASU was issued in response to the SEC’s August 2018 final amendments in Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification that updated and simplified disclosure requirements that the SEC believed were duplicative, overlapping, or outdated. The guidance in ASU 2023-06 is intended to align GAAP requirements with those of the SEC and to facilitate the application of GAAP for all entities. The amendments introduced by ASU 2023-06 are effective if the SEC removes the related disclosure or presentation requirement from its existing regulations by June 30, 2027. If, by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the applicable requirements from its existing regulations, the pending content of the associated amendment will be removed from the ASC and will not become effective for any entities. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-06 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, the amendments in the ASU are intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss. In addition, the amendments enhance interim disclosure requirements, clarify circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. The purpose of the amendments is to enable “investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance” and assess “potential future cash flows.” The amendments in ASU 2023-07 are effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company’s management does not believe the adoption of ASU 2023-09 will have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09), which requires disclosure of incremental income tax information within the rate reconciliation and expanded disclosures of income taxes paid, among other disclosure requirements. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s management does not believe the adoption of ASU 2023-09 will have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

The Company’s management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, authoritative guidance, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation or disclosures.

58

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Marwynn Holdings, Inc., or “Marwynn,” was incorporated on February 27, 2024 in Nevada, as a holding company and operates in two business segments to provide food and beverage supply chain and brand management services, and indoor home improvement products to dealers and retail customers.

Our Services and Products

Food and Beverage Supply Chain and Brand Management Solutions

FuAn is a food and beverage supply chain company that specializes in connecting businesses between different regions, particularly between Asia and the U.S. Currently, FuAn’s comprehensive supply chain services include the sourcing of Asian food, snacks, and non-alcoholic beverages, and distributing the branded goods to mainstream markets, grocery stores and wholesale/warehouse clubs in the U.S. In addition, FuAn provides supply chain consulting, and market expansion support for businesses. With our current focus on sourcing Asian foods and beverages, FuAn aims at becoming a leading importer and distributor of premium Asian foods and beverages to the U.S. markets.

Our supply chain platform specializes in facilitating wholesale (Business-to-Business, “B2B”) with a strong focus on food and non-alcoholic beverage products, particularly Asian food and beverages. By connecting businesses in Asia with those in the U.S. through our wholesale channels, we enhance market reach and streamline the purchasing process. Our supply chain platform enables businesses to easily source products, negotiate deals, and finalize transactions. Leveraging our extensive network and expertise in international trade, we offer seamless and cost-effective supply chain solutions for businesses looking to expand their operations and product offerings.

Typical Flow of our Supply Chain Platform

•        Client Onboarding:

•        We begin with an initial consultation with our business customers to understand their needs, followed by account setup on our internal system. Our website, http://www.fuanus.com, also provides detailed product information.

•        Product Sourcing:

•        Businesses browse our product catalog to select bulk products, while we verify suppliers to ensure quality.

•        We offer a wide variety of Asian food and non-alcoholic beverage products, including specialty items that cater to specific culinary traditions and dietary preferences. Our product catalog includes items such as Asian sauces, seasoning, snacks, ice-creams, as well as pre-cooked food, and beverages.

•        Our sourcing process involves partnering with reputable suppliers across Asia to ensure high-quality and authentic products. We conduct thorough supplier verification and quality checks to maintain our standards.

59

Table of Contents

•        Negotiation and Ordering:

•        Businesses request quotations and negotiate terms, prices, and delivery schedules, then place bulk orders through our platform.

•        Wholesalers benefit from our ability to facilitate bulk purchases, which can reduce costs and streamline the supply chain.

•        Our supply chain platform allows wholesalers to easily source large quantities of products, negotiate favorable terms, and manage their inventory efficiently.

•        Logistics Coordination; Custom and Compliance; Distribution:

•        We coordinate with logistics providers to arrange transportation. We offer comprehensive logistics and distribution services to ensure timely and reliable delivery of products to wholesalers.

•        We manage the complexities of international trade by handling all customs clearance and regulatory compliance. Our team is experienced in navigating the specific requirements for importing food and beverage products, particularly for the U.S. market.

•        We stay up-to-date with changes in import regulations and food safety standards to maintain compliance and avoid disruptions.

•        FuAn has established a robust distribution network that covers major markets in the U.S., including mainstream grocery stores, specialty Asian markets, and foodservice distributors.

•        We handle both ambient and temperature-controlled logistics to preserve the quality and freshness of perishable goods.

•        Post-Delivery Support:

•        We offer quality assurance and post-delivery support with bulk orders. Post-delivery support includes assistance with product issues, returns, and ensuring customer satisfaction.

Our comprehensive approach and deep industry expertise make us a trusted partner for businesses looking to stand out in the competitive food and beverage industry. In addition to our comprehensive B2B services, we provide specific services to clients who may only require certain aspects of our expertise, for example:

•        Logistics and Distribution Services.    We also offer logistics services for businesses. We provide customized and efficient transportation and distribution solutions to move goods between different regions.

•        Supply Chain Consulting.    We provide expert advice and strategies to optimize supply chain processes for businesses. We work closely with clients to refine supply chain processes, improve efficiency, and achieve cost savings through assessments and customized solutions.

•        Brand Management Solutions:    Our brand management solutions include helping clients develop their brand marketing strategy, promotional planning and tracking, product placement and document processing. We help clients review and evaluate sales and assist in decision making.

•        Warehousing Solutions.    We manage storage and distribution facilities to support the flow of goods within the supply chain network. These services include inventory management, security and protection for goods.

•        Cross-Border Trade Facilitation.    We help to simplify the complexities of importing and exporting goods across international borders. Our services include customs clearance, regulatory compliance, and the seamless movement of goods.

•        Technology Integration Services.    We integrate advanced technologies into supply chain operations to enhance efficiency and visibility. Our services offer real-time tracking of shipments, data analytics for informed decision-making, and automated processes for time savings.

60

Table of Contents

Our Products

We purchase, distribute and sell a wide range of food and non-alcoholic beverages through our supply chain platform. We offer the following categories of food and beverage products currently sourced from Asian countries:

Product Category

 

Products

 

Brands

Frozen Food

 

Lychee Ice Cream Bar

White Rabbit Ice Cream

Japanese Kabayaki Eel Fried Rice

Thai Crispy Prawns with Spicy Sauce

Thai Garlic Basil Shrimp with Rice

Shanghai Scallion Pancakes

Buttered Flaky Pancakes

 

FuAn Food

White Rabbit (licensed)

FuAn Food

FuAn Food

YunWei (licensed)

YunWei (licensed)

YunWei (licensed)

Dry Groceries

 

Shallot Chili Sauce

Daisho

Mapo Tofu

 

FuAn Food

Daisho (licensed)

FuAn Food

Snacks

 

Cheese Puffs

Roasted Kinako Mochi Puffs

Salty Butter + Camembert Cheese Cookie

 

Pasco (licensed)

Pasco (licensed)

Toyoshima (licensed)

   

Peanut Butter Biscuits Tempeh Chips

 

Toyoshima (licensed)

Non-Alcoholic Beverages

 

Calamansi Drink

 

Dongbei DaBan (licensed)

Our Customers

Our customers at FuAn are primarily wholesalers in the food and beverage industry who rely on our expertise to source premium Asian products and/or to manage their supply chains efficiently. These customers depend on us to provide a consistent supply of high-quality food products, particularly those sourced from Asia and distributed to markets in the U.S. We provide services for wholesalers looking for seamless logistics solutions, ensuring timely delivery and adherence to regulatory requirements. Wholesalers benefit from our extensive network, advanced technology, and reliable inventory management.

For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, one customer accounted for approximately 19% and 39% of the Company’s total sales, respectively. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, total accounts receivable balance from this customer were nil and $137,461, respectively.

Our Industry

The information presented in this section has been derived from either an industry report, dated August 2024, commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent research firm, regarding our industry, or from publicly available secondary data online sources. The following discussion contains projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

Definition and Classification of Food and Beverage Products

•        Food and Beverage Products refer to all edible and drinkable products that are consumed by humans for nutritional, enjoyment, or hydration purposes. These products can be raw, processed, or prepared and are essential for human survival and well-being. Food and Beverage Products encompass a wide range of items, including staple foods, snacks, meals, drinks, and ingredients used in cooking and food preparation. Food and Beverage can be categorized into packaged and unpackaged products.

61

Table of Contents

•        Packaged food refers to food products that are prepared, processed, and packaged in a way that allows them to be stored for an extended period and sold to consumers in a ready-to-eat or ready-to-cook form. These products are typically packaged in various materials such as plastic, paper, metal, or glass containers, and often have labels providing information about ingredients, nutritional content, and expiration dates. Examples of packaged foods include: (i) snacks and confectionery; (ii) dairy products; (iii) frozen meals and ready-to-eat dishes; (iv) canned and preserved fruits, vegetables, and meats; (v) breakfast cereals and cereal bars; (vi) sauces, dressings, and condiments; (vii) beverages; and (viii) others. The packaged non-alcoholic drinks include ready-to-drink teas, energy drinks, carbonated soft drinks, water, sport drinks, juice and ready-to-drink coffee.

•        Unpackaged food, also known as fresh or whole food, refers to food products that are sold to consumers in their raw or minimally processed form without extensive packaging. These foods are typically sold loose or in bulk and have a shorter shelf life compared to packaged foods. Examples of non-packaged foods include: (i) fresh fruits and vegetables; (ii) raw meat, poultry, and fish; (iii) eggs; (iv) unpackaged baked goods (e.g., bread from a bakery); (v) bulk grains, cereals, and legumes; (vi) fresh herbs and spices; (vii) unpackaged dairy products; and (viii) others.

Market Size of Packaged Food and Non-alcoholic Beverage Supply Chain and Brand Management

Based on the industry report by Frost & Sullivan, the global market for packaged food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain and brand management solutions has been growing steadily in recent years, driven by the increasing complexity of supply chains, the need for efficiency and transparency, and the importance of brand differentiation in a competitive market. The market size by revenue generated by companies providing supply chain management, brand management, and supply chain finance solutions to the packaged food and non-alcoholic beverage industry has increased from $124.6 billion in 2019 to $149.3 billion in 2023, representing a CAGR of approximately 4.6%.

In the longer term, the market is forecast to reach $207.3 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 6.6% from 2024 to 2028, supported by the continued evolution of consumer preferences, the increasing importance of data analytics and artificial intelligence in supply chain optimization, and the growing focus on brand authenticity and customer engagement.

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Market Size of Packaged Food and Non-Alcoholic Drinks in the U.S.

Based on the industry report by Frost & Sullivan, the packaged food and non-alcoholic drink market in the United States has experienced steady growth in recent years, driven by factors such as changing consumer preferences, increasing disposable income, and the demand for convenient and on-the-go food options. The market has expanded from $414.0 billion in 2019, and reached an estimated $574.4 billion in 2023, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 8.5% between 2019 and 2023, attributed to the ongoing shifts in consumer behavior, such as the increasing preference for healthier and functional food options, the rise of e-commerce and online grocery shopping, and the demand for premium and specialty products.

62

Table of Contents

Looking forward, the U.S. packaged food and non-alcoholic drink market is projected to reach $815.5 billion in 2028, representing a CAGR of approximately 8% during 2024 to 2028 owing to continued innovation in product offerings, the growing influence of social media and food culture, and the increasing demand for sustainable and ethically sourced products.

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Market Drivers

•        Growing purchasing power of consumers in the U.S.    The significant growth of purchasing power in the U.S., is driving the demand for a wider range of authentic and innovative food and beverage products. Particularly, during 2019 to 2023, the food and alcohol expenditures in the U.S. has increased from $2,142.9 billion to $2,919.2 billion, representing a CAGR of approximately 8.0%. Besides, the import value of food and beverage in the U.S. has also increased significantly from $140.4 billion to $189.2 billion, representing a CAGR of approximately 7.7%. As the U.S. economy continues to recover and grow, many consumers, particularly millennials, Gen Z, and affluent ethnic groups such as Asian-Americans, are increasingly willing to spend more on high-quality, premium food and beverage products that align with their values and preferences. To capitalize on this trend, companies must develop targeted marketing and branding strategies, optimize their operations, and source the best ingredients, often in collaboration with food and beverage supply chain and brand management solution providers.

•        Increasing trade between the U.S. and Asia Pacific Countries.    Globalization and the increasing trade between the United States and Asia-Pacific countries have emerged as a significant market driver for the food and beverage industry, creating new opportunities for companies to expand their sourcing and distribution networks and tap into the growing demand for authentic and high-quality Asian products. From 2019 to 2023, the import value of goods from the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation has increased from US$1,706.6 billion to $2,085.6, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.1% during the period. food and beverage companies that can effectively navigate the complexities of international trade and logistics, while also leveraging the expertise of supply chain and brand management solution providers, are well-positioned to capitalize on this trend.

•        Increasing consumer demand for variety, convenience, and unique product offerings.    Over time, consumers of food and beverage are becoming more diverse and discerning in their tastes, they are seeking out food and beverage products that offer new and exciting flavors, as well as convenient packaging and other value-added features that fit their busy lifestyles. Companies that can effectively identify and respond to these trends, such as by offering a wide range of authentic and high-quality products, are likely to gain a competitive edge in the market. To meet this growing demand, both food and beverage suppliers and retailers must leverage the expertise of supply chain and brand management solution providers, who can help them optimize their operations, streamline their distribution networks, and develop compelling brand narratives that resonate with their target audiences. By partnering with

63

Table of Contents

trusted solution providers, food and beverage suppliers and retailers can position themselves for success in an increasingly dynamic and competitive industry, where the ability to meet the ever-changing needs and preferences of consumers is critical to long-term growth and profitability.

•        Growing demand for brand management from third party service providers.    The growing demand for brand management from third-party service providers is a significant market driver in the food and beverage industry, as suppliers increasingly recognize the value of outsourcing this critical function to specialized experts. These service providers offer a wide range of brand management solutions, from market research and strategy development to creative design and digital marketing, enabling food and beverage companies to focus on their core competencies while still achieving their branding goals. By leveraging the expertise and resources of these service providers, food suppliers can gain access to cutting-edge technologies, data-driven insights, and best practices from across the industry, helping them to stay ahead of the curve and respond quickly to changing market conditions. As the food and beverage industry continues to evolve and become more complex, the demand for brand management from third-party service providers is expected to grow.

•        Surging Demand for Organic, Natural, and Minimally Processed Food Products.    The demand for organic, natural, and minimally processed food products is surging among health-conscious and environmentally-aware consumers, who are less sensitive to price. The organic trend in the food and beverage industry has led to organic products becoming a mainstream category. Furthermore, the growing preference for healthy foods made with natural, low-calorie, low-fat ingredients, and free from artificial additives, GMOs, and sugar is driving the growth of the packaged food industry in the U.S. Packaged food products like rice, pasta, noodles, snacks, and canned goods have long shelf lives, allowing consumers to stockpile them, which is boosting their sales. Product innovation, the launch of new flavors from private label brands, and a shift from generic to premium options like gluten-free and organic products are all contributing to increased consumption of packaged foods in the U.S., thereby driving packaged food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain and brand management solutions in the U.S.

•        Popularity of Low/Zero Calorie and Sugar-free Carbonated Drinks.    Carbonated beverages have become a widely popular and lucrative drink option for consumers in the United States. These fizzy, non-alcoholic drinks come in a variety of flavors such as cola, lemon, and orange, appealing to people across all age groups. In recent years, a growing emphasis on health and wellness among consumers has led to increased demand for low-calorie and sugar-free carbonated beverages. To adapt to these evolving consumer preferences, companies in the carbonated soft drink industry have expanded their product portfolios and launched new offerings. For instance, in April 2022, The Coca-Cola Company, a major manufacturer of carbonated beverages, introduced a limited-edition Coca-Cola Zero Sugar Byte product. The rising trend in low/zero calorie and sugar-free carbonated drinks is expected to contribute to the growth in consumption of non-alcoholic drinks in the U.S.

Market Trends

•        Adoption of digital technologies and data analytics in supply chain management.    Technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT), and blockchain enable supply chain management companies to collect, analyze, and act on vast amounts of data from across their supply chain networks, providing real-time visibility into inventory levels, transportation routes, and customer demand patterns. By leveraging these insights, suppler chain management companies can make more informed decisions about production, distribution, and marketing, while also identifying opportunities for process improvements and cost savings. Additionally, the use of data analytics in supply chain management enables companies to better predict and respond to potential disruptions, such as weather events or supplier failures, minimizing the impact on their operations and customers.

•        Growing Focus on Sustainability and Social Responsibility in the Supply Chain.    As consumers become more aware of the environmental and social impacts of their purchasing decisions, they are increasingly seeking out food and beverage products that are sourced and produced in a sustainable and ethical manner. This trend is driving the adoption of eco-friendly practices, such as the use of renewable energy, sustainable packaging materials, and waste reduction initiatives, as well as the implementation of fair labor practices and community engagement programs throughout the supply chain. Companies that can effectively navigate the complexities of building sustainable and socially responsible supply chains, while also leveraging the expertise of supply chain management solutions providers with strong

64

Table of Contents

networks in Asia, are well-positioned to capitalize on this trend. By partnering with these providers to ensure that their products are sourced from suppliers who adhere to strict environmental and social standards, food and beverage companies can not only meet the evolving expectations of their customers but also build stronger, more resilient supply chain networks that are better positioned to withstand future challenges and disruptions.

•        Globalization and Ethnic Cuisine Exploration of Food and Beverage.    The trend of globalization and ethnic cuisine exploration is reshaping the food and beverage industry and presents a significant opportunity for companies that specialize in sourcing and distributing products from Asia to North America, as they can leverage their expertise in international trade and logistics to help food and beverage brands bring authentic and innovative products to consumers. However, navigating the complexities of international trade and regulation can be a challenge, particularly for companies that are new to the Asia-North America trade corridor. By working with strategic partners that have extensive experience in sourcing and distributing products from Asia, as well as in navigating the regulatory and cultural landscape of different countries, food and beverage companies can minimize their risk and accelerate their time to market.

Competition

The global food and beverage supply chain and brand management solutions market is relatively fragmented and highly competitive. There are three main competitors in our Asian food and non-alcoholic market (Royal Asia (Tai Foong USA, Inc.), Bibigo (Schwan’s Consumer Brands, Inc.) and Anjinomoto Co., Inc.). These companies are well established, better recognized and more experienced in operating multiple distribution locations and expanding management, and have greater marketing and financial resources than we do.

Indoor Home Improvement Solutions

Grand Forest is an indoor home improvement supply chain provider that focuses on providing high-quality kitchen cabinets, flooring, and home improvement products sourced from international suppliers. Grand Forest strives to bring affordable luxury with both aesthetic and practicality to the living space. We focus on sourcing high-quality products from reliable overseas suppliers and distributing them to customers across the U.S. We prioritize customer satisfaction and aim to provide exceptional products and services to enhance the homes of our customers.

Currently we offer a range of cabinets that are tailored for various spaces, including kitchens, bathrooms, and living areas. In addition, we specialize in offering a wide range of flooring, kitchen sinks, and countertop options that cater to diverse design preferences and functional needs. Our product catalog includes various styles and finishes, helping customers find the perfect match for their home improvement projects. In addition, Grand Forest provides various value-added services to customers, including free consultation, free 3D design for cabinet remodeling with measurement estimates, and free installation support, to ensure clients get the most out of our products.

We currently offer our services through a physical store located in Union City, California, which features showrooms to display our diverse product offerings. Our product catalog is also available on our website www.grandforestcabinets.com. By partnering with reputable suppliers and sourcing high-quality materials, we are committed to providing products that meet high standards of quality and durability, delivering consistent quality and reliable inventory.

In addition to our core offerings, we collaborate closely with selected customers to provide education on product selections, installations and technical support. We also hold seminars to keep clients up-to-date on design ideas and color schemes. For customers seeking bespoke solutions, we offer tailored home improvement solutions to meet individual preferences and requirements.

65

Table of Contents

Our Products

We purchase, distribute and sell a wide range of indoor home improvement products through our showroom and our website. We offer the following categories of indoor home improvement products currently all sourced from Vietnam:

Product Category

 

Products

 

Brands

Cabinets

 

Artic White Cabinet

 

Grand Forest

Cabinets

 

Creme White Cabinet

 

Grand Forest

Countertops

 

Quartz Bianco Carrara 26”x110”, 3 Sides Edge Finished

 

Grand Forest

Countertops

 

Quartz Nordic Gray 26”x110”, 3 Sides Edge Finished

 

Grand Forest

Kitchen Sinks

 

Brushed Stainless Steel Undermount Sink 16G. Overall Size: 32”x19”x10”, Bowl Size: 30”x17”x10”

 

Grand Forest

Kitchen Sinks

 

Brushed Stainless Steel Undermount Single Bowl Stackable Ledge Sink 16G. Overall Size: 30”x19”x10”, Bowl Size: 28”x15-1/4”x10”

 

Grand Forest

Flooring

 

Waterproof Wood Fiber Floor

 

Grand Forest

Other Materials

 

Under Counter Rectangle Ceramic Basin

 

Grand Forest

Other Materials

 

CROWN MOLDING 3”x96”

 

Grand Forest

Other Materials

 

Engineered Marble Calacatta Oro Shower wall, 36”x84” Right Wall

 

Grand Forest

We import our raw materials and home improvement products from suppliers overseas. Cabinets that are purchased from our suppliers overseas are prefabricated boards and ready-to-assemble. Such cabinets are cheaper than pre-assembled cabinets because of savings on shipping and storage and related labor costs, and are less likely to be damaged during transit. In addition, ready-to-assemble cabinets are flexible and can be adjusted to fit any kitchen size and configuration. The majority of our customers purchase these cabinets as prefabricated boards without assembly, which is consistent with the preference for bulk purchases. However, for customers who request it, we provide assembly services tailored to the client’s unique dimensions. When assembly is provided, it is performed by our employees as part of their daily job duties, at no additional cost to the customer. Assembly services are included within our home improvement product offerings and are not charged separately. Sales of indoor home improvement products and any associated assembly services are not distinct; they represent combined inputs to achieve the final product delivery to the customer. Accordingly, sales of these products and assembly services are identified as a single performance obligation.

Our Customers

At Grand Forest, our customers include homeowners, interior designers, and dealers who seek premium home improvement products. Homeowners turn to us for high-quality cabinets, countertops, kitchen sinks, flooring, and other materials that combine both style and durability for their renovation projects. Interior designers value our wide range of products that cater to diverse design preferences, which helps bring their creative visions to reality. Dealers choose us for our competitive pricing, exceptional customer service, and reliable supply chain, which help them provide top-notch products to their own customers.

66

Table of Contents

Our Industry

The information presented in this section has been derived from either an industry report, dated June, 2024, commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent research firm, regarding our industry, or from publicly available secondary data online sources. The following discussion contains projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

Definition and Classification of Home Improvement Products

•        Home improvement works generally include stone and marble works, carpentry and joinery works, floor carpeting, decorative lighting suspended ceilings, plastering works, E&M works, steel and metal works, installation of sanitary fittings and wares, fittings, fixture and equipment, glazing works, painting works, wall papering, as well as other associated works.

•        Home improvement materials include kitchen cabinets, floorings and other fixtures and furniture.

Market Size of Home Improvement in U.S.

Based on the industry report by Frost & Sullivan, the U.S. home improvement industry has seen growth in recent years, from $314.6 billion in 2019 to $365.2 billion, driven by low interest rates and increased time spent at home from 2019 to 2023. Surging demand for better and more convenient amenities among interior designers, homeowners, and builders will drive increased demand for home improvement materials across the U.S. Additionally, the rising number of private rental properties in the U.S. has significantly supported innovations and new/improved techniques for home improvement activities. Approximately 65% of people under 35 years old in the country live in rented houses, sustaining the growth of the home improvement market.

Growing popularity of do-it-yourself projects and shifting preference toward eco-friendly and energy-efficient projects with advanced features has also translated into the market growth opportunities for the home improvement industry in the U.S. Rapidly growing ecommerce opportunities enable wholesalers or manufacturers to offer numerous options for home improvement products or materials to customers at an affordable cost. The home improvement market in the U.S. is forecasted to reach $446.0 billion in 2028, at a CAGR of 4.1% from 2024 to 2028.

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Market Drivers

•        Shortened procurement cycle and reduced costs.    By shortening the procurement cycle and reducing costs, both buyers and sellers benefit from higher profits and lower prices. In the traditional offline sales channel, the transaction cycle includes inquiry, quotation, order, production, transportation, chartering and booking, customs clearance and product inspection, foreign exchange collection, settlement, and write-off. And the whole process is completed by different trading companies which not only involves

67

Table of Contents

a wide range of cumbersome procedures but also increases the financial costs for enterprises. The sales process is often monopolized by importers and distributors of goods, further weakening the bargaining power of manufacturers and reducing profits. Home improvement supply chain management solutions providers integrate the distribution channels and directly source the products from manufacturers to retailers and end customers. Accordingly, the turnaround time and circulation layers are reduced, thereby reducing the cost of goods, the savings in intermediate costs may allow consumers to capture more benefits, and enterprises to reallocate resources for product development and marketing purposes.

•        Surging Demand for kitchen Improvement & Additions.    The kitchen improvement and additions segment is expected to experience rapid growth in the near future driven in part by the increasing adoption of smart kitchens due to their energy-efficient and water-efficient features such as motion-sensing water faucets and lights, auto-dispensing washing liquid, and Bluetooth or Wi-Fi-enabled appliances. Additionally, the surging popularity of attractive colors and designs in cabinet structures, along with increased storage capacity and fire-proof cooking countertops, may help stimulate the overall home improvement market and the demand for Home Improvement Supply Chain Management Solutions.

•        Increasing demand for localization and specialization of supply chain management services.    Home improvement supply chain management solutions providers are continually experimenting with marketing strategies on various distribution channels to gain greater reach, conversion, and subsequent repurchase for consumers. In particular, they leverage their industry knowledge and relationships to navigate the complexities of the supply chain, and provide specialized services or value-added activities that manufacturers or retailers may not have the capability or resources to handle internally. In the future, it is expected that specialized supply chain management solutions providers will continue to reinvent and adjust their services to diverse distribution channels and local markets. Supply chain management solutions also have deep knowledge and connections within their local markets, allowing them to better understand customer preferences and trends. They can leverage these local insights to source and supply specialized products that cater to the specific needs of their regional customer base.

Market Trends

•        Accelerating digitalization to reduce costs and increase efficiency.    Enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) systems and software as a service (“SaaS”) services are increasingly used to save manpower and material resources, increase the efficiency of supply chain operations, and reduce development costs. Through one-stop operation management solutions, such as the more mature ERP system and SaaS services, enterprises can integrate operation process data through regular data reports, sales and inventory management, intelligent replenishment, etc., thereby reducing communication costs. Through frequent data reporting, sales and inventory management, and intelligent replenishment, businesses may be able to integrate operational data, save on communication costs, increase internal data transparency, and realize cost savings and efficiencies.

•        The surge of home improvement and DIY projects.    The home improvement and DIY (do-it-yourself) sector has experienced a notable surge in popularity, particularly within the U.S. This trend has been driven by several factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the rise of remote work, and a growing consumer demand for more functional and enjoyable living spaces. The primary motivations behind DIY projects are maintenance, repairs, a sense of accomplishment, and potential cost savings — all of which are underpinned by increased personal satisfaction and financial prudence. On the other hand, social media platforms, such as YouTube and Instagram, have emerged as dominant sources of DIY inspiration and guidance. Traditional channels, like observing renovations done at friends’ and family members’ homes, as well as home improvement television shows, also continue to play a significant role in shaping consumer trends and preferences. The rising trend of DIY projects presents opportunities for suppliers and retailers to optimize their supply chain management and cater to the evolving needs of this dynamic market.

•        Rapid adoption of integrated home control systems.    The rapid adoption of integrated home control systems by homeowners is a significant trend that can positively impact the home improvement supply chain management. These advanced systems provide a centralized, user-friendly platform that combines

68

Table of Contents

and streamlines various home functionalities, including lighting, audio, video, security, HVAC, and access control. The interconnectivity of these home control systems facilitates the integration of various home improvement products, such as smart lighting, security systems, and HVAC components. Home improvement supply chain management solutions providers could optimize their product offerings and ensure compatibility, making it easier for homeowners to select and install complementary home improvement solutions.

Competition

The global home improvement supply chain industry is also characterized by relative fragmentation with a large number of participants. Among them, large integrated distributors often have extensive global sourcing channels and resource integration capabilities, and are able to provide customers with one-stop design, rich product portfolio, sourcing, logistics and other all-round services, and thus are able to demonstrate a strong market position in the global market. Distribution companies that specialize in specific market segments, such as high-end furniture and soft furnishings, typically possess extensive industry resources and are capable of offering specialized sourcing and customization services to accommodate the unique requirements of each client. In general, the market is adapting to the increasing demand of consumers, and industry participants will prioritize the development of diverse sales channels, the maintenance of more customer relationships, and the implementation of innovative service models.

There are several competitors in our indoor home improvement supply chain market including well-known retailers such as The Home Depot and Lowe’s. These companies are well established, more recognized and benefit from strong brand identities, extensive distribution networks, and significant financial resources. Their larger scale of operations allows them to negotiate better terms with suppliers, maintain competitive pricing, and offer a comprehensive range of products, making them the preferred choice for many customers. Competing against such established companies presents challenges in terms of customer acquisition, pricing strategies, and product differentiation. To effectively compete, we intend to enhance our brand recognition, expand our product range, and invest in building a robust distribution network. Additionally, developing loyalty programs and innovating in customer service will be crucial in attracting and retaining customers, allowing us to improve our market position.

Our Strength

•        Established International Presence and Network in Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages.    We have established a strong network of strategic relationships in the United States and throughout Asia. This international network consisting of manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, import/export brokers allows us to source, ship and distribute a variety of food and non-alcoholic beverage products from Asia to the United States and vice versa. In the United States, we are an authorized vendor to Costco Wholesale Corporation (“Costco”), Walmart Marketplace, and United Natural Foods, Inc. (“UNFI”), and through our sales network, we are able to introduce more international food and non-alcoholic beverage products to the United States. At the same time, we also source a variety of food and non-alcoholic beverage products in the United States for sale to customers in Asian countries. As a result of our experience in shipping goods from Asia to the United States and vice versa, we have established a strong logistic and supply chain management operation. This allows us to share our expertise to our client in terms of cost savings.

•        Expandable Distribution Network for Food and Non-Alcoholic Beverages Reaching Customers Nationwide and Long-Standing Relationships with Retail Partners.    We offer high-quality products sourced from reliable suppliers overseas. We partner with Lineage Logistics, LLC, one of the largest cold food storage and logistics companies, with over 450 warehouse locations internationally. Our expandable distribution network allows us to reach customers nationwide. Additionally, we maintain strong relationships with our retail partners, with the average relationship length being approximately three (3) years across our top partners, which includes wholesalers, warehouse clubs and retailers such as Costco, Walmart Marketplace, and UNFI.

•        Industry-Leading Expertise in Supply Chain and Home Improvement Industry.    Our executive management team brings industry-leading expertise in operations, supply chain management and home improvement, each with approximately 20 years of experience. Their deep understanding of efficient logistics, distribution solutions, and indoor remodeling guides our success and positions us as a future leader in the industry. We also work with independent third-party customs, freight and sales brokers who have vast experience in supply chain management.

69

Table of Contents

•        Robust Brand Reputation.    We have a robust brand reputation for quality and reliability, demonstrated by our long-standing relationships with top market share retailers and consistent customer referrals.

•        Expanding Omnichannel Business Positioned for Online Growth.    We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the fast-growing e-commerce channel. We believe our online platforms allow us to reach a broader customer base and enhance our distribution capabilities, compared to traditional supply chain management and home improvement solutions. Grand Forest has also partnered with MegHomePlus, an online home improvement wholesaler to help build our online sales capabilities. We are developing an online supply chain management platform that will combine our food and non-alcoholic beverages, supply chain and home improvement platforms into a single online interface.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to continue to grow our business by increasing the scale of our current operations and expanding into new services and locations. We intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve this goal:

Food and Beverage Supply Chain and Brand Management

•        Expand our network of suppliers in Asia to increase product variety and availability.

•        Develop our digital platform for seamless communication and transactions with clients and suppliers.

•        Increase marketing efforts to promote our services to a wider audience.

•        Implement sustainability practices in our supply chain to attract environmentally conscious clients.

•        Expand our presence in the U.S. market by establishing additional warehouse locations.

•        Offer additional value-added services to maintain customer loyalty.

•        Diversify our product offerings by exploring new market trends and consumer demands.

•        Strengthen partnerships with existing clients and suppliers through regular communication and feedback.

•        Extend our reach to other international markets beyond Asia and the U.S.

Indoor Home Improvement Solutions

•        Expand distribution networks throughout California and the U.S. and introduce a new product line of kitchen cabinets made from sustainable materials such as bamboo.

•        Launch an online store to reach a wider customer base and open flagship showrooms in several major metropolitan areas.

•        Launch a loyalty program for repeat customers and implement a customer referral program for successful referrals.

•        Increase brand awareness through strategic partnerships and develop a mobile app for easy product browsing and ordering.

•        Expand our product lines and identify additional international suppliers to provide a greater variety of home improvements products.

•        Offer a smart home automation system that integrates with kitchen cabinets and flooring to create a futuristic living environment.

Our Intellectual Property

Intellectual property rights are important to the success of our business, especially the indoor home improvement solutions segment. We rely on a combination of trademarks, and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, and other contractual protections, to protect our intellectual property rights.

70

Table of Contents

As of July 25, 2024, we had one registered trademark for FuAn in the United States and three trademark applications pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We currently do not own any patents.

Unauthorized parties may attempt to infringe our intellectual property rights through unauthorized use, misappropriation or other means to undermine our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is practically challenging and could be costly, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use or misappropriation of our intellectual property, including but not limited to our trademarks, logos, or designs. From time to time, we may have to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources.

We own the domain name for our websites www.marwynnholdings.com, www.fuanus.com and www.grandforestcabinets.com.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at c/o Marwynn Holdings, Inc., 12 Chrysler Unit C, Irvine, CA 92618. The telephone number of our principal executive office is 949-706-9966.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to emerging growth company will have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter.

Implication of Being a Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and President, Ms. Yin Yan, will control approximately 93.93% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding voting securities, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option (or 93.74% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option). As a result, we will be deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c). As a controlled company, we are permitted and intend to elect to rely on certain exemptions from corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, including:

•        An exemption from the rule that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors;

•        An exemption from the rules that our compensation committee and nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors;

71

Table of Contents

•        An exemption from the rule that the compensation of our chief executive officer must be determined or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        An exemption from the rule that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by a majority of independent directors or nominations committee comprising solely of independent directors.

We have elected to rely on some of the “controlled company” exemptions. Our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.

Government Regulations

FuAn

Legal compliance is important to our operations. We are required to comply, and it is our policy to comply, with all applicable laws in the numerous jurisdictions in which we do business.

As a marketer and distributor of food products in the U.S., we are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). The FDA regulates food safety and quality through various statutory and regulatory mandates, including manufacturing and holding requirements for foods through good manufacturing practice regulations, hazard analysis and critical control point requirements for certain foods, and the food and color additive approval process. The agency also specifies the standards of identity for certain foods, prescribes the format and content of information required to appear on food product labels, regulates food contact packaging and materials, and maintains a Reportable Food Registry for the industry to report when there is a reasonable probability that an article of food will cause serious adverse health consequences. For certain product lines, we are also subject to the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the Packers and Stockyard Act and regulations promulgated by the USDA to interpret and implement these statutory provisions. The USDA imposes standards for product safety, quality and sanitation through the federal meat and poultry inspection program. The USDA reviews and approves the labeling of these products and also establishes standards for the grading and commercial acceptance of produce shipments from our suppliers. We are also subject to the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, which imposes certain registration and record keeping requirements on facilities that manufacture, process, pack or hold food for human or animal consumption.

The recently published and pending rules under the Food Safety Modernization Act (“FSMA”) will significantly expand food safety requirements, including those which impact our business. Among other things, FDA regulations implementing the FSMA require us to establish and maintain comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply chain that are both verified and validated. The FSMA also imposes new requirements for food products imported into the U.S. and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority.

FuAn and our food and beverage products are also subject to state and local regulation through such measures as the licensing of our facilities; enforcement by state and local health agencies of state and local standards for our products; and regulation of our trade practices in connection with the sale of our products. Our facilities are subject to regulations issued pursuant to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act by the U.S. Department of Labor. These regulations require us to comply with certain manufacturing, health and safety standards to protect employees from accidents and to establish hazard communication programs to transmit information on the hazards of certain chemicals which may be present in products that we distribute.

Our distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections by the FDA and USDA. Our facilities are generally inspected at least annually by federal and/or state authorities.

Our business and employment practices are also subject to regulation by numerous federal, state and local regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Labor, which sets employment practice standards for workers. Additionally, our business relies heavily on third-party logistics. We must ensure that our cooperators and third-party logistics providers comply with regulations set forth by and the U.S. Department of Transportation, as well as its agencies, the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, which collectively regulate our trucking business through the regulation of operations, safety, insurance and hazardous materials. We must comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing and hours of service. Such matters as weight and dimension of

72

Table of Contents

equipment also fall under federal and state regulations. We also are subject to federal and state immigration laws, regulations and programs that regulate our ability to hire or retain foreign employees. In addition, we are subject to the U.S. False Claims Act, and similar state statutes, which prohibit the submission of claims for payment to the government that are false and the knowing retention of overpayments.

Our operations are also subject to a broad range of U.S. federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as zoning and building regulations. Environmental laws and regulations cover a variety of procedures, including appropriately managing wastewater and stormwater; complying with clean air laws; proper handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes; and protecting against and appropriately investigating and remediating spills and releases. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2023, the costs of managing our compliance with environmental laws and regulations was nominal.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits bribery of public officials to obtain or retain business in foreign jurisdictions. The FCPA also requires us to keep accurate books and records and to maintain internal accounting controls to detect and prevent bribery and to ensure that transactions are properly authorized. We have implemented appropriate policy and will continue to maintain a robust anti-corruption compliance program applicable to our operations.

For the purchase of items produced, harvested or manufactured outside of the U.S., we are subject to applicable customs laws regarding the import and export of various products. Certain activities, including working with customs brokers and freight forwarders, are subject to applicable regulation by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, which is a part of the Department of Homeland Security.

Grand Forest

We are subject to extensive and varied federal, state and local government regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to our relationships with our associates and customers, independent third-party installers, public health and safety, zoning, accommodations for persons with disabilities, and fire codes. We operate each of our showrooms, stores, offices and warehouses in accordance with standards and procedures designed to comply with all applicable laws, codes, licensing requirements and regulations. Certain of our operations and properties are also subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, generation, transportation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, substances and wastes and relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, including off-site disposal locations. We do not currently incur significant costs complying with the laws and regulations related to hazardous materials. However, we could be subject to material costs, liabilities or claims relating to compliance in the future, especially in the event of changes in existing laws and regulations or in their interpretation, as well as the passage of new laws and regulations.

Our suppliers are subject to the laws and regulations of their home countries, as well as those relative to the import of their products into the United States, including, in particular, laws regulating labor, forestry and the environment. Our suppliers are subject to periodic compliance audits, onsite visits and other reviews, as appropriate, in efforts to ensure that they are in compliance with all laws and regulations. We also support social and environmental responsibility among our supplier community and our suppliers agree to comply with our expectations concerning environmental, labor and health and safety matters. Those expectations include representations and warranties that our suppliers comply with the laws, rules and regulations of the countries in which they operate.

Products that we import into the United States are subject to laws and regulations imposed in conjunction with such importation, including those issued and/or enforced by United States Customs and Border Protection.

73

Table of Contents

Facilities

Our current headquarters are located in Irvine, California, where we lease 2,550 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that expires in 2026. Our headquarters contain operations, general and administrative functions. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

Details of our facilities are set out below:

Facility

 

Address

 

Space
(square feet)

 

Expiration Date

Headquarter and principal executive offices

 

12 Chrysler, Suite C, Irvine, CA 92618

 

2,550

 

April 30, 2026

Cabinet store

 

3785 Stevens Creek Blvd., Santa Clara, CA 95050

 

7,056

 

January 31, 2025*

Cabinet store and warehouse

 

33261-33297 Central Avenue, Union City, CA 94587

 

55,000

 

September 30, 2028

____________

*        We are in the process of renewing this lease.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of December 30, 2024, we had a total of 27 full-time employees. We believe that we maintain a satisfactory working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or any difficulty in recruiting staff for our operations. None of our employees is represented by a labor union.

Function

 

Number of
Employees

 

Percentage of
Total
Number of
Employees

Warehouse

 

10

 

36

%

Accounting

 

2

 

8

%

Office/Administrative

 

3

 

12

%

Sales

 

8

 

24

%

Management

 

4

 

20

%

Total

 

27

 

100.0

%

Employee Engagement, Talent Development & Benefits.    We believe that our future success largely depends upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. We provide our employees with competitive salaries and bonuses, and intend to provide opportunities for equity ownership.

Diversity, Inclusion, and Culture.    Much of our success is rooted in the diversity of our teams and our commitment to inclusion. We value diversity at all levels and continue to focus on extending our diversity and inclusion initiatives across our entire workforce. We believe that our business benefits from the different perspectives a diverse workforce brings, and we pride ourselves on having a strong, inclusive and positive culture based on our shared mission and values.

Legal Proceedings

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. We have in the past, and from time to time may be in the future, involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

74

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of the date of this prospectus:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Executive Officers

       

Yin Yan(2)(3)

 

49

 

Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

Zhifen Zhou(3)

 

54

 

Director, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Tuan Tran

 

51

 

Chief Operating Officer

         

Board of Directors (Non-Employee)

       

Eric Newlan(1)

 

62

 

Independent Director

Dandan Wang(1)(2)(3)

 

55

 

Independent Director

Dvisha Patel(1)(2)

 

32

 

Independent Director

____________

(1)      Member of the Audit Committee upon completion of the offering.

(2)      Member of the Compensation Committee upon completion of the offering.

(3)      Member of the Nominating Committee upon completion of the offering.

Our Leadership Team

Executive Officers

Yin Yan, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director.    Ms. Yin Yan has served as our chairperson, chief executive officer, president and director since April, 2024. She has also served as chief executive officer of our subsidiary FuAn Enterprise since March, 2023. Ms. Yan has been serving as chief executive officer and chair of the board of directors of Bio Essence Corp. an herbal health, diet, and nutrition company whose common stock is registered with the SEC and trades on the OTC-Pink market (symbol: BIOE), for approximately 8 years. She has over 20 years’ experience in real estate, international trade and management. She is a registered lawyer admitted in NSW High Court of Australia. Ms. Yan has a J.D. degree from the University of New South Wales. She also holds an MBA degree in Technology Management and BS in Computer Information System from the University of New South Wales.

Zhifen Zhou, Director, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.    Ms. Zhifen Zhou graduated from Hang Zhou University of Commerce of China with a degree in Finance. She has over 20 years of experience in finance, operations, and management in China and the U.S. She currently serves as chief financial officer of our subsidiary, Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc. From May 2005 to September 2022, Ms. Zhifen Zhou was a business owner specializing in restaurant management and international trading. She joined Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc in September 2022. Ms. Zhifen Zhou is responsible for financial planning and analysis, budgeting, and financial reporting. She also works with the chief executive officer and our board of directors on strategy and mergers and acquisitions.

Tuan Tran, Chief Operating Officer.    Mr. Tran has served as our chief operating officer (COO) since April 1, 2024. He has also served as chief operating officer for our subsidiary Fuan Enterprise since October 1, 2023, where he oversees the company’s day-to-day administrative and operational functions. Prior to joining Fuan Enterprise, Mr. Tran held several key positions that highlight his extensive experience in operations management. His previous roles in operations leadership include serving as COO at Bio Essence Corporation from 2018 until joining FuAn in 2023, COO at AMF Pharma, General Manager at Harmony Health Labs, and VP of Operations at SK Laboratories. Mr. Tuan Tran has over 20 years of experience in quality and operations working in the nutrition, dietary supplements and OTC industries. Mr. Tran’s current responsibilities include, but are not limited to production, warehouse and distribution, quality, customer service, R&D, procurement, human resources, and safety.

Mr. Tran has extensive knowledge in FDA regulations, GMPs, food safety, auditing, quality system, HACCP, Process Analytical Technology, CAPA, and Lean Manufacturing. Mr. Tran also specializes in crisis management, regulatory compliance, quality systems implementation, and supplier qualification.

75

Table of Contents

Mr. Tran received his Bachelors of Science Degree in Public Health from Southern Connecticut State University. He holds certifications in Pharmaceutical Engineering, Six Sigma Green Belt, Food Safety, Technical Writing and HACCP. Mr. Tran is a senior member with the American Society for Quality.

Independent Director

Eric Newlan, Director.    Mr. Newlan was appointed to our Board on July 24, 2024. Since 1987, Mr. Newlan has practiced law in the North Texas area and is currently managing member of Newlan Law Firm, PLLC, Flower Mound, Texas, a firm engaged principally in the area of securities regulation. He earned a B.A. degree in Business from Baylor University, Waco, Texas, and a J.D. degree from the Washburn University School of Law, Topeka, Kansas. Mr. Newlan is a member of the Texas Bar. Since January 2020, he has served as Vice President and a Director of Black Bird Biotech, Inc., a publicly-traded company (Symbol: BBBT) engaged in the manufacture and sale of biopesticide products. From May 2022 through June 2023, Mr. Newlan served as Vice President, Secretary and a Director of Accredited Solutions, Inc., a publicly-traded company (symbol: ASII) engaged in the sale and distribution of Diamond Creek high alkaline water. Since June 2016, Mr. Newlan has been Vice President and a Director of Touchstone Enviro Solutions, Inc., a purveyor of environmentally-friendly products. Based on the above qualifications, the Company believes Mr. Newlan is qualified to be on the Board.

Dandan Wang, Director.    Ms. Wang was appointed to our Board on July 24, 2024. Ms. Wang graduated from Dongbei University of Finance and Economics with a major in Finance in 1997. She received her MBA degree in 2003. She worked for Bank of Communications since 1988 and was promoted to Vice President of Commercial Lending Division. In 2001, she moved to China Guangfa Bank where she served as Vice President in various divisions including commercial lending, marketing, private banking and compliance before her retirement in 2023. Based on the above qualifications, the Company believes Ms. Wang is qualified to be on the Board.

Dvisha Patel, Director.    Ms. Patel was appointed to our Board on July 24, 2024. Ms. Patel is a seasoned professional with a proven track record of executing successful strategic and operational plans across various industries. As a management consultant, Ms. Patel has advised clients, from startups to Fortune 500 companies, on a range of business issues, from increasing user engagement to building new operational processes to identifying cost-savings opportunities. Her extensive expertise also includes in-house roles, including at Vereto (senior customer growth manager, since November 2023), Amazon (senior product marketing manager, April 2022-June 2023; senior vendor manager July 2021-April 2022), AARETE (consultant, February 2019-May 2021) and W.B. Mason (November 2016 - February 2019), where she managed and grew multi-million-dollar P&Ls. Throughout her career, she has balanced achieving business goals with advocating for the needs of end users, customers, and clients. Ms. Patel holds a Master of Business Administration from UCLA Anderson School of Management and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Boston University. Based on the above qualifications, the Company believes Ms. Patel is qualified to be on the Board.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our officers or directors.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers were involved in any legal proceedings described in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K in the past ten years.

Board Composition

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five (5) members.

We will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market. The Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c) defines a “controlled company” as a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group, or another company. Upon completion of this offering, Ms. Yan will control approximately 93.93% of the voting power of our outstanding voting securities (or 93.74% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full). As a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. We intend to rely on certain exemptions to the Nasdaq Capital Market corporate governance requirements.

76

Table of Contents

Accordingly, at the time of this offering, we do not intend to have a fully independent compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee, nor do we require independent director oversight of director nominations.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of board nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin. We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal. Our Bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed with or without cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders, unless the board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders.

Director Independence.    Our board of directors has determined that all members of our board of directors are independent directors, with the exception of Yin Yan and Zhifen Zhou, including for purposes of the rules of the Nasdaq and relevant federal securities laws and regulations.

Term of Office.    In accordance with the terms of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, at each annual meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors will elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal.

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Each of the below committees will have a written charter approved by our board of directors, effective upon completion of this offering. Each of the committees will report to our board of directors as such committee deems appropriate and as our board of directors may request. Upon completion of this offering, copies of each charter will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will be comprised of Dandan Wang, Dvisha Patel and Eric Newlan, with Mr. Newlan serving as chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the applicable Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Dandan Wang qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under Item 407 of Regulation S-K. We will adopt an audit committee charter, detailing the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

•        assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

•        pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

77

Table of Contents

•        reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

•        setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•        obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (1) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

•        meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

•        reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

We have elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption and our compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be comprised of Dandan Wang, Dvisha Patel and Yin Yan, with Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, serving as chair of the committee. Only Mses. Wang and Patel are non-employee directors, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. We will adopt a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

•        reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers;

•        reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

•        implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans; assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•        approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees; and

•        producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and the SEC.

78

Table of Contents

Nominating and Governance Committee

We have elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption and our nominating and corporate governance committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.

Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and governance committee will be comprised of Dandan Wang, Yin Yan and Zhifen Zhou, with Yin Yan our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, serving as the chair of the committee. We will adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

•        identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors, consistent with criteria approved by the Board of Directors, and recommending to the Board of Directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of stockholders or to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors;

•        developing and recommending to the Board of Directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

•        coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the Board of Directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

•        reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The charter also provides that the nominating and corporate governance committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and is directly responsible for approving the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Board of Directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors does not have a policy regarding the separation of the roles of chief executive officer and chairperson of the board of directors, as our board of directors believes it is in the best interest of the Company to make that determination based on the position and direction of the Company and the membership of the board of directors. Our board of directors has determined that having an employee director serve as chairperson is in the best interest of our stockholders at this time because of the efficiencies achieved in having the role of chief executive officer and chairperson combined, and because the detailed knowledge of our day-to-day operations and business that the chief executive officer possesses greatly enhances the decision-making processes of our board of directors as a whole.

The chairperson of the board of directors and the other members of the board of directors work in concert to provide oversight of our management and affairs. Our board of directors encourages communication among its members and between management and the board of directors to facilitate productive working relationships. Working with the other members of the board of directors, our chairperson also strives to ensure that there is an appropriate balance and focus among key board responsibilities such as strategic development, review of operations and risk oversight.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

79

Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon completion of this offering, we will have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, which will be effective upon completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a clawback policy (the “Clawback Policy”) permitting the Company to seek the recoupment of incentive compensation received by any of the Company’s current and former executive officers (as determined by the board in accordance with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules) and such other senior executives/employees who may from time to time be deemed subject to the Clawback Policy by the board (collectively, the “Covered Executives”). The amount to be recovered will be the excess of the incentive compensation paid to the Covered Executive based on the erroneous data over the incentive compensation that would have been paid to the Covered Executive had it been based on the restated results, as determined by the board. If the board cannot determine the amount of excess incentive compensation received by the Covered Executive directly from the information in the accounting restatement, then it will make its determination based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the accounting restatement.

80

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows all of the compensation awarded to or earned by or paid to our named executive officers for fiscal years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023.

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal
Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stocks
Award
($)

 

Option
Awards
($)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

Total
($)

Yin Yan*

 

2024

 

40,000

 

150,000

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

190,000

Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

2023

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Zhifen Zhou**

 

2024

 

148,200

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

148,200

Director, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

2023

 

75,000

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

75,000

Tuan Tran*

 

2024

 

58,334

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

58,334

Chief Operating Officer

 

2023

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

____________

*        Paid by FuAn.

**      Paid by Grand Forest.

Employment Agreements

We do not have any employment agreement or consulting agreement contracts with our executive officers. The annual salary for Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer, and president is $120,000 per year. The annual salary for Zhifen Zhou, our chief financial officer and secretary, is $145,000 per year and the annual salary for Tuan Tran, our chief operating officer, is $100,000 per year.

There are no arrangements or plans in which we provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for executive officers.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of April 30, 2024

There were no outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by any named executive officer as of April 30, 2024.

2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan

The 2024 Equity Incentive Plan was originally adopted on June 18, 2024, and was subsequently amended and restated on January 8, 2025 pursuant to the 2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2024 Plan, for the purpose of granting share based compensation awards to current or prospective employees, directors, officers, advisors or consultants of the Company or its affiliates and align their interests with ours. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the 2024 Plan is 93,000. As of the date of this prospectus, a total of 93,000 shares of common stock have been granted to independent directors under the 2024 Plan, as part of the compensation package for non-executive independent directors.

10b5-1 Plan

Following the expiration of their respective lock-up agreements with the underwriters, our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the

81

Table of Contents

director or officer. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in limited circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares of our common stock outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We executed a standard form of indemnification agreement (Indemnification Agreement) with each of our Board members and executive officers (each, an Indemnitee).

Pursuant to and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the Indemnification Agreement, we agreed to indemnify each Indemnitee, against any and all expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnitee’s service as our officer, director and or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or advisor of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, or other entity or enterprise but only if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. In addition, the indemnification provided in the indemnification agreement is applicable whether or not negligence or gross negligence of the Indemnitee is alleged or proven. Additionally, the Indemnification Agreement establishes processes and procedures for indemnification claims, advancement of expenses and costs and contribution obligations.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Our policy with respect to the compensation payable to our non-employee directors provides that directors shall receive a fee of $10,000 per year during the term of their directorship paid in four (4) equal quarterly installments commencing in the first quarter following the effective date of the Company’s Form S-1 Registration Statement. In addition, directors are entitled to receive an initial stock award to purchase 31,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The per share exercise price of each option granted to the director shall equal 100% of the fair market value (as defined by the Board) of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted. The initial award shall vest over three (3) years of which 1/3 of the options shall vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 2/3 of the options shall vest over two years on an annual basis, subject to the director continuing in service on the Board through each such vesting date. The term of each stock option granted to the director shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.

Directors may be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their service as directors. Directors will also be entitled to the protection provided by their indemnification agreements and the indemnification provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

No compensation was paid to our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2024.

82

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Based solely upon information made available to us, the following table sets forth information as of the date of this prospectus regarding the beneficial ownership of our voting securities by:

•        each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our outstanding voting securities;

•        each of our named executive officers and directors; and

•        all our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 15,004,004 shares of common stock, and 135,000 shares of Super Voting Series A Preferred Stock as of before the offering and 17,004,004 shares of common stock (without considering the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares) outstanding immediately after this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $4.50.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as otherwise indicated, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our capital shown as beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

In computing the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned by a person as of a particular date, shares that may be acquired by such person (for example, upon the exercise of options or warrants) within 60 days of such date are counted as outstanding, while these shares are not counted as outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The address of each holder listed below, except as otherwise indicated, is c/o Marwynn Holdings, Inc., 12 Chrysler Unit C, Irvine, CA 92618.

Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner
(1)

 

Prior to Offering*

 

Following the Offering*

Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock

 

% of
Common
Stock

 

Number of
Shares of
Preferred
Stock(2)

 

% of
Preferred
Stock

 

% of
Total
Voting
Power

 

% of
Common
Stock

 

% of
Preferred
Common
Stock

 

% of
Total
Voting
Power

Officers and Directors

   

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Yin Yan (Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer, and President)

 

7,770,485

​(2)

 

51.79

%

 

135,000

 

100

%

 

95.18

%

 

45.70

%

 

100

%

 

93.93

%

Zhifen Zhou (Director, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary)

 

2,843,568

​(3)

 

18.95

%

 

—

 

—

 

 

1.90

%

 

16.72

%

 

—

 

 

1.87

%

Eric Newlan (Director)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Dandan Wang (Director)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Dvisha Patel (Director)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (5 individuals)

 

10,614,053

 

 

70.74

%

 

135,000

 

100

%

 

97.07

%

 

62.42

%

 

100

%

 

95.80

%

     

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Five Percent Stockholders

   

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Yin Yan (Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer, and President)

 

7,770,485

​(2)

 

51.79

%

 

135,000

 

100

%

 

95.18

%

 

45.70

%

 

100

%

 

93.93

%

Fulai Wang
1921 Apuesto Way
Coto de Caza, CA 92679

 

7,770,485

​(4)

 

51.79

%

 

135,000

 

100

%

 

95.18

%

 

45.70

%

 

100

%

 

93.93

%

Sen Zhong
1371 El Camino Higuera Milpitas, CA 94544

 

2,843,568

 

 

18.95

%

 

—

 

—

 

 

1.90

%

 

16.72

%

 

—

 

 

1.87

%

Hong Le Liang
1711 Winston St. Sa
n Jose, CA 95131

 

1,777,230

 

 

11.85

%

 

—

 

—

 

 

1.18

%

 

10.45

%

 

—

 

 

1.17

%

____________

*        Share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

83

Table of Contents

(1)      The address of each holder listed above, except as otherwise indicated, is c/o Marwynn Holdings, Inc., 12 Chrysler Unit C, Irvine, CA 92618. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. In accordance with SEC rules, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants which are currently exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days following the date of the information in this table are deemed to be beneficially owned by, and outstanding with respect to, the holder of such option or warrant. Subject to community property laws where applicable, to our knowledge, each person listed is believed to have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock owned by such person.

(2)      Includes 5,993,255 shares of common stock held directly by Yin Yan and 1,777,230 shares of common stock held by her spouse Fulai Wang over which Yin Yan is deemed to have beneficial ownership.

(3)      Includes 2,843,568 shares of common stock held by Zhifen Zhou’s spouse Sen Zhong over which Zhifen Zhou is deemed to have beneficial ownership.

(4)      Includes 1,777,230 shares of common stock held directly by Fulai Wang, and 5,993,255 shares of common stock and 135,000 shares of Super Voting Series A Preferred Stock held by his spouse Yin Yan over which Fulai Wang is deemed to have beneficial ownership.

84

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

SEC rules require us to disclose any transaction for the last two completed fiscal year in which we are a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee for director, or holder of 5% or more of our common stock, or an immediate family member of any of those persons.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company does not intend to adopt a policy regarding related party transactions.

Indemnification Agreements

We executed a standard form of indemnification agreement (Indemnification Agreement) with each of our Board members and executive officers (each, an Indemnitee).

Pursuant to and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the Indemnification Agreement, we agreed to indemnify each Indemnitee, against any and all expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnitee’s service as our officer, director and or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or advisor of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, or other entity or enterprise but only if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. In addition, the indemnification provided in the indemnification agreement is applicable whether or not negligence or gross negligence of the Indemnitee is alleged or proven. Additionally, the Indemnification Agreement establishes processes and procedures for indemnification claims, advancement of expenses and costs and contribution obligations.

Reorganization

On April 29, 2024, Yin Yan (our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, and spouse of Fulai Wang), Fubao Wang, Xiangjing Wu, Gang Wu, Dan Yu, and Qiang Zhang, as the stockholders of FuAn, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in FuAn for 7,399,080 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“FuAn Transaction”). On April 25, 2024, Hong Le Liang, Sen Zhong (spouse of Zhifen Zhou, our chief financial officer, secretary and director) and Fu Lai Wang (spouse of Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer and president), as the stockholders of Grand Forest, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in Grand Forest for 4,976,244 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“Grand Forest Transaction”). On April 25, 2024, Hong Le Liang and Jiechun Wu, as the stockholders of KZS, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in KZS for 2,132,676 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“KZS Transaction”). On April 30, 2024, the FuAn Transaction, Grand Forest Transaction and KZS Transaction closed, and Marwynn issued a total of 14,508,004 shares of its common stock to the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS. As a result of the share exchanges, all the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS became the stockholders of Marwynn and Marwynn became the parent of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS (the “Reorganization”). After the Reorganization, Yin Yan, Hong Le Liang, Sen Zhong, and Fu Lai Wang each became beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock (see table “Principal Stockholders — Five Percent Stockholders” above).

85

Table of Contents

Other Related Party Transactions

Name of Related Party

 

Nature

 

Relationship

 

As of
October 31,
2024

 

As of
April 30,
2024

 

As of
April 30,
2023

 

As of
April 30,
2022

Sen Zhong*

 

Other receivable

 

Spouse of Zhifen Zhou and stockholder of Marwynn

 

$

—

 

$

—

 

$

—

 

$

80,000

Yin Yan**

 

Other payable

 

Chairperson, chief executive officer, president, stockholder of Marwynn, and spouse of Fulai Wang

 

$

—

 

$

500

 

 

—

 

 

282,594

Fulai Wang*****

 

Promissory Note

 

Spouse of Yin Yan and stockholder of Marwynn

 

 

250,000

 

 

250,000

 

 

550,000

 

 

300,000

Zhifen Zhou***

 

Other payable

 

Director, chief financial officer, secretary, and spouse of Sen Zhong

 

 

—

 

 

273

 

 

18,847

 

 

—

Sen Zhong*****

 

Promissory Note

 

Spouse of Zhifen Zhou and stockholder of Marwynn

 

 

551,783

 

 

572,481

 

 

130,900

 

 

—

Hong Le Liang*****

 

Promissory Note

 

Chief executive officer of Grand Forest and stockholder of Marwynn

 

 

310,268

 

 

292,825

 

 

422,825

 

 

278,000

American Chef Kitchen LLC

 

Other payable

 

An entity controlled by Zhifen Zhou

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

200,000

 

 

200,000

H&S Construction****

 

Promissory Note

 

An entity controlled by Hong Le Liang

 

 

—

 

 

103,463

 

 

64,344

 

 

31,672

JaoFong Inc.

 

Other payable

 

An entity controlled by Hong Le Liang

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,298,984

 

 

1,524,135

Total

         

$

1,112,051

 

$

1,219,542

 

$

2,685,900

 

$

2,616,401

____________

*        As of April 30, 2023, the receivable had been collected in full.

**      As of July 24, 2024, the advance has been repaid in full.

***    As of May 3, 2024, the advances have been repaid in full.

****  As of October 31, 2024, partial balance of the advance has been paid through cash repayment and the remaining balance of $52,328 was transferred to Hong Le Liang.

*****On October 31, 2024, the advances were memorialized pursuant to unsecured promissory notes between Grand Forest and the holders. The unsecured promissory notes are payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025, and carry no interest. In the absence of any demand, the entire principal shall be due on October 31, 2029.

As of October 31, 2024, April 30, 2024 and 2023, the balance of due to related parties was comprised of advances from the Company’s related parties and was used for working capital during the Company’s normal course of business. Such advances were non-interest bearing and due on demand.

86

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of (i) the material terms of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (“Articles of Incorporation”) and Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”) and (ii) certain applicable provisions of Nevada law. We refer you to our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 45,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of US$0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, par value of US$0.001 per share.

On September 9, 2024, we effected a (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock. All shares and per share information throughout this prospectus has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the forward stock split.

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 15,004,004 shares of common stock and 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The shares of common stock are held by twelve (12) stockholders of record and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are held by one stockholder of record.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote, in person or proxy, on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. The holders of our common stock possess all voting power. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of our common stock that are present in person or represented by proxy, subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any preferred stock. Holders of our common stock representing at least majority our capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, are necessary to constitute a quorum at any meeting of our stockholders. A vote by the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares is required to effectuate certain fundamental corporate changes such as liquidation, merger or an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation. Our Articles of Incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors may authorize preferred shares of stock and to divide the authorized shares of our preferred stock into one or more series, each of which must be so designated as to distinguish the shares of each series of preferred stock from the shares of all other series and classes. Our board of directors is authorized, within any limitations prescribed by law and our Articles of Incorporation, to fix and determine the designations, rights, qualifications, preferences, limitations and terms of the shares of any series of preferred stock including, but not limited to, the following:

1.      The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;

2.      The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends will be cumulative, and if so, from which date(s), and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

3.      Whether that series will have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

4.      Whether that series will have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors determines;

87

Table of Contents

5.      Whether or not the shares of that series will be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or date upon or after which they are redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

6.      Whether that series will have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

7.      The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

8.      Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of that series.

On April 25, 2024, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation to our Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada designating 30,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock out of the 5,000,000 shares of authorized blank check preferred stock. On September 9, 2024, the Company filed an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect (i) a 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock and 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock, and (ii) to increase the designated number of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock from 30,000 shares to 135,000 shares.

Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock

We have one designated class of preferred stock known as Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. Each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock entitles the holder to one thousand (1,000) votes, in person or proxy, on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock. The holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends of any kind or be entitled to any liquidation preference. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to conversion into common stock or other equity authorized to be issued by the Company. The Series A Super Voting Preferred is redeemable at the election of the holder at a redemption price of $0.001 per share.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

The holders of our shares of common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Anti-Takeover Effects

Provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes, our articles of incorporation and our bylaws, along with our status as a “controlled company,” could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third-party from acquiring us, even if the acquisition would benefit our stockholders. Such provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes, our articles of incorporation and our bylaws are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types

88

Table of Contents

of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding shares, or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of our company.

Authorized But Unissued Preferred Stock

We are currently authorized to issue a total of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock of which 135,000 shares has been designated as Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. Our articles of incorporation provide that the board of directors may issue preferred stock by resolutions, without any action of the stockholders. In the event of a hostile takeover, the board of directors could potentially use this preferred stock to preserve control.

Board Action Without Meeting

Our bylaws provide that the board may take action without a meeting if all the members of the board consent to the action in writing. Board action through consent allows the board to make swift decisions, including in the event that a hostile takeover threatens current management.

No Cumulative Voting

Our bylaws and articles of incorporation do not provide the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. This provision means that the holders of a plurality of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Non-cumulative voting makes it more difficult for an insurgent minority stockholder to elect a person to the board of directors.

Stockholder Proposals

Except to the extent required under applicable laws, we are not required to include on our proxy card, or describe in our proxy statement, any information relating to any stockholder proposal and disseminated in connection with any meeting of stockholders.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our articles of incorporation give both the directors and the stockholders the power to adopt, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, alteration, amendment, change or repeal of the bylaws by the stockholders requires an affirmative vote by a majority of the outstanding stock of the company. Any bylaw that has been adopted, amended, or repealed by the stockholders may be amended or repealed by the board, except that the board shall have no power to change the quorum for meetings of stockholders or of the board or to change any provisions of the bylaws with respect to the removal of directors or the filling of vacancies in the board resulting from the removal by the stockholders. Any proposal to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of our articles of incorporation requires approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of all of the classes of our capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose.

Controlled Company Status

We are a “controlled company” as defined in the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(c) because more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by Ms. Yin Yan. Our status as a controlled company may have an anti-takeover effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Nevada Law

The State of Nevada, where we are incorporated, has enacted statutes that could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price. We have not opted out of these statutes.

89

Table of Contents

Business Combinations.    The “business combination” provisions of Sections 78.411 to 78.444, inclusive, of the NRS generally prohibit a publicly traded Nevada corporation with at least 200 stockholders of record from engaging in various “combination” transactions with any interested stockholder for a period of four years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction is approved by the board of directors before such person became an interested stockholder or the combination is approved by the board of directors and thereafter is approved at a meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least 60% (for a combination within two years after becoming an interested stockholder) or a majority (for combinations between two and four years thereafter) of the outstanding voting power held by disinterested stockholders. Alternatively, a corporation may engage in a combination with an interested stockholder more than two years after becoming an interested stockholder if:

•        the consideration to be paid to the holders of the corporation’s stock, other than the interested stockholder, is at least equal to the highest of: (a) the highest price per share paid by the interested stockholder within the two years immediately preceding the date of the announcement of the combination or in the transaction in which it became an interested stockholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually, (b) the market value per share of common stock on the date of announcement of the combination and the date the interested stockholder acquired the shares, whichever is higher, or (c) for holders of preferred stock, the highest liquidation value of the preferred stock, if it is higher; and

•        the interested stockholder has not become the owner of any additional voting shares since the date of becoming an interested stockholder except by certain permitted transactions.

A “combination” is generally defined to include (i) mergers or consolidations with the “interested stockholder” or an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, (ii) any sale, lease exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets of the corporation, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to or with the interested stockholder or an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder: (a) having an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the assets of the corporation, (b) having an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of all outstanding shares of the corporation, or (c) representing more than 10% of the earning power or net income (determined on a consolidated basis) of the corporation, (iii) any issuance or transfer of securities to the interested stockholder or an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, in one transaction or a series of transactions, having an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of all of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation (other than under the exercise of warrants or rights to purchase shares offered, or a dividend or distribution made pro rata to all stockholders of the corporation), (iv) adoption of a plan or proposal for liquidation or dissolution of the corporation with the interested stockholder or an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder and (v) certain other transactions having the effect of increasing the proportionate share of voting securities beneficially owned by the interested stockholder or an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

In general, an “interested stockholder” means any person who (i) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares of a corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the corporation that beneficially owned, within two years prior to the date in question, 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the corporation.

Control Share Acquisitions.    The “control share” provisions of Sections 78.378 to 78.3793, inclusive, of the NRS apply to “issuing corporations” that are Nevada corporations doing business, directly or through an affiliate, in Nevada, and having at least 200 stockholders of record, including at least 100 of whom have addresses in Nevada appearing on the stock ledger of the corporation. The control share statute prohibits an acquirer, under certain circumstances, from voting its “control shares” of an issuing corporation’s stock after crossing certain ownership threshold percentages, unless the acquirer obtains approval of the issuing corporation’s disinterested stockholders or unless the issuing corporation amends its articles of incorporation or bylaws within ten days of the acquisition to provide that the “control share” statute does not apply to the corporation or to the types of existing or future stockholders. The statute specifies three thresholds: one-fifth or more but less than one-third, one-third but less than a majority, and a majority or more, of the outstanding voting power of a corporation. Generally, once an acquirer crosses one of the foregoing thresholds, those shares acquired in an acquisition or offer to acquire in an acquisition and acquired within 90 days immediately preceding the date that the acquirer crosses one of the thresholds, become

90

Table of Contents

“control shares” and such control shares are deprived of the right to vote until disinterested stockholders restore the right. In addition, the corporation, if provided in its articles of incorporation or bylaws, may cause the redemption of all of the control shares at the average price paid for such shares if the stockholders do not accord the control shares full voting rights. If control shares are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring person has acquired a majority or more of all voting power, all other stockholders who did not vote in favor of authorizing voting rights to the control shares are entitled to demand payment for the fair value of their shares in accordance with statutory procedures established for dissenters’ rights. Our Bylaws exempts our common stock from the control share acquisition act.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under Nevada law, with certain exceptions, as long as shares of our common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, holders of shares of our common stock will not have dissenters’ rights to payment of an appraised fair market value for such shares in connection with a plan of merger, conversion, or exchange unless such action requires holders of a class or series of shares to accept for such shares anything other than cash, certain publicly traded shares or securities of certain investment companies redeemable at the option of the holder. To the extent that dissenters’ rights may be available under Nevada law, stockholders who properly request and perfect such rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Nevada Court.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under Nevada law, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action was a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law and such suit is brought in the Nevada Court.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Issuer Direct Corp. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is One Glenwood Ave, Suite 1001, Raleigh, NC 27603.

National Securities Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MWYN” upon our satisfaction of the Nasdaq Capital Market’s initial listing criteria, including completion of this offering.

91

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 17,004,004 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. Of these 17,004,004 shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

15,004,004 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, the Company, and its officers, directors and certain stockholders have agreed to a “lock-up” period from the closing of this offering, with respect to the shares that they beneficially own, including shares issuable upon the conversion of debt, the exercise of convertible securities and options that are currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days (in the case of our 5% stockholders) and three hundred sixty (360) days (in the case of us, our executive officers and directors, and our affiliates) following the closing of this offering, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters. The 180-day or 360-day, as the case may be, restricted period is subject to extension upon certain events and the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at the underwriters’ discretion. The lock-up restrictions, specified exceptions and the circumstances under which the 180-day or 360-day, as the case may be, lock-up period may be extended are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 170,040 shares immediately after this offering; or

•        the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and Nasdaq Capital Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the nine months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least three months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about

92

Table of Contents

us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement. Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from an issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

We have agreed not to issue or grant any shares of common stock or derivatives under our stock plans for the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plan no sooner than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

93

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

American Trust Investment Services, Inc. (“ATIS”) is acting as representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”). Subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement between us and the Representative, we have agreed to sell to the Representative, and the Representative has agreed to purchase on behalf of the underwriters, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares listed next to its name in the following table:

Name of Representative

 

Number of
Shares

American Trust Investment Services, Inc.

 

2,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares offered by us other than those covered by the option described below, if any, are purchased. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated. The underwriters are not obligated to purchase the shares covered by the underwriters’ option described below. The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discounts, Commissions and Expenses

The underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at those prices less a concession not in excess of $0.18 per share. If all of the shares offered by us are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise of the option we granted to the Representative.

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Representative’s
Option

 

Total With Full
Exercise of
Representative’s
Option

Public offering price

 

$

4.50

 

$

9,000,000

 

$

10,350,000

Underwriting discount (8%)

 

$

0.36

 

$

720,000

 

$

828,000

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

4.14

 

$

8,280,000

 

$

9,522,000

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the total underwriting discount and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $1,000,000.

We have agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the Representative equal to 1% of the gross proceeds received at the closing of the offering (excluding any proceeds received upon any subsequent exercise of the option).

We have also agreed to pay the Representative’s expenses relating to the offering, (a) all filing fees and expenses relating to the registration of the securities with the Commission; (b) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the shares of common stock on a national exchange, if applicable; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of the “blue sky” counsel, which will be the Company’s counsel) unless such filings are not required in connection with the Company’s proposed listing on a national exchange, if applicable; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (e) the costs of all mailing and printing of the Offering documents; (f) transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Representative; and (g) the fees and expenses of our accountants. The maximum amount of Representative’s fees and expenses, excluding non-accountable expense, will not exceed $150,000, of which we have advanced $120,000. We shall be responsible for Representative’s external

94

Table of Contents

counsel legal costs irrespective of whether the Offering is consummated or not, subject to $60,000 cap in the event that there is not a Closing. The $120,000 advance shall be applied towards out-of-pocket accountable expense set forth herein and any portion of the advance shall be returned back to us to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

Over-allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This over-allotment option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of common stock, which is equal to 15% of the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this over-allotment option, they will purchase shares of common stock covered by the over-allotment option at the public offering price per share that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $1,350,000 and the total net proceeds, less the underwriting discount but before expenses, to us will be $1,242,000.

Representative’s Warrants

We have agreed to issue to the Representative (or its permitted assignees) warrants (“Representative Warrants”) to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock (and up to 115,000 shares of common stock assuming the Representative’s option is exercised in full) which is equal to 5% of the shares offered hereby. We are registering hereby the issuance of the Representative’s Warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The Representative Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the five year period commencing 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which period is in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). The Representative Warrants are exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis at a per share price equal to $5.40 per share, or 120% of the public offering price per share in the offering. The Representative Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA. The Representative (or permitted assignees) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, the Representative Warrants provide for certain demand and piggyback registration rights. The warrants provide for one demand registration right in accordance with Rule 5110(g)(8)(b) and unlimited piggyback registration rights. The demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights provided will terminate 5 years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8(c), (d) and (e), respectively. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the Representative Warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation.

Discretionary Accounts

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

Right of First Refusal

We have granted ATIS a right of first refusal, for a period of 6 months from the closing of this offering, to act as sole book-runner, sole manager, sole placement agent or sole agent for every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity-linked financings and the finance or refinance of any indebtedness, for us or for any of our subsidiaries.

Lock-Up Agreements

Pursuant to “lock-up” agreements, we, our executive officers and directors, and certain of our stockholders, have agreed, without the prior written consent of the Representative not to directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of shares of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or

95

Table of Contents

could be expected to, result in the transfer or disposition by any person at any time in the future of) our common stock, enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of our common stock, make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or any other securities of the Company or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, subject to customary exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus in the case of our 5% stockholders and 360 days in the case of us, our executive officers and directors, and our affiliates.

In addition to the above and in connection with their holding of debt in the Company, holders have agreed to certain market stand-off provisions pursuant to which they have agreed not to convert, sell or otherwise transfer debt held in the Company or securities convertible or exercisable into common stock of the Company, without the consent of the Representative, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Certain Post Offering Investments

The Company has agreed to pay ATIS an aggregate cash fee of 8% in the event investors previously directly introduced to the Company by such parties provide capital to the Company during the period commencing following the closing of the offering and continuing for a period of 6 months thereafter.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

•        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.

•        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase securities through exercise of the option. If the underwriters sell more securities than could be covered by exercise of the option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        Penalty bids permit the Representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our securities. As a result, the price of our securities in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock. Passive market making consists of displaying bids limited by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103

96

Table of Contents

of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the shares of common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of securities to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Representative to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Other Relationships

From time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. However, except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services.

Market Information

The public offering price will be determined by discussions between us and the Representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these discussions will include:

•        an assessment of our management and the underwriters as to the price at which investors might be willing to participate in this offering;

•        the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

•        our past and present financial information;

•        our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

•        the present state of our development; and

•        the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

Offer and Sale Restrictions Outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

97

Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. as of April 30, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 have been audited by Golden Eagle CPAs LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon and included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The office of Golden Eagle CPAs LLC is located at 90 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP, San Francisco, California. DeMint Law, PLLC, Las Vegas, Nevada, is acting as counsel for the Representative and the underwriters in connection with this offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with this law, will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.marwynnholdings.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock. We will provide a copy of our annual report to security holders, including audited financial statements, at no charge upon receipt of your written request to us at Marwynn Holdings, Inc., 12 Chrysler Unit C, Irvine, CA 92618.

98

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To Board of Directors and stockholders of
Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders ‘equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended April 30, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended April 30, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Golden Eagle CPAs LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

Bedminster, New Jersey

August 12, 2024, except for Note 14 and Note 15 as to which the date is September 26, 2024

F-2

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

As of April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

Assets

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,364,780

 

$

79,475

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

1,377,715

 

 

375,192

 

Inventories, net

 

 

4,282,334

 

 

4,207,553

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

188,001

 

 

475,835

 

Total current assets

 

 

7,212,830

 

 

5,138,055

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

342,809

 

 

335,033

 

Intangible asset, net

 

 

227,083

 

 

—

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

4,680,790

 

 

1,627,197

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

95,048

 

 

67,238

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

5,345,730

 

 

2,029,468

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

12,558,560

 

$

7,167,523

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term loan payable

 

$

500,000

 

$

—

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,684,577

 

 

1,606,347

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

564,618

 

 

408,747

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

205,742

 

 

193,564

 

Operating lease liabilities – current

 

 

1,122,059

 

 

353,559

 

Finance lease liabilities – current

 

 

9,244

 

 

8,750

 

Income tax payable

 

 

474,531

 

 

84,586

 

Auto loan payable

 

 

35,865

 

 

—

 

Due to related parties

 

 

1,219,542

 

 

2,685,900

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

5,816,178

 

 

5,341,453

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities – non-current

 

 

3,818,544

 

 

1,436,002

 

Finance lease liabilities – non-current

 

 

2,391

 

 

11,635

 

Auto loan payable

 

 

—

 

 

55,091

 

Long-term loan

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

3,920,935

 

 

1,602,728

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

$

9,737,113

 

$

6,944,181

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized, 135,000 shares and 0 share Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock designated, issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively;*

 

 

135

 

 

—

 

Common stock, par value $0.001, 45,000,000 shares authorized; 15,004,004 shares and 14,508,004 shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively*

 

 

15,004

 

 

14,508

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,384,891

 

 

785,492

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

421,417

 

 

(576,658

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

2,821,447

 

 

223,342

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

12,558,560

 

$

7,167,523

 

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the corporate reorganization completed on April 29, 2024 and to give the effects to (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

For the years ended

   

April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

Revenue, net

 

$

11,920,570

 

 

$

11,255,456

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

(6,584,969

)

 

 

(6,316,412

)

Gross profit

 

 

5,335,601

 

 

 

4,939,044

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

(737,121

)

 

 

(1,410,225

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(3,207,995

)

 

 

(2,513,964

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

(3,945,116

)

 

 

(3,924,189

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

1,390,485

 

 

 

1,014,855

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(840

)

 

 

31,595

 

Interest income (expenses)

 

 

(27,835

)

 

 

(17,165

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(28,675

)

 

 

14,430

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

1,361,810

 

 

 

1,029,285

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(363,735

)

 

 

(297,883

)

Net income

 

 

998,075

 

 

 

731,402

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.05

 

Weighted average number of common stock outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted*

 

 

14,509,359

 

 

 

14,508,004

 

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the corporate reorganization completed on April 29, 2024 and to give the effects to (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC,
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 



Preferred shares

 



Common shares

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)

 

Total
stockholder’s
equity
(deficit)

   

Share

 

Amount

 

Share

 

Amount

 

Balance as of May 1,
2022

 

—

 

$

—

 

14,508,004

 

$

14,508

 

$

785,492

 

 

$

(1,308,060

)

 

$

(508,060

)

Net income

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

731,402

 

 

 

731,402

 

Balance as of April 30, 2023

 

—

 

 

—

 

14,508,004

 

 

14,508

 

 

785,492

 

 

 

(576,658

)

 

 

223,342

 

Net income

 

—

 

 

—

     

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

998,075

 

 

 

998,075

 

Conversion of stockholders’ payable into capital contribution

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

800,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

800,000

 

shares issued in connection of reorganization

     

 

   

496,000

 

 

496

 

 

799,504

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

800,000

 

Issuance of preferred
shares

 

135,000

 

 

135

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

(105

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

30

 

Balance as of April 30 2024

 

135,000

 

$

135

 

15,004,004

 

$

15,004

 

$

2,384,891

 

 

$

421,417

 

 

$

2,821,447

 

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the corporate reorganization completed on April 29, 2024 and to give the effects to (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

For the years ended

   

April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

998,075

 

 

$

731,402

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

143,090

 

 

 

98,755

 

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

1,027,786

 

 

 

711,936

 

Sales return allowance

 

 

92,392

 

 

 

61,814

 

Deferred Tax Asset

 

 

(27,810

)

 

 

212,497

 

Provision for credit loss

 

 

(37,134

)

 

 

61,832

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(1,057,781

)

 

 

(394,104

)

Inventories, net

 

 

(74,782

)

 

 

(1,858,374

)

Prepaid expenses and other current asset

 

 

287,834

 

 

 

(68,395

)

Accounts payable

 

 

78,232

 

 

 

1,130,653

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

155,871

 

 

 

(950,756

)

Tax payable

 

 

389,946

 

 

 

84,586

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

12,178

 

 

 

793,574

 

Operating Lease liabilities

 

 

(930,337

)

 

 

(749,600

)

Financing Lease liabilities

 

 

(8,750

)

 

 

(6,377

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

1,048,810

 

 

 

(140,557

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(127,950

)

 

 

(58,290

)

Purchase of intangible asset

 

 

(250,000

)

 

 

—

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(377,950

)

 

 

(58,290

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FORM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from short-term loan payable

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from (repayment of) auto loan payable

 

 

(19,226

)

 

 

25,350

 

Proceeds from (repayment of) borrowings from related parties

 

 

(666,358

)

 

 

147,593

 

Proceeds from issuance of common and preferred shares

 

 

800,030

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

614,446

 

 

 

172,943

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1,285,305

 

 

 

(25,904

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

 

 

79,475

 

 

 

105,379

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

 

 

1,364,780

 

 

 

79,475

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

$

1,600

 

 

$

800

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

27,835

 

 

$

—

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obtaining right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

$

3,801,914

 

 

$

—

 

Conversion of stockholders’ payable into capital contribution

 

$

800,000

 

 

$

—

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Business

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (“Marwynn” or the “Company”), through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, is primarily engaged in providing supply chain management solutions to customers in the United States of America (“U.S.” or “United States”).

Marwynn was incorporated in the state of Nevada, on February 27, 2024 as a holding company with no substantial operations of its own.

Prior to the reorganization described below, the Company’s business was operated by the following entities: (1) FuAn Enterprise, Inc (“FuAn”), was incorporated in the state of California on April 18, 2016. FuAn is a food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain company that specializes in connecting businesses between different regions, particularly between Asia and the U.S. FuAn’s comprehensive supply chain services include the sourcing of Asian food, snacks, and non-alcoholic beverages, and distributing branded goods to mainstream markets, grocery stores and wholesale/warehouse clubs in the U.S. In addition, FuAn provides supply chain consulting, and market expansion support for businesses; (2) Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc (“Grand Forest”), was incorporated in the state of California on February 22, 2021. KZS Kitchen Cabinet & Stone Inc (“KZS”), was incorporated in the state of California on October 11, 2018 and merged with and into Grand Forest on June 1, 2024. Following the merger, all of the home improvement business is now under Grand Forest (see Note 15). Grand Forest is an indoor home improvement supply chain provider that focuses on providing high-quality kitchen cabinets, flooring, and home improvement products sourced from international suppliers.

Reorganization

On April 29, 2024, all the stockholders of FuAn transferred all of their ownerships in FuAn and exchanged for 7,399,084 shares of Marwynn’s common stock. On April 25, 2024, all the stockholders of Grand Forest transferred all of their ownerships in Grand Forest and exchanged for 4,976,244 shares of Marwynn’s common stock. On April 25, 2024, all the stockholders of KZS transferred all of their ownerships in KZS and exchanged for 2,132,676 shares of Marwynn’s common stock. The transfer was considered as a reorganization of entities under common control under ASC 805-50-15-6, since all the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS became the stockholders of Marwynn and own majority equity interest of Marwynn, and Marwynn became the parent of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

As of April 30, 2024, the consolidated financial statements of the Company include the following entities:

Name of entities

 

Place and date of
incorporation

 

% of ownership

 

Principal activities

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

 

February 27, 2024

 

Parent

     

Investment Holding

FuAn Enterprise, Inc.

 

April 18, 2016

 

100%

     

Food and beverage supply chain and brand management services

Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc

 

February 22, 2021

 

100%

     

Sale of indoor home improvement products

KZS Kitchen Cabinet & Stone Inc.

 

October 11, 2018

 

100%

     

Sale of indoor home improvement products. Merged with Grand Forest on June 1, 2024.

F-7

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding consolidated financial reporting. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Marwynn, FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS. All intercompany transactions and balances among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may also be negatively impacted by risks related to natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, health epidemics and other catastrophic incidents, which could significantly disrupt the Company’s operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic had negatively affected the Company’s business and financial results in fiscal years 2020-2023. Due to various restrictions and travel bans, the Company experienced temporary decrease in monthly revenue because of the decreased demand by customers, the difficulty to source authentic premium Asian foods and house remodeling products from various suppliers, and delayed payments from customers. However, such disruptions have not materially affected the Company’s business outlook and goals. With years of experience in marketing and selling authentic premium Asian foods and indoor home improvement products, the Company has established a mature supply chain with distributors. In addition, the Company is setting up a centralized purchase department to promote centralized purchases from suppliers, to reduce the purchase price and increase the rebate rates offered by the suppliers. Accordingly, the Company believes its current supply chain network is able to support the Company’s business growth.

Although the spread of COVID-19 appears to be under control as of the date of this prospectus, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact the Company’s future financial results will depend on future developments, such as new information on the effectiveness of the mitigation strategies, the duration, spread, severity, and recurrence of COVID-19 and COVID-19 variants, if any, any related travel advisories and restrictions, and the overall impact of the

F-8

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy and capital markets, all of which remain uncertain and unpredictable. Given this uncertainty, the Company is currently unable to quantify the expected impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its future operations, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations.

The Company’s future business operations could also be negatively impacted by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. The Company primarily engages in sales of authentic premium Asian foods and indoor home improvement products to customers in the U.S. Currently, we do not have any suppliers or customers in Ukraine or Russia. The Company’s business and its result of operations have no direct exposure to Russia, Ukraine, or the adjoining geographic regions, and accordingly have not been materially impacted by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. However, the war in Ukraine and the related sanctions have increased global economic and geopolitical uncertainty. Management continues to evaluate the impact of the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine and resulting market volatility and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that these events could have a negative effect on the Company’s future financial position, results of operations, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this report.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, sales return allowance, the allowance for bad debt, income taxes, the useful lives of long-lived assets and assumptions used in assessing impairment of long-lived assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Although actual amounts may differ from the estimated amounts, such differences are not likely to be material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and equivalents include cash on hand and demand deposits that are highly liquid in nature and have original maturities when purchased of three months or less. The Company’s cash is maintained at financial institutions in the United States of America. Deposits in these financial institutions may, from time to time, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)’s federally insured limits. The standard insurance amount is $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category. The bank deposits exceeding the standard insurance amount will not be covered. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, cash balances held in the banks, exceeding the standard insurance amount, are $562,890 and nil, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in accounts held in these financial institutions and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash held in these financial institutions.

Accounts Receivable, Net

On May 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326). This standard replaced the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology. CECL requires an estimate of credit losses for the remaining estimated life of the financial asset using historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and generally applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables and held-to-maturity debt securities, and some off-balance sheet credit exposures such as unfunded commitments to extend credit. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. In addition, CECL made changes to the accounting for available-for-sale debt securities. One such change is to require credit losses to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down on available-for-sale debt securities if management does not intend to sell and does not believe that it is more likely than not they will be required to sell.

F-9

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company adopted ASC 326 and all related subsequent amendments thereto effective May 1, 2023, using the modified retrospective approach for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures. The was no transition adjustment of the adoption of CECL.

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Company has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including historical losses, the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s historical payment patterns, its current credit-worthiness and financial condition, and current market conditions and economic trends. Accounts are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had allowance for credit losses of $24,698 and $61,832, respectively.

Inventory

Inventories consist of merchandise held for sale and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference is recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which it occurs. For indoor home improvement products, inventory costs primarily include merchandise costs and freight in costs. No assembly labor and overhead costs are allocated to indoor home improvement products because these costs are immaterial. Grand Forest and KZS determines inventory costs using the moving weighted average cost method. FuAn determined inventory costs using First-in-First-out method (“FIFO”). The Company records reserve for estimated losses related to shrinkage and other amounts that are otherwise not expected to be fully recoverable. The Company assesses the need for valuation allowances for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items and overall economic conditions. There was no inventory allowance as of April 30, 2024 and 2023.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, while additions, renewals and improvements that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of income. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives by asset classification are generally as follows:

 

Estimated
Useful Life

Furniture and fixtures

 

3 – 7 years

Office equipment

 

3 – 5 years

Warehouse machinery and equipment

 

5 – 7 years

Vehicles

 

5 years

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, which include property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of long-lived assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined using the asset’s expected future discounted cash flows or market value, if readily determinable.

F-10

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company evaluates events and changes in circumstances that could indicate the carrying amounts of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, the Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, the Company records an impairment charge in the period in which such a determination is made. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Based on the above analysis, no impairment loss was recognized related to these assets as of April 30, 2024 and 2023.

Income Tax

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current period and (ii) deferred tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from matters that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets also include the prior years’ net operating losses carried forward. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if based on the weight of the available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 740, which prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FASB ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures.

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to evaluate measure uncertain income tax positions (tax contingencies). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating its tax positions and estimating its tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. The Company includes interest and penalties related to its tax contingencies in income tax expense.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services. The Company recognizes revenues following the five-step model prescribed under ASU No. 2014-09: (i) identifies contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identifies the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determines the transaction price; (iv) allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognizes revenues when (or as) it satisfies the performance obligation.

The Company derives its revenues primarily from two business segments to (i) provide food and beverage supply chain and brand management services, and (ii) sale of indoor home improvement products to dealers and retail customers and sales of indoor home improvement products to customers.

F-11

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenue from food and beverage sales

FuAn sources authentic premium Asian foods from various suppliers and then distributes to customers (mainly supermarket and grocery stores) in the U.S. The Company accounts for revenue from sales of authentic premium Asian foods on a gross basis as the Company is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the desired authentic premium Asian foods products to customers, and is subject to inventory risk before the product ownership and risk are transferred and has the discretion in establishing prices. All of FuAn’s contracts are fixed price contracts and have one single performance obligation as the promise is to transfer the individual goods to customers.

The sales transaction price is indicated in each purchase order with a Deduct from Invoice (“DFI”) discount which automatically reduces per unit cost on invoice, and payment terms are primarily set as “net 30.” The Company elects to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as a separate performance obligation. The Company’s revenue from sales of authentic premium Asian food products is recognized at a point in time when title and risk of loss passes and the customer accepts the goods, which generally occurs at delivery. Revenue from the sale of food products is reported net of sales returns and allowance.

Revenue from sales of indoor home improvement products

Revenues from the sale of indoor home improvement products and accessories by Grand Forest and KZS at their stores, is recognized at a point in time when control of merchandise is transferred to the customer. Merchandise can either be picked up in the store or delivered to the customer. For merchandise picked up in the store, control is transferred at the time of the sale to the customer. For merchandise delivered to the customer, control is transferred either when delivery has been completed, or when the Company has a present right to payment which, for certain merchandise, occurs upon conveyance of the merchandise to the carrier for delivery. The majority of the Company’s customers purchase bulk boards without requesting assembly service. Occasionally, the Company offers assembly service to certain customers as a value-added service solely for marketing purposes to attract customers to place the orders with us. The Company does not separately charge the customers for assembly services. Sales of indoor home improvement products and related assembly services are not distinct in the context of the contract with the customers, because they are inputs to deliver the combined output of delivering the products to the customers. Therefore, sales of indoor home improvement products and assembly services are identified as a single performance obligation. Grand Forest and KZS’ payment terms are primarily at the point of sale for merchandise sales. Grand Forest and KZS elected to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as a separate performance obligation. The Company accounts for revenue from sales of indoor home improvement products on a gross basis as the Company is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the desired indoor home improvement products to customers and is subject to inventory risk before the product ownership and risk are transferred and has discretion in establishing prices. All of the Company’s contracts are fixed price contracts and have one single performance obligation as the promise is to transfer the individual goods to customers. Revenue from the sale of merchandise is reported net of sales returns and allowance. Grand Forest and KZS estimate future returns based on historical return and current trend of product sales.

Sales Returns and Allowances

For food and beverage and indoor home improvement product sales, the Company accrues estimated sales returns based on past experience and current trend of product sales. The allowance for sales returns at April 30, 2024 and 2023 amounted to $205,988 and $113,596, respectively.

Consulting service revenue

Consulting service revenue primarily consists of service income from providing supply chain and brand management services proposals and solutions to customers to help them optimize their inventory management and product distribution strategy, to reduce delivery times, shipping costs and diversify distribution channels. The Company’s contracts with customers for supply chain and brand management services are fixed-price contracts. The Company

F-12

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

also believes that it serves as a principal in this type of transaction because it has the latitude in establishing prices with customers, and is responsible for bearing the related costs to complete the designated services. It normally takes a few months up to one year to complete the designated services. Revenue is recognized over the service period.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by product or service type:

 

For the Years Ended April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

Revenue from sales

 

 

   

 

 

Authentic premium Asian foods

 

$

3,107,583

 

$

4,383,812

Indoor home improvement products

 

 

8,627,987

 

 

6,871,644

Total sales revenues

 

$

11,735,570

 

$

11,255,456

Revenue from consulting service

 

 

185,000

 

 

—

Total revenues

 

$

11,920,570

 

$

11,255,456

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The Company did not have contract assets as of April 30, 2024 and 2023.

Contract liabilities are recognized for contracts where payment has been received in advance of product delivery. The Company’s contract liabilities, which are reflected in its consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue of $564,618 and $408,747 as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, consist primarily of fees received from customers in advance of product delivery. These amounts represented the Company’s unsatisfied performance obligations as of the balance sheet dates. The amounts of revenue recognized in the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 that were included in the opening deferred revenue were $408,747 and $1,359,503, respectively.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of merchandise purchase costs, warehousing costs, duty and freight-in costs, packaging costs and labor costs associated with providing consulting services to customers.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs include costs incurred for delivery of the products to customers, and are included in selling expenses. Shipping and handling costs were $36,823 and $112,946 for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses primarily consist of selling expenses and general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses. Selling expenses mainly consist of advertising and marketing expenses, sales commission and showroom maintenance expenses. G&A expenses mainly consist of payroll expense, office and auto leasing, contracted labor, food testing, consulting, deprecation and insurance expenses. All costs associated with selling and general and administrative function are expensed as incurred.

Segment Information

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by Zhifen Zhou, the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) in order to allocate resources and assess the performance of the segment.

F-13

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the CODM or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s CODM for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the CODM, reviews operating results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has three operating segments as defined by ASC 280, including sale of food and beverages, sale of indoor home improvement products and accessories and consulting services.

The following tables present summary information by segment for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively:

 

For the year ended April 30, 2024

   

Sale of food 
and beverage

 

Sale of
indoor home
improvement
products

 

Consulting
services

 

Total

Revenues, net

 

$

3,107,583

 

 

$

8,627,987

 

 

$

185,000

 

$

11,920,570

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

1,637,583

 

 

 

4,849,898

 

 

 

97,488

 

 

6,584,969

 

Operating expenses

 

 

668,425

 

 

 

3,251,451

 

 

 

25,240

 

 

3,945,116

 

Income from operations

 

 

801,575

 

 

 

526,638

 

 

 

62,272

 

 

1,390,485

 

Other expenses, net

 

 

(1,411

)

 

 

(27,264

)

 

 

—

 

 

(28,675

)

Income tax expense

 

 

235,033

 

 

 

128,702

 

 

 

—

 

 

363,735

 

Net income

 

$

565,131

 

 

$

370,672

 

 

$

62,272

 

$

998,075

 

Capital expenditure

 

$

6,138

 

 

$

121,812

 

 

 

—

 

$

127,950

 

Total reportable assets

 

$

2,119,176

 

 

$

10,779,384

 

 

 

—

 

$

12,898,560

 

 

For the year ended April 30, 2023

   

Sales of food
and beverage

 

Sale of
indoor home
improvement
products

 

Consulting
service

 

Total

Revenues, net

 

$

4,383,811

 

 

$

6,871,645

 

$

—

 

$

11,255,456

Cost of revenues

 

 

2,592,478

 

 

 

3,723,934

 

 

—

 

 

6,316,412

Operating expense

 

 

1,163,859

 

 

 

2,760,330

 

 

—

 

 

3,924,189

Income from operations

 

 

627,475

 

 

 

387,381

 

 

—

 

 

1,014,855

Other income (expenses), net

 

 

(5,613

)

 

 

20,043

 

 

—

 

 

14,430

Income tax expense

 

 

122,748

 

 

 

175,135

 

 

—

 

 

297,883

Net income

 

$

499,114

 

 

$

232,289

 

 

—

 

$

731,402

Capital expenditure

 

$

3,909

 

 

$

54,381

 

 

—

 

$

58,290

Total reportable assets

 

$

650,237

 

 

$

6,517,286

 

 

—

 

$

7,167,523

For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, all of the Company’s assets are located in the United States and substantial portion of the revenue was derived from customers located in the United States.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies the fair value measurement accounting standard in accordance with ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements. Fair value is defined in ASC 820-10 as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value

F-14

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their own market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels (Level 1 is the highest priority and Level 3 is the lowest priority):

•        Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•        Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other observable inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data.

•        Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are not supported by market data. Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available, which might include the Company’s own data.

Unless otherwise disclosed, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalent, accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets, short-term loan payable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities and deferred revenue approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities as of April 30, 2024 and 2023 based upon the short-term nature of the assets and liabilities.

The Company believes that the carrying amount of long-term loan approximates its fair value at April 30, 2024 and 2023 based on the terms of the borrowings and current market rates as the rates of the borrowings are reflective of the current market rates.

Leases

Under ASC 842, “Leases,” a contract is or contains a lease when the Company has the right to control the use of an identified asset. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract, which is the date on which the terms of the contract are agreed to, and the agreement creates enforceable rights and obligations. The commencement date of the lease is the date that the lessor makes an underlying asset available for use by the Company.

The Company determines if the lease is an operating or finance lease at the lease commencement date based upon the terms of the lease and the nature of the asset. The lease term used to calculate the lease liability includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Marwynn’s warehouse and office lease is classified as an operating lease, reflected in the operating lease right-of-use assets, current portion of operating lease liabilities and non-current portion of operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Marwynn’s equipment lease is classified as a finance lease, reflected in the property and equipment, current portion of finance lease liabilities and non-current portion of finance lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The lease liability for both operating lease and finance lease is measured at the present value of future lease payments, discounted using the discount rate for the lease at the commencement date. As the Company is typically unable to determine the implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the lease term and economic environment at commencement date. The Company’s incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on its understanding of what its credit rating would be. The ROU assets include adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments. The right-of-use (“ROU”) asset is initially measured as the amount of lease liability, adjusted for any initial lease costs, prepaid lease payments, and reduced by any lease incentives.

ROU assets are reviewed for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. ROU assets from operating and finance leases are subject to the impairment guidance in ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” as ROU assets are long-lived nonfinancial assets.

F-15

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

ROU assets are tested for impairment individually or as part of an asset group if the cash flows related to the ROU assets are not independent from the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. An asset group is the unit of accounting for long-lived assets to be held and used, which represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. The right-of-use (“ROU”) asset is initially measured as the amount of lease liability, adjusted for any initial lease costs, prepaid lease payments, and reduced by any lease incentives. There was no impairment of the Company’s ROU assets as of April 30, 2024 and 2023.

Statement of Cash Flows

In accordance with ASC 230, “Statement of Cash Flows,” cash flows from the Company’s operations are formulated based upon the local currencies using the average exchange rate in the period. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.

Related Parties and Transactions

The Company identifies related parties, and accounts for, discloses related party transactions in accordance with ASC 850, “Related Party Disclosures” and other relevant ASC standards.

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operational decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence. Transactions between related parties commonly occurring in the normal course of business are related party transactions. Transactions between related parties are also considered to be related party transactions even though they may not be given accounting recognition. While ASC does not provide accounting or measurement guidance for such transactions, it nonetheless requires their disclosure.

Earnings per Common Stock

Basic earnings per common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to ordinary stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to ordinary stockholders by the sum of the weighted average number of shares outstanding and of potential common stock (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common stock that has an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share. For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no dilutive shares.

Commitments and Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management and legal counsel assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potential material loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company has no such contingencies.

F-16

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of accounts and other receivables. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support these receivables. The Company conducts periodic reviews of the financial condition and payment practices of its customers to minimize collection risk on accounts receivable.

For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, one customer accounted for approximately 19% and 39% of the Company’s total sales, respectively. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, total accounts balance from this customer were nil and $137,461, respectively.

As of April 30, 2024, two customers accounted for 52% and 31% of the Company’s total outstanding accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of April 30, 2023, four customers accounted for 37%, 29%, 15% and 10% of the Company’s total outstanding accounts receivable balance, respectively.

For the year ended April 30, 2024, the Company had two major vendors accounted for 43% and 10% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. As of April 30, 2024, accounts payable to these two vendors were $458,363 and nil, respectively. For the year ended April 30, 2023, the Company had four major vendors accounted for 27%, 20%, 16% and 10% of the Company’s total purchase, respectively. As of April 30, 2023, accounts payable to these four vendors were nil, $212,793, $655,181 and nil, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company and has elected the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which delays the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-01, Lease (Topic 842): Common Control Arrangements, which clarifies the accounting for leasehold improvements associated with leases between entities under common control (hereinafter referred to as common control lease). ASU 2023-01 requires entities to amortize leasehold improvements associated with common control lease over the useful life to the common control group (regardless of the lease term) as long as the lessee controls the use of the underlying asset through a lease, and to account for any remaining leasehold improvements as a transfer between entities under common control through an adjustment to equity when the lessee no longer controls the underlying asset. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for both interim and annual financial statements that have not yet been made available for issuance. An entity may apply ASU 2023-01 either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2023-01 will have on its consolidated financial statement presentations and disclosures.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements — Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative.” The ASU amends the disclosure or presentation requirements related to various subtopics in the FASB ASC. The ASU was issued in response to the SEC’s August 2018 final amendments in Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification that updated and simplified disclosure requirements that the SEC believed were duplicative, overlapping, or outdated. The guidance in ASU 2023-06 is intended to align GAAP requirements with those of the SEC and to facilitate the application of GAAP for all entities. The amendments introduced by ASU 2023-06 are effective if the SEC removes the related disclosure or presentation requirement from its existing regulations by June 30, 2027. If, by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the applicable requirements from its existing regulations, the pending content of the associated amendment will be removed from the ASC and will not become effective for any entities. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-06 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

F-17

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, the amendments in the ASU are intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss. In addition, the amendments enhance interim disclosure requirements, clarify circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. The purpose of the amendments is to enable “investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance” and assess “potential future cash flows.” The amendments in ASU 2023-07 are effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company’s management does not believe the adoption of ASU 2023-09 will have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09), which requires disclosure of incremental income tax information within the rate reconciliation and expanded disclosures of income taxes paid, among other disclosure requirements. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s management does not believe the adoption of ASU 2023-09 will have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

The Company’s management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, authoritative guidance, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation or disclosures.

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net, consisted of the following at April 30, 2024 and 2023:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Accounts receivable

 

$

1,608,401

 

 

$

550,620

 

Less: allowance for credit losses

 

 

(24,698

)

 

 

(61,832

)

Less: sales return allowance

 

 

(205,988

)

 

 

(113,596

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

1,377,715

 

 

$

375,192

 

Accounts receivable by aging bucket as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, and subsequent collection of the outstanding accounts receivable as of the date of this report was issued, consisted of the following:

Accounts receivable by aging bucket

 

Balance as of
April 30, 2024

 

Subsequent
collection

 

% of
subsequent
collection

Less than six months

 

$

1,276,024

 

$

982,853

 

71.3

%

Seven to nine months

 

 

94,820

 

 

94,820

 

6.9

%

Ten to twelve months

 

 

6,871

 

 

6,871

 

0.5

%

Total gross accounts receivable

 

$

1,377,715

 

$

1,084,544

 

78.7

%

Accounts receivable by aging bucket

 

Balance as of
April 30, 2023

 

Subsequent
collection

 

% of
subsequent
collection

Less than six months

 

$

318,889

 

$

318,889

 

85.0

%

Seven to nine months

 

 

3,874

 

 

3,874

 

1.0

%

Ten to twelve months

 

 

52,429

 

 

52,429

 

14.0

%

Total gross accounts receivable

 

$

375,192

 

$

375,192

 

100

%

F-18

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (cont.)

The movement of allowance for credit losses and sales return allowance is as follows:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Beginning balance

 

$

175,428

 

 

$

21,392

Additions (recovery) of allowance for credit loss

 

 

(37,134

)

 

 

40,440

Sales return allowance

 

 

92,392

 

 

 

113,596

Ending balance

 

$

230,686

 

 

$

175,428

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank to borrow $500,000 as working capital for 12 months, with loan maturity date on October 3, 2024. As of April 30, 2024, 70% of accounts receivable balance of $475,092 of KZS were pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 9).

NOTE 4 — INVENTORY

Inventories, net, consisted of the following:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Finished goods and merchandise

 

$

4,282,334

 

$

4,207,553

Inventory valuation allowance

 

 

—

 

 

—

Total inventory, net

 

$

4,282,334

 

$

4,207,553

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank to borrow $500,000 as working capital for 12 months, with loan maturity date on October 3, 2024. KZS’s 50% of inventories were pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 9).

NOTE 5 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, consisted of the following:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Advance to vendors(i)

 

$

35,159

 

$

301,567

Security deposits(ii)

 

 

152,842

 

 

173,756

Other

 

 

—

 

 

512

Total

 

$

188,001

 

$

475,835

____________

(i)      Advance to vendors represents cash paid to various vendors for inventory purchase. Advances to vendors are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired. The Company considers the assets to be impaired if the realization of the advance becomes doubtful. The Company uses the aging method to estimate the allowance for credit loss for unrealizable balances. In addition, at each reporting date, the Company generally determines the adequacy of allowance for credit loss by evaluating all available information, and then records specific allowances for those advances based on the specific facts and circumstances. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, there was no credit loss recorded as management believed that all of the advance to vendor balances were fully realizable.

(ii)     Security deposits represent rental security payment to the landlords for its warehouse and office facilities, which will be refunded upon maturity of the lease.

F-19

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Furniture and fixture

 

$

565,959

 

 

$

438,009

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

26,762

 

 

 

26,762

 

Vehicles

 

 

114,636

 

 

 

114,636

 

Subtotal

 

 

707,357

 

 

 

579,407

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(364,548

)

 

 

(244,374

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

342,809

 

 

$

335,033

 

Depreciation expenses were $120,174 and $98,755 for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

NOTE 7 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible asset, net consisted of the following:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Software

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

—

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

(22,917

)

 

 

—

Intangible assets, net

 

$

227,083

 

 

$

—

On November 19, 2023, the Company purchased a supply chain cloud management system from a third-party vendor at a cost of $0.25 million. This is a packaged software with multiple modules and functions, including accounting and reporting, purchase order processing and supply chain management, data gathering and analysis, etc. The Company amortizes this software over an estimated useful life of five years.

Amortization expenses for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 were $22,917 and nil, respectively.

As of April 30, 2024, the estimated future amortization expenses of the intangible assets were as follow:

12 months ending April 30,

 

Amortization
expenses

2025

 

$

50,000

2026

 

 

50,000

2027

 

 

50,000

2028

 

 

50,000

2029

 

 

27,083

Total

 

$

227,083

NOTE 8 — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Payroll and payroll tax payable

 

$

82,149

 

$

17,055

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,906

 

 

514

Sales tax payable

 

 

45,900

 

 

35,033

Credit card payable

 

 

54,866

 

 

102,728

Other payables

 

 

20,921

 

 

38,234

   

$

205,742

 

$

193,564

F-20

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 — LOANS PAYABLE

Short-term Loan Payable

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank to borrow $500,000 as working capital for 12 months, with loan maturity date on October 3, 2024. The loan carries a variable interest rate that was based on an independent index which was the Wall Street Journal U.S. Prime as published int the Wall Street Journal Money Rates Section. For the year ended April 30, 2024, the interest rate was 9%. In addition, the Company is required to pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date beginning on November 3, 2023. KZS’s 70% of account receivable balance were pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 3) and KZS’s 50% of inventory was pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 4).

Long-term Loan Payable

On June 9, 2020, KZS entered into a loan agreement with KZ Kitchen Cabinet & Stone, Inc., an unrelated party whereby KZS borrowed $100,000, with an annual interest rate of 4.75% payable monthly, and the loan principal to be repaid at maturity on June 9, 2025. Upon a breach of the agreement, interest will accrue at a compound rate of 10% per annum and KZ Kitchen Cabinet & Stone, Inc., may declare the unpaid principal balance together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and all other sums owed to it under the agreement, immediately due and payable. Following the Reorganization, this loan became an obligation of the Company.

Interest expense for the above-mentioned loans amounted to $18,644 and $4,347 for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

NOTE 10 — AUTO LOAN PAYABLES

On August 7, 2019, the Company entered a loan agreement with an auto dealer to purchase a vehicle. The loan has a maturity date on August 21, 2025 and bears interest at a rate of 4.79% per annum, payable monthly from September 21, 2019. During the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, the company repaid $9,361 and $9,361 (including principal and interest) for this loan, respectively. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the outstanding balance for this loan was $10,895 and $20,550, respectively.

On October 25, 2022, the Company entered a loan agreement with another auto dealer to purchase a vehicle. The loan has a maturity date on November 9, 2025 and bears interest at a rate of 9.79% per annum, payable monthly from December 9, 2022. During the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company repaid $15,190 and $6,329 (including principal and interest) for this loan, respectively. As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the outstanding balance for this loan was $24,970 and $34,541, respectively.

NOTE 11 — LEASE

Operating lease

On June 25, 2019, KZS entered into a lease agreement with the landlord to lease a showroom located in a shopping center in Santa Clara, California, with a lease term of five and half years, and an option to renew the lease for another five years. The lease commenced on August 1, 2019 and will expire on January 31, 2030 including the five-year option as the Company believe it is more than likely they will exercise the lease renewal option. The Company received a six-month rent abatement, which was considered in calculating the present value of the operating lease ROU asset. The monthly rental payment is $21,168 for the period from February 1, 2020 to January 31, 2021, with a 2% rental payment increase for each year thereafter.

On February 1, 2021, KZS entered into a sublease agreement with the landlord to lease a warehouse in Union City, California, with a lease term of 30months, commencing on March 1, 2021, and with the expiration date on August 31, 2023. The Company received a two-month rent abatement, which was considered in calculating the present value of the operating lease ROU asset. The initial monthly rental payment is $38,500 for the period from May 1, 2021 to August 31, 2021, with an approximately 3% rental payment increase starting on September 1, 2021 for each 12 months.

F-21

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11 — LEASE (cont.)

On March 20, 2023, the Company terminated the sublease agreement and signed a new lease agreement directly with landlord to lease the same property with expanded space for a lease term of 61 months. The new lease commenced on September 1, 2023, and will expire on September 30, 2028. The Company received a one-month rent abatement, which was considered in calculating the present value of the operating lease ROU assets. The initial monthly rental payment is $70,400 for the period from October 1, 2023 to August 31, 2024, with an approximately 4% rental payment increase starting on September 1, 2024 for each 12 months thereafter.

On January 19, 2024, FuAn entered into a sublease agreement with the landlord to lease an office in Irvine, California with a lease term of 27 months. The lease commenced on February 1, 2024, and will expire on April 30, 2026. The monthly rental payment is $3,825 for the period from February 1, 2024 to January 31, 2025, $3,978 for the period from February 1, 2025 to January 31, 2026, and $4,137 for the period from February 1, 2026 to April 30, 2026.

Total lease expenses amounted to $1.03 million and $0.71 million for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized using an effective interest rate of the range 3.38% to 10.50%, which was determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate.

As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the average remaining term of the lease is 2.37 years and 2.59 years, respectively.

The Company’s operating ROU assets and lease liabilities were as follows:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Operating ROU:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

6,038,660

 

 

 

2,236,746

 

Less: accumulated amortization of ROU assets

 

 

(1,357,870

)

 

 

(609,549

)

ROU assets, net

 

$

4,680,790

 

 

$

1,627,197

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

$

1,122,059

 

 

$

353,559

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

3,818,544

 

 

 

1,436,002

 

Total lease liabilities

 

$

4,940,603

 

 

$

1,789,561

 

As of April 30, 2024, future maturity of the Company’s operating lease liabilities is as follow:

Years Ending April 30,

 

Operating lease
liabilities

2025

 

$

1,197,667

 

2026

 

 

1,232,091

 

2027

 

 

1,225,596

 

2028

 

 

1,268,869

 

2029

 

 

714,192

 

Thereafter

 

 

227,680

 

Total lease payments

 

 

5,866,095

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(925,492

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

4,940,603

 

Finance lease

Effective August 15, 2022, the Company entered a 36-month lease with an unrelated vendor to lease a forklift with monthly payment of $804 and lease expiration date on July 15, 2025. At the lease expiration date, the Company has the option to renew on a month-to-month basis at the same monthly lease payment or purchase the Equipment.

F-22

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11 — LEASE (cont.)

The components of lease costs, lease term and discount rate with respect of the forklift lease with an initial term of more than 12 months are as follows:

 

For the years ended April 30,

   

2024

 

2023

Interest expense on finance lease

 

$

903

 

 

$

863

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (years) – Finance leases

 

 

1.21

 

 

 

2.21

 

Weighted Average Discount Rate-Finance leases

 

 

5.50

%

 

 

5.50

%

The following is a schedule, by years, of maturities of finance lease liabilities as of April 30, 2024:

For the 12 months ending

 

Finance
Leases

April 30, 2025

 

$

9,653

 

April 30, 2026

 

 

2,413

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

 

 

12,065

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(430

)

Total finance lease liabilities

 

$

11,635

 

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES

a.      Corporate Income Taxes (“CIT”)

Marwynn is a Nevada holding company subject to 21% corporate federal income tax rate. There is no state income tax rate because no state income tax is levied in Nevada. Marwynn is a holding company and does not have active operations as of April 30, 2024.

FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS were incorporated in the State of California, and are subject to 21% corporate federal income tax rate and 8.84% California state income tax rate. Marwynn, FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS file separate corporate income tax returns instead of a consolidated income tax return.

For the years ended April 30, 2024, and 2023, the provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

2024

 

2023

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense

 

$

265,115

 

 

$

37,146

State income tax expense

 

 

127,111

 

 

 

48,240

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(21,381

)

 

 

176,267

State income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(7,110

)

 

 

36,230

Total

 

$

363,735

 

 

$

297,883

The following table reconciles the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023:

 

Year ended
April 30,
2024

 

Year ended
April 30,
2023

Federal statutory rate

 

21.00

%

 

21.00

%

State statutory rate, net of effect of state income tax deductible to federal income tax

 

6.98

%

 

6.98

%

Permanent difference – penalties, interest, and others

 

1.55

%

 

0.81

%

Valuation allowance

 

(1.64

)%

 

0.54

%

Effective tax rate

 

27.89

%

 

29.33

%

F-23

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred taxes are comprised of the following:

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales allowance

 

$

57,643

 

$

31,788

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

6,911

 

 

17,303

 

Lease liabilities, net of ROU

 

 

72,705

 

 

45,435

 

NOL

 

 

—

 

 

21,495

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

—

 

 

(21,495

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

137,259

 

$

94,526

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

42,211

 

 

27,288

 

Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liability

 

$

95,048

 

$

67,238

 

Uncertain tax positions

The Company evaluates each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As April 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded $13,091 and nil of interest and penalties related to understated income tax payments for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company intends to file amended income tax returns for these two fiscal years with respect to these positions within the next few months.

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company’s related party transactions consisted of the following:

Due to related parties

Name of Related Party

 

Nature

 

Relationship

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

Yin Yan*

 

Other payable

 

Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and owned 81% of equity interest of FuAn (before reorganization) and owns 40% of common shares and 100% of preferred shares of Marwynn

 

$

500

 

—

Fulai Wang***

 

Promissory Note

 

Spouse of Yin Yan and owned 36% of equity interest of Grand Forest (before reorganization) and owns 12% of common shares of Marwynn

 

 

250,000

 

550,000

Zhifen Zhou**

 

Other payable

 

Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Director of KZS (before reorganization)

 

 

273

 

18,847

Sen Zhong***

 

Promissory Note

 

Spouse of Zhifen Zhou, owned 57% of equity interest of Grand Forest (before reorganization) and owns 19% of common shares of Marwynn

 

 

572,481

 

130,900

Hong Le Liang***

 

Promissory Note

 

CEO of Grand Forest and KZS, owned 7% of equity interest of Grand Forest and 67% of equity interest of KZS (before reorganization), and owns 12% of common shares of Marwynn

 

 

292,825

 

422,825

F-24

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (cont.)

Name of Related Party

 

Nature

 

Relationship

 

April 30,
2024

 

April 30,
2023

American Chef Kitchen LLC

 

Other payable

 

An entity controlled by Zhifen Zhou

 

 

—

 

 

200,000

H&S Construction***

 

Promissory Note

 

An entity controlled by Hong Le Liang

 

 

103,463

 

 

64,344

JaoFong Inc.

 

Other payable

 

An entity controlled by Hong Le Liang

 

 

 

 

 

1,298,984

Total

         

$

1,219,542

 

$

2,685,900

____________

*        As of July 24, 2024, the advance has been repaid in full.

**      As of May 3, 2024, the advances have been repaid in full.

***    On October 31, 2024, the advances were memorialized pursuant to unsecured promissory notes between Grand Forest and the holders. The unsecured promissory notes are payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025, and carry no interest (see Note 15). In the absence of any demand, the entire principal shall be due on October 31, 2029.

As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, the balance of due to related parties was comprised of advance from the Company’s related parties and was used for working capital during the Company’s normal course of business. Such advances were non-interest bearing and due on demand.

NOTE 14 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Prior to April 2024, Grand Forest borrowed interest free funds from its stockholders as working capital and recorded such borrowings as due to related parties. On April 19, 2024, three stockholders of Grand Forest converted total of $700,000 related party other payable in exchange for 70,000 common shares of Grand Forest, which constituted 100% equity interest of Grand Forest. On April 25, 2024, theses stockholders transferred 70,000 Grand Forest shares into MarWynn in exchange for 4,976,244 common shares of Marwynn.

On April 19, 2024, one stockholder of KZS converted $100,000 related party other payable in exchange10,000 common shares of KZS, representing 33% equity interest of KZS. On April 25, 2024, this stockholder transferred 10,000 KZS shares into Marwynn in exchange for 710,892 common shares of Marwynn. In addition, another stockholder of KZS transferred 20,000 KZS shares that he owned from original capital contribution (representing 67% equity interest of KZS) into Marwynn in exchange for 1,421,784 common shares of Marwynn.

On April 29, 2024, all the stockholders of FuAn transferred their 100% equity interest in FuAn to Marwynn in exchange for 7,399,084 common shares of Marwynn.

Marwynn was incorporated in the state of Nevada on February 27, 2024. The Company is authorized to issue 45,000,000 shares of common stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 (“Preferred Stock”), of which 135,000 shares of Preferred Stock have been designated as “Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock.” Each share of common stock is entitled to one (1) vote and each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock. The holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends of any kind or be entitled to any liquidation preference. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to conversion into common stock or other equity authorized to be issued by the Company. The Series A Super Voting Preferred is redeemable at the election of the holder at a redemption price of $0.001 per share.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered a Subscription Agreement with an individual investor, pursuant to the subscription agreement, on April 30, 2024, the Company issued 186,000 common shares of Marwynn at $2.50 per share to the investor for proceeds of $300,000.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered a Subscription Agreement with another individual investor, pursuant to the subscription agreement, on April 30, 2024, the Company issued 310,000 common shares of Marwynn at $2.50 per share to the investor for proceeds of $500,000.

F-25

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (cont.)

On April 25, 2024, Marwynn and Marwynn’s CEO Yin Yan (also the initial major stockholder of Marwynn) entered into a Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to the purchase agreement, Marwynn’s CEO purchased 135,000 super voting preferred stock for $30.

On September 9, 2024, the Company filed an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock. Share and per share data in the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the forward stock split.

As of April 30, 2024 and 2023, total number of common stock issued and outstanding was 15,004,004 shares and 14,508,004 shares, at par value of $0.001 per share, respectively. Total number of preferred stock issued and outstanding was 135,000 shares at April 30, 2024. The number of authorized and outstanding common stock were retrospectively applied as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

NOTE 15 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Effective on June 1, 2024, California Secretary of State approved the merger of Grand Forest (Surviving Corporation) and KZS (Merging Corporation) (see Note 1), herein merging corporation merged into surviving corporation, and each outstanding share of merging corporation shall be converted into one share of surviving corporation, and the outstanding shares of surviving corporation remain outstanding and are not affect by the merger.

On October 31, 2024, Grand Forest entered into Unsecured Promissory Notes with several stockholders and one related party with promises to pay to the order such related parties balances owed by Grand Forest as of April 30, 2024 (see note 13). The entire principal amount shall be due and payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025 with no interest. In the absence of any demand, the entire principal shall be due on July 31, 2029.

On September 9, 2024, the Company filed an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect (i) a 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock (see Note 14).

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through August 12, 2024 (except for Note 14 and 15 as to which the date is September 26, 2024), which was the date of the consolidated financial statements were issued, and determined there were no other events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-26

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

October 31,
2024
(Unaudited)

 

April 30,
2024

ASSETS

 

 

   

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

60,548

 

$

1,364,780

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

820,020

 

 

1,377,715

Inventories, net

 

 

4,495,683

 

 

4,282,334

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

957,176

 

 

188,001

Deferred IPO costs

 

 

618,190

 

 

—

Total Current Assets

 

 

6,951,617

 

 

7,212,830

   

 

   

 

 

Non-Current Assets

 

 

   

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

328,504

 

 

342,809

Intangible assets, net

 

 

202,083

 

 

227,083

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

4,247,573

 

 

4,680,790

Deferred tax assets

 

 

100,908

 

 

95,048

Total Non-Current Assets

 

 

4,879,068

 

 

5,345,730

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

11,830,685

 

$

12,558,560

   

 

   

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

   

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Short-term loan payable

 

$

100,000

 

$

500,000

Account payable

 

 

2,324,232

 

 

1,684,577

Deferred revenue

 

 

627,415

 

 

564,618

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

218,881

 

 

205,742

Operating lease liabilities – current

 

 

911,329

 

 

1,122,059

Financing lease liability – current

 

 

7,077

 

 

9,244

Income tax payable

 

 

472,303

 

 

474,531

Auto loan payable – current

 

 

33,788

 

 

35,865

Due to related parties

 

 

1,112,051

 

 

1,219,542

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

5,807,076

 

 

5,816,178

   

 

   

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Operating lease liabilities – non-current

 

 

3,607,531

 

 

3,818,544

Finance lease liabilities – non-current

 

 

—

 

 

2,391

Auto loan payable – non-current

 

 

37,531

 

 

—

Long-term loan

 

 

—

 

 

100,000

Total Non-Current Liabilities

 

 

3,645,062

 

 

3,920,935

Total Liabilities

 

 

9,452,138

 

 

9,737,113

   

 

   

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

—

 

 

—

   

 

   

 

 

F-27

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

October 31,
2024
(Unaudited)

 

April 30,
2024

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001, 5,000,000 shares authorized; 135,000 shares and 0 shares Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock designated, issued and outstanding at October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, respectively*

 

 

135

 

 

 

135

Common stock, par value $0.001, 45,000,000 shares authorize 15,004,004 shares and 15,004,004 shares issued and outstanding at October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, respectively*

 

 

15,004

 

 

 

15,004

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

2,384,891

 

 

 

2,384,891

Retained earnings

 

 

(21,483

)

 

 

421,417

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

2,378,547

 

 

 

2,821,447

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

11,830,685

 

 

$

12,558,560

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the corporate reorganization completed on April 29, 2024 and to give the effects to (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-28

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

For the six months ended
October 31,

   

2024

 

2023

Revenue, net

 

 

5,493,803

 

 

 

5,692,597

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

(2,836,626

)

 

 

(3,274,004

)

Gross profit

 

 

2,657,177

 

 

 

2,418,593

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

(317,659

)

 

 

(417,814

)

General & administrative expenses

 

 

(2,604,762

)

 

 

(1,482,659

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

(2,922,421

)

 

 

(1,900,473

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(265,244

)

 

 

518,120

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(260

)

 

 

1,964

 

Interest expense

 

 

(30,464

)

 

 

(9,251

)

Total other expense, net

 

 

(30,724

)

 

 

(7,287

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

(295,968

)

 

 

510,833

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(146,932

)

 

 

(140,927

)

Net Income (loss)

 

$

(442,900

)

 

$

369,906

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

0.03

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted*

 

 

15,004,004

 

 

 

14,508,004

 

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the corporate reorganization completed on April 29, 2024 and to give the effects to (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-29

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 



Preferred shares

 

Common shares

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)

 

Total
stockholders’
equity

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance as of April 30, 2024

 

135,000

 

$

135

 

15,004,004

 

$

15,004

 

$

2,384,891

 

$

421,417

 

 

$

2,821,447

 

Net loss

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(442,900

)

 

 

(442,900

)

Balance as of Oct 31, 2024

 

135,000

 

$

135

 

15,004,004

 

$

15,004

 

$

2,384,891

 

 

(21,483

)

 

$

2,378,547

 

Balance as of April 30, 2023

 

—

 

$

—

 

14,508,004

 

$

14,508

 

$

785,492

 

$

(576,658

)

 

$

223,342

 

Net income

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

369,906

 

 

 

369,906

 

Balance as of Oct 31, 2023

 

—

 

$

—

 

14,508,004

 

$

14,508

 

$

785,492

 

$

(206,752

)

 

$

593,248

 

____________

*        Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the effects of the corporate reorganization completed on April 29, 2024 and to give the effects to (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock effected on September 9, 2024.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-30

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amount in U.S. dollars, except for number of shares)

 

For the six months ended
October 31,

   

2024

 

2023

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(442,900

)

 

$

369,906

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

88,958

 

 

 

55,717

 

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

599,934

 

 

 

431,985

 

Interest expense on finance lease

 

 

268

 

 

 

511

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

(5,179

)

 

 

—

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

557,695

 

 

 

(149,625

)

Inventories, net

 

 

(213,349

)

 

 

(168,441

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(769,175

)

 

 

(449,402

)

Deferred IPO costs

 

 

(618,190

)

 

 

—

 

Accounts payable

 

 

639,655

 

 

 

550,770

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

62,797

 

 

 

75,254

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

13,140

 

 

 

13,773

 

Tax payable

 

 

(2,909

)

 

 

140,127

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(588,460

)

 

 

(367,982

)

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

(4,826

)

 

 

(4,826

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

 

(682,541

)

 

 

497,767

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(1,748

)

 

 

(64,529

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(1,748

)

 

 

(64,529

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FORM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of bank loan

 

 

(500,000

)

 

 

—

 

Repayment of auto loan payable

 

 

(12,451

)

 

 

(7,325

)

Repayment of borrowings from related parties

 

 

(107,492

)

 

 

(301,022

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

 

 

(619,943

)

 

 

(308,347

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,304,232

)

 

 

124,891

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period

 

 

1,364,780

 

 

 

79,475

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period

 

$

60,548

 

 

$

204,366

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

$

155,020

 

 

$

800

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

21,587

 

 

$

2,395

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-31

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Business

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (“Marwynn” or the “Company”), through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, is primarily engaged in providing supply chain management solutions to customers in the United States of America.

Marwynn was incorporated in the state of Nevada, United States of America (“U.S.” or United States) on February 27, 2024 as a holding company with no substantial operations of its own.

Prior to the reorganization described below, the Company’s business was operated by the following entities: (1) FuAn Enterprise, Inc (“FuAn”), was incorporated in the state of California on April 18, 2016. FuAn is a food and non-alcoholic beverage supply chain company that specializes in connecting businesses between different regions, particularly between Asia and the U.S. FuAn’s comprehensive supply chain services include the sourcing of Asian food, snacks, and non-alcoholic beverages, and distributing branded goods to mainstream markets, grocery stores and wholesale/warehouse clubs in the U.S. In addition, FuAn provides supply chain consulting, and market expansion support for businesses; (2) Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc (“Grand Forest”), was incorporated in the state of California, on February 22, 2021. KZS Kitchen Cabinet & Stone Inc (“KZS”), was incorporated in the state of California, on October 11, 2018, and merged with and into Grand Forest on June 1, 2024. Following the merger, all of the home improvement business is now under Grand Forest as the surviving corporation. Grand Forest is an indoor home improvement supply chain provider that focuses on providing high-quality kitchen cabinets, flooring, and home improvement products sourced from international suppliers.

Reorganization

On April 29, 2024, all the stockholders of FuAn transferred all of their ownerships in FuAn and exchanged for 7,399,084 shares of Marwynn’s common stock. On April 25, 2024, all the stockholders of Grand Forest transferred all of their ownerships in Grand Forest and exchanged for 4,976,244 shares of Marwynn’s common stock. On April 25, 2024, all the stockholders of KZS transferred all of their ownerships in KZS and exchanged for 2,132,676 shares of Marwynn’s common stock. The transfer was considered as a reorganization of entities under common control under ASC 805-50-15-6, since all the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS became the stockholders of Marwynn and own majority equity interest of Marwynn, and Marwynn became the parent of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

As of October 31, 2024, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company include the following entities:

Name of entities

 

Place and date of
incorporation

 

% of ownership

 

Principal activities

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

 

February 27, 2024

 

Parent

     

Investment Holding

FuAn Enterprise, Inc.

 

April 18, 2016

 

100%

     

Food and beverage supply chain and brand management services

Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc

 

February 22, 2021

 

100%

     

Sale of indoor home improvement products

Liquidity

As reflected in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company had net loss of $442,900 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and cash outflow from operating activities of $682,541 for the six months ended October 31, 2024. The management plans to increase its revenue of FuAn by diversifying its markets from major mass market channels to ethnic supermarkets chains. In addition, FuAn has already finished the setup process to become a vendor to some major food distributors. The Company expects to increase sales

F-32

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (cont.)

through its distribution channels in the next quarter. FuAn has already engaged with regional buyers at Costco on new items and is awaiting Costco’s final approval, which the Company expects to happen in the coming months. The Company plans to increase Grand Forest’s revenue by providing more customized products to current customers. Also, Company plans to expand the market for its products to southern California. The Company is discussing with Los Angeles, California-based distributors about the potential opportunity of setting up a Los Angeles regional office. The Company believes the expanded sales force will strengthen the relationship of its long-time customers based in southern California and help to increase overall sales. The Company had unsecured promissory notes with several stockholders with a total balance of $ 1.11 million as of October 31, 2024. These unsecured promissory notes are payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025, and carry no interest. In the absence of any demand, the entire principal should be due on July 31, 2029. Management also intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering, or by obtaining loans from banks or others.

The Company had $60,548 cash on hand and working capital of approximately $1.15 million as of October 31, 2024. The Company has historically funded its working capital needs primarily from operations. The working capital requirements are affected by the efficiency of operations and depend on the Company’s ability to increase its revenue. The Company believes that its cash on hand and operating cash flows will be sufficient to fund its operations over at least the next 12 months from the date of issuance of these unaudited condensed financial statements. However, the Company may need additional cash resources in the future if the Company experiences changed business conditions or other developments and may also need additional cash resources in the future if the Company wishes to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. If it is determined that the cash requirements exceed the Company’s amounts of cash on hand, the Company may seek to issue debt or equity securities or obtain a credit facility.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S GAAP for complete financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and noted thereto for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary to make the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements not misleading have been included. Operating results for the interim period ended October 31, 2024 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2025. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

F-33

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may also be negatively impacted by risks related to natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, health epidemics and other catastrophic incidents, which could significantly disrupt the Company’s operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic had negatively affected the Company’s business and financial results in fiscal years 2020-2023. Due to various restrictions and travel bans, the Company experienced temporary decrease in monthly revenue because of the decreased demand by customers, the difficulty to source authentic premium Asian foods and house remodeling products from various suppliers, and delayed payments from customers. However, such disruptions have not materially affected the Company’s business outlook and goals. With years of experience in marketing and selling authentic premium Asian foods and indoor home improvement products, the Company have established a mature supply chain with distributors. In addition, the Company is setting up centralized purchase department to promote centralized purchase from suppliers, to reduce the purchase price and increase the rebate rates offered by the suppliers. Accordingly, the Company believes its current supply chain network are able to support the Company’s business growth.

Although the spread of COVID-19 appears to be under control as of the date of this prospectus, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact the Company’s future financial results will depend on future developments, such as new information on the effectiveness of the mitigation strategies, the duration, spread, severity, and recurrence of COVID-19 and COVID-19 variants, if any, any related travel advisories and restrictions, and the overall impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy and capital markets, all of which remain uncertain and unpredictable. Given this uncertainty, the Company is currently unable to quantify the expected impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its future operations, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations.

The Company’s future business operations could also be negatively impacted by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. The Company primarily engages in sales of authentic premium Asian foods and indoor home improvement products to customers in the U.S. Currently, we do not have any suppliers or customers in Ukraine or Russia. The Company’s business and its result of operations have no direct exposure to Russia, Ukraine, or the adjoining geographic regions, and accordingly have not been materially impacted by the Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. However, the war in Ukraine and the related sanctions have increased global economic and geopolitical uncertainty. Management continues to evaluate the impact of the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine and resulting market volatility and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that these events could have a negative effect on the Company’s future financial position, results of operations, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this report.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments include, but are not limited to, revenue

F-34

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

recognition, sales return allowance, the allowance for bad debt, income taxes, the useful lives of long-lived assets and assumptions used in assessing impairment of long-lived assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Although actual amounts may differ from the estimated amounts, such differences are not likely to be material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and equivalents include cash on hand and demand deposits that are highly liquid in nature and have original maturities when purchased of three months or less. The Company’s cash is maintained at financial institutions in the United States of America. Deposits in these financial institutions may, from time to time, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)’s federally insured limits. The standard insurance amount is $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category. The bank deposits exceeding the standard insurance amount will not be covered. As of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, cash balances held in the banks, exceeding the standard insurance amount, are nil and $562,890. The Company has not experienced any losses in accounts held in these financial institutions and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash held in these financial institutions.

Accounts Receivable, Net

On May 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326). This standard replaced the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology. CECL requires an estimate of credit losses for the remaining estimated life of the financial asset using historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and generally applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables and held-to-maturity debt securities, and some off-balance sheet credit exposures such as unfunded commitments to extend credit. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. In addition, CECL made changes to the accounting for available-for-sale debt securities. One such change is to require credit losses to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down on available-for-sale debt securities if management does not intend to sell and does not believe that it is more likely than not they will be required to sell.

The Company adopted ASC 326 and all related subsequent amendments thereto effective May 1, 2023, using the modified retrospective approach for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures. The was no transition adjustment of the adoption of CECL.

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Company has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including historical losses, the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s historical payment patterns, its current credit-worthiness and financial condition, and current market conditions and economic trends. Accounts are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. As of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, the Company had allowance for credit losses of $24,698.

Inventory

Inventories consist of merchandise held for sale and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference is recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which it occurs. For indoor home improvement products, inventory costs primarily include merchandise costs and freight in costs. No assembly labor and overhead costs are allocated to indoor home improvement products because these costs are immaterial. Grand Forest determines inventory costs

F-35

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

using the moving weighted average cost method. FuAn determined inventory costs using First-in-First-out method (“FIFO”). The Company records reserve for estimated losses related to shrinkage and other amounts that are otherwise not expected to be fully recoverable. The Company assesses the need for valuation allowances for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items and overall economic conditions. There was no inventory allowance as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024.

Deferred Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) costs

The Company complies with the requirement of the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-10-S99-1 “Other Assets and Deferred Costs — SEC Materials” (ASC 340-10-S99) and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A — ” Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs consist of underwriting, legal, consulting, and other expenses incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the intended IPO. Deferred offering costs will be charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the IPO. Should the IPO prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations. Deferred IPO costs amounted to $618,190 and nil as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, respectively.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, while additions, renewals and improvements that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of income. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives by asset classification are generally as follows:

 

Estimated
Useful Life

Furniture and fixtures

 

3 – 7 years

Office equipment

 

3 – 5 years

Warehouse machinery and equipment

 

5 – 7 years

Vehicles

 

5 years

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, which include property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of long-lived assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined using the asset’s expected future discounted cash flows or market value, if readily determinable.

The Company evaluates events and changes in circumstances that could indicate the carrying amounts of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, the Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, the Company records an impairment charge in the period in which such a determination is made. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Based on the above analysis, no impairment loss was recognized related to these assets as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024.

F-36

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Income Tax

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current period and (ii) deferred tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from matters that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets also include the prior years’ net operating losses carried forward. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if based on the weight of the available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 740, which prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FASB ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures.

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to evaluate measure uncertain income tax positions (tax contingencies). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating its tax positions and estimating its tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. The Company includes interest and penalties related to its tax contingencies in income tax expense.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services. The Company recognizes revenues following the five-step model prescribed under ASU No. 2014-09: (i) identifies contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identifies the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determines the transaction price; (iv) allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognizes revenues when (or as) it satisfies the performance obligation.

The Company derives its revenues primarily from two business segments to (i) provide food and beverage supply chain and brand management services, and (ii) sale of indoor home improvement products to dealers and retail customers.

Revenue from food and beverage sales

FuAn sources authentic premium Asian foods from various suppliers and then distributes to customers (mainly supermarket and grocery stores) in the U.S. The Company accounts for revenue from sales of authentic premium Asian foods on a gross basis as the Company is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the desired authentic premium Asian foods products to customers, and is subject to inventory risk before the product ownership and risk are transferred and has the discretion in establishing prices. All of FuAn’s contracts are fixed price contracts and have one single performance obligation as the promise is to transfer the individual goods to customers.

The sales transaction price is indicated in each purchase order with a Deduct from Invoice (“DFI”) discount which automatically reduces per unit cost on invoice, and payment terms are primarily set as “net 30.” The Company elects to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as a separate performance obligation. The

F-37

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Company’s revenue from sales of authentic premium Asian food products is recognized at a point in time when title and risk of loss passes and the customer accepts the goods, which generally occurs at delivery. Revenue from the sale of food products is reported net of sales returns and allowance.

Revenue from sales of indoor home improvement products

Revenues from the sale of indoor home improvement products and accessories by Grand Forest and KZS at their stores, is recognized at a point in time when control of merchandise is transferred to the customer. Merchandise can either be picked up in the store or delivered to the customer. For merchandise picked up in the store, control is transferred at the time of the sale to the customer. For merchandise delivered to the customer, control is transferred either when delivery has been completed, or when the Company has a present right to payment which, for certain merchandise, occurs upon conveyance of the merchandise to the carrier for delivery. The majority of the Company’s customers purchase bulk boards without requesting assembly services. Occasionally, the Company offers assembly service to certain customers as a value-added service solely for marketing purposes to attract customers to place the orders with the Company. The Company does not separately charge the customers for assembly services. Sales of indoor home improvement products and related assembly services are not distinct in the context of the contract with the customers, because they are inputs to deliver the combined output of delivering the products to the customers. Therefore, sales of indoor home improvement products and assembly services are identified as a single performance obligation. Grand Forest and KZS’ payment terms are primarily at the point of sale for merchandise sales. Grand Forest and KZS elected to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as a separate performance obligation. The Company accounts for revenue from sales of indoor home improvement products on a gross basis as the Company is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the desired indoor home improvement products to customers and is subject to inventory risk before the product ownership and risk are transferred and has discretion in establishing prices. All of the Company’s contracts are fixed price contracts and have one single performance obligation as the promise is to transfer the individual goods to customers. Revenue from the sale of merchandise is reported net of sales returns and allowance. Grand Forest and KZS estimate future returns based on historical return and current trend of product sales.

Sales Returns and Allowances

For food and beverage and indoor home improvement product sales, the Company accrues estimated sales returns based on past experience and the current trend of product sales. The allowance for sales returns at October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, amounted to $205,988.

Consulting service revenue

Consulting service revenue primarily consists of service income from providing supply chain and brand management services proposals and solutions to customers to help them optimize their inventory management and product distribution strategy, to reduce delivery times, shipping costs and diversify distribution channels. The Company’s contracts with customers for supply chain and brand management services are fixed-price contracts. The Company also believes that it serves as a principal in this type of transaction because it has the latitude in establishing prices with customers, and is responsible for bearing the related costs to complete the designated services. It normally takes a few months up to one year to complete the designated services. Revenue is recognized over the service period.

F-38

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by product or service type:

 

For the six months ended
October 31 (Unaudited),

   

2024

 

2023

Revenue from sales

 

 

   

 

 

Authentic premium Asian foods

 

$

44,886

 

$

1,299,550

Indoor home improvement products

 

 

5,356,929

 

 

4,393,047

Total sales revenues

 

$

5,401,815

 

$

5,692,597

Revenue from consulting service

 

 

91,988

 

 

—

Total revenues

 

$

5,493,803

 

$

5,692,597

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The Company did not have contract assets as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024.

Contract liabilities are recognized for contracts where payment has been received in advance of product delivery. The Company’s contract liabilities, which are reflected in its unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as deferred revenue of $627,415 and $564,618 as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, respectively, consist primarily of fees received from customers in advance of product delivery. These amounts represented the Company’s unsatisfied performance obligations as of the balance sheet dates. The amounts of revenue recognized for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023 that were included in the deferred revenue were $98,721 and $60,550, respectively.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of merchandise purchase costs, warehousing costs, duty and freight-in costs, packaging costs, and labor costs associated with providing consulting services to customers.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs include costs incurred for delivery of the products to customers, and are included in selling expenses. Shipping and handling costs were $1,626 and $23,754 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses primarily consist of selling expenses and general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses. Selling expenses mainly consist of advertising and marketing expenses, sales commission and showroom maintenance expenses. G&A expenses mainly consist of payroll expense, office and auto leasing, contracted labor, food testing, consulting, deprecation and insurance expenses. All costs associated with selling and general and administrative function are expensed as incurred.

Segment Information

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by Zhifen Zhou, the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) in order to allocate resources and assess the performance of the segment.

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the CODM or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company uses the “management approach”

F-39

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s CODM for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the CODM, reviews operating results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has three operating segments as defined by ASC 280, including sale of food and beverages, sale of indoor home improvement products and accessories and consulting services.

The following tables present summary information by segment for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively:

 

For the six months ended October 31, 2024 (Unaudited)

   

Sale of food
and beverage

 

Sale of
indoor home
improvement
products

 

Consulting
services

 

Total

Revenues, net

 

$

44,886

 

 

$

5,356,929

 

 

$

91,988

 

 

$

5,493,803

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

23,733

 

 

 

2,787,345

 

 

 

25,548

 

 

 

2,836,626

 

Operating expenses

 

 

187,841

 

 

 

2,473,849

 

 

 

260,731

 

 

 

2,922,421

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(166,688

)

 

 

95,735

 

 

 

(194,291

)

 

 

(265,244

)

Other expenses, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,724

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,724

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1,015

 

 

 

143,838

 

 

 

2,079

 

 

 

146,932

 

Net loss

 

$

(167,703

)

 

$

(78,827

)

 

$

(196,370

)

 

$

(442,900

)

Capital expenditure

 

$

—

 

 

$

1,748

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

1,748

 

Total reportable assets

 

$

1,089,566

 

 

$

10,741,119

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

11,830,685

 

 

For the six months ended October 31, 2023 (Unaudited)

   

Sales of food
and beverage

 

Sale of
indoor home
improvement
products

 

Consulting
service

 

Total

Revenues, net

 

$

1,299,550

 

$

4,393,047

 

$

—

 

$

5,692,597

Cost of revenues

 

 

704,976

 

 

2,569,028

 

 

—

 

 

3,274,004

Operating expense

 

 

230,500

 

 

1,669,973

 

 

—

 

 

1,900,473

Income from operations

 

 

364,074

 

 

154,046

 

 

—

 

 

518,120

Other expenses, net

 

 

516

 

 

6,771

 

 

—

 

 

7,287

Income tax expense

 

 

102,858

 

 

38,069

 

 

—

 

 

140,927

Net income

 

$

260,700

 

$

109,206

 

$

—

 

$

369,906

Capital expenditure

 

$

3,974

 

$

60,555

 

$

—

 

$

64,529

Total reportable assets

 

$

996,037

 

$

10,440,756

 

$

—

 

$

11,436,793

For the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, and as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024 all of the Company’s assets are located in the United States and substantial portion of the revenue was derived from customers located in the United States.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies the fair value measurement accounting standard in accordance with ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements. Fair value is defined in ASC 820-10 as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability

F-40

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

based on market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity’s pricing based upon their own market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels (Level 1 is the highest priority and Level 3 is the lowest priority):

•        Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•        Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other observable inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data.

•        Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are not supported by market data. Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available, which might include the Company’s own data.

Unless otherwise disclosed, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalent, accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets, short-term loan payable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities and deferred revenue approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024 based upon the short-term nature of the assets and liabilities.

The Company believes that the carrying amount of long-term loan approximates its fair value at April 30, 2024 based on the terms of the borrowings and current market rates as the rates of the borrowings are reflective of the current market rates.

Leases

Under ASC 842, “Leases,” a contract is or contains a lease when the Company has the right to control the use of an identified asset. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract, which is the date on which the terms of the contract are agreed to, and the agreement creates enforceable rights and obligations. The commencement date of the lease is the date that the lessor makes an underlying asset available for use by the Company.

The Company determines if the lease is an operating or finance lease at the lease commencement date based upon the terms of the lease and the nature of the asset. The lease term used to calculate the lease liability includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Marwynn’s warehouse and office lease is classified as an operating lease, reflected in the operating lease right-of-use assets, current portion of operating lease liabilities and non-current portion of operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Marwynn’s equipment lease is classified as a finance lease, reflected in the property and equipment, current portion of finance lease liabilities and non-current portion of finance lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The lease liability for both operating lease and finance lease is measured at the present value of future lease payments, discounted using the discount rate for the lease at the commencement date. As the Company is typically unable to determine the implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the lease term and economic environment at commencement date. The Company’s incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on its understanding of what its credit rating would be. The ROU assets include adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments. The right-of-use (“ROU”) asset is initially measured as the amount of lease liability, adjusted for any initial lease costs, prepaid lease payments, and reduced by any lease incentives.

ROU assets are reviewed for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. ROU assets from operating and finance leases are subject to the impairment guidance in ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” as ROU assets are long-lived nonfinancial assets.

ROU assets are tested for impairment individually or as part of an asset group if the cash flows related to the ROU assets are not independent from the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. An asset group is the unit of accounting for long-lived assets to be held and used, which represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. The right-of-use (“ROU”) asset is initially

F-41

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

measured as the amount of lease liability, adjusted for any initial lease costs, prepaid lease payments, and reduced by any lease incentives. There was no impairment of the Company’s ROU assets as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024.

Statement of Cash Flows

In accordance with ASC 230, “Statement of Cash Flows,” cash flows from the Company’s operations are formulated based upon the local currencies using the average exchange rate in the period. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.

Related Parties and Transactions

The Company identifies related parties, and accounts for, discloses related party transactions in accordance with ASC 850, “Related Party Disclosures” and other relevant ASC standards.

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operational decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence. Transactions between related parties commonly occurring in the normal course of business are related party transactions. Transactions between related parties are also considered to be related party transactions even though they may not be given accounting recognition. While ASC does not provide accounting or measurement guidance for such transactions, it nonetheless requires their disclosure.

Earnings per Common Stock

Basic earnings per common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to ordinary stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to ordinary stockholders by the sum of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and of potential shares of common stock (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common stock that has an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per common stock or decrease loss per common stock) are excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share. For the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no dilutive shares.

Commitments and Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management and legal counsel assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potential material loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed. As of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, the Company has no such contingencies.

F-42

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of accounts and other receivables. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support these receivables. The Company conducts periodic reviews of the financial condition and payment practices of its customers to minimize collection risk on accounts receivable.

For the six months ended October 31, 2024, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total sales. For the six months ended October 31, 2023, one customer accounted for 10% of the Company’s total sales.

As of October 31, 2024, one customers accounted for 17% of the Company’s total outstanding accounts receivable balance. As of April 30, 2024, two customers accounted for 52% and 31% of the Company’s total outstanding accounts receivable balance.

For the six months ended October 31, 2024, the Company had two vendors accounted for 57% and 11% of the Company’s total purchase, respectively. For the six months ended October 31, 2023, the Company had two vendors accounted for 53% and 14% of the Company’s total purchase, respectively.

As of October 31, 2024, two vendors accounted for 44% and 10% of accounts payable balance, respectively. As of April 30, 2024, four vendors accounted 27%, 26%, 24% and 11% of accounts payable balance, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company and has elected the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which delays the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements — Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative.” The ASU amends the disclosure or presentation requirements related to various subtopics in the FASB ASC. The ASU was issued in response to the SEC’s August 2018 final amendments in Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification that updated and simplified disclosure requirements that the SEC believed were duplicative, overlapping, or outdated. The guidance in ASU 2023-06 is intended to align GAAP requirements with those of the SEC and to facilitate the application of GAAP for all entities. The amendments introduced by ASU 2023-06 are effective if the SEC removes the related disclosure or presentation requirement from its existing regulations by June 30, 2027. If, by June 30, 2027, the SEC has not removed the applicable requirements from its existing regulations, the pending content of the associated amendment will be removed from the ASC and will not become effective for any entities. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-06 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, the amendments in the ASU are intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss. In addition, the amendments enhance interim disclosure requirements, clarify circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. The purpose of the amendments is to enable “investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance” and assess “potential future cash flows.” The amendments in ASU 2023-07 are effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company’s management does not believe the adoption of ASU 2023-09 will have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

F-43

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09), which requires disclosure of incremental income tax information within the rate reconciliation and expanded disclosures of income taxes paid, among other disclosure requirements. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s management does not believe the adoption of ASU 2023-09 will have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

The Company’s management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, authoritative guidance, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation or disclosures.

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net, consisted of the following at October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 


April 30,
2024

Accounts receivable

 

$

1,050,706

 

 

$

1,608,401

 

Less: allowance for credit losses

 

 

(24,698

)

 

 

(24,698

)

Less: sales return allowance

 

 

(205,988

)

 

 

(205,988

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

820,020

 

 

$

1,377,715

 

Accounts receivable by aging bucket as of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, and subsequent collection of the outstanding accounts receivable as of the date of this report was issued, consisted of the following:

Accounts receivable by aging bucket

 

Balance as of
October 31, 2024
(unaudited)

 

Subsequent
collection

 

% of
subsequent
collection

Less than six months

 

$

738,235

 

$

164,770.37

 

22.32

%

Seven to nine months

 

 

61,719

 

 

9,901

 

16.04

%

Ten to twelve months

 

 

20,066

 

 

—

 

—

%

Total gross accounts receivable

 

$

820,020

 

$

174,672

 

21.30

%

Accounts receivable by aging bucket

 

Balance as of
April 30, 2024

 

Subsequent
collection

 

% of
subsequent
collection

Less than six months

 

$

1,276,024

 

$

1,276,024

 

92.6

%

Seven to nine months

 

 

94,820

 

 

94,820

 

6.9

%

Ten to twelve months

 

 

6,871

 

 

6,871

 

0.5

%

Total gross accounts receivable

 

$

1,377,715

 

$

1,377,715

 

100.0

%

The movement of allowance for credit losses and sales return allowance is as follows:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Beginning balance

 

$

230,686

 

$

175,428

 

Additions (recovery) of allowance for credit loss

 

 

—

 

 

(37,134

)

Sales return allowance

 

 

—

 

 

92,392

 

Ending balance

 

$

230,686

 

$

230,686

 

F-44

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (cont.)

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank to borrow $500,000 as working capital for 12 months, with loan maturity date on October 3, 2024. As of October 31, 2024, 70% of accounts receivable balance of approximately $0.65 million of KZS were pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 9). This business loan was repaid in full in September 2024.

NOTE 4 — INVENTORY

Inventories, net, consisted of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Finished goods and merchandise

 

$

4,495,683

 

$

4,282,334

Inventory valuation allowance

 

 

—

 

 

—

Total inventory, net

 

$

4,495,683

 

$

4,282,334

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank to borrow $500,000 as working capital for 12 months, with loan maturity date on October 3, 2024. KZS’ 50% of inventories were pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 9). This business loan was repaid in full in September 2024.

NOTE 5 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, consisted of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Advance to vendors(i)

 

$

762,147

 

$

35,159

Security deposits(ii)

 

 

195,029

 

 

152,842

Total

 

$

957,176

 

$

188,001

____________

(i)      Advance to vendors represents cash paid to various vendors for inventory purchase. Advances to vendors are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired. The Company considers the assets to be impaired if the realization of the advance becomes doubtful. The Company uses the aging method to estimate the allowance for credit loss for unrealizable balances. In addition, at each reporting date, the Company generally determines the adequacy of allowance for credit loss by evaluating all available information, and then records specific allowances for those advances based on the specific facts and circumstances. As of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, there was no credit loss recorded as management believed that all of the advance to vendor balances were fully realizable.

(ii)     Security deposits represent rental security payment to the landlords for its warehouse and office facilities, which will be refunded upon maturity of the lease.

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Furniture and fixture

 

$

254,989

 

 

$

565,959

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

346,821

 

 

 

26,762

 

Vehicles

 

 

155,200

 

 

 

114,636

 

Subtotal

 

 

757,010

 

 

 

707,357

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(428,506

)

 

 

(364,548

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

328,504

 

 

$

342,809

 

Depreciation expenses were $63,958 and $55,717 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

F-45

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible asset, net consisted of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Software

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

250,000

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

(47,917

)

 

 

(22,917

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

202,083

 

 

$

227,083

 

On November 19, 2023, the Company purchased a supply chain cloud management system from a third-party vendor at a cost of $0.25 million. This is a packaged software with multiple modules and functions, including accounting and reporting, purchase order processing and supply chain management, data gathering and analysis, etc. The Company amortizes this software over an estimated useful life of five years.

Amortization expenses for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023 were $25,000 and nil, respectively.

As of October 31, 2024, the estimated future amortization expenses of the intangible assets were as follow:

12 months ending October 31,

 

Amortization
expenses

2025

 

$

50,000

2026

 

 

50,000

2027

 

 

50,000

2028

 

 

50,000

2029

 

 

2,083

Total

 

$

202,083

NOTE 8 — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Payroll and payroll tax payable

 

$

149,172

 

$

82,149

Accrued expenses

 

 

—

 

 

1,906

Sales tax payable

 

 

42,810

 

 

45,900

Credit card payable

 

 

26,899

 

 

54,866

Other payables

 

 

—

 

 

20,921

Total

 

$

218,881

 

$

205,742

NOTE 9 — LOANS PAYABLE

Short-term Loan Payable

On October 3, 2023, KZS entered a business loan agreement with American First National Bank to borrow $500,000 as working capital for 12 months, with loan maturity date on October 3, 2024. The loan carries a variable interest rate that was based on an independent index which was the Wall Street Journal U.S. Prime as published int the Wall Street Journal Money Rates Section. For the six months ended October 31, 2024, the interest rate was 9%. In addition, the Company is required to pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date beginning on November 3, 2023. KZS’ 70% of account receivable balance were pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 3) and KZS’ 50% of inventory was pledged as collateral to guarantee this loan (see Note 4). This loan was repaid in full in September 2024.

F-46

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 — LOANS PAYABLE (cont.)

On June 9, 2020, KZS entered into a loan agreement with KZ Kitchen Cabinet & Stone, Inc., an unrelated party whereby KZS borrowed $100,000, with an annual interest rate of 4.75% payable monthly, and the loan principal to be repaid at maturity on June 9, 2025. Upon a breach of the agreement, interest will accrue at a compound rate of 10% per annum and KZ Kitchen Cabinet & Stone, Inc., may declare the unpaid principal balance together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon and all other sums owed to it under the agreement, immediately due and payable. Following the Reorganization, this loan became an obligation of the Company.

Interest expense for the above-mentioned loans amounted to $21,562 and $2,395 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively

NOTE 10 — AUTO LOAN PAYABLES

On August 7, 2019, the Company entered a loan agreement with an auto dealer to purchase a vehicle. The loan has a maturity date on August 21, 2025 and bears interest at a rate of 4.79% per annum, payable monthly from September 21, 2019. During the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, the company repaid $5,009 and $4,081 (including principal and interest) for this loan. As of October 31, 2024 and April 30 2024, the outstanding balance for this loan was $5,886 and $10,895, respectively.

On October 25, 2022, the Company entered a loan agreement with another auto dealer to purchase a vehicle. The loan has a maturity date on November 9, 2025 and bears interest at a rate of 9.79% per annum, payable monthly from December 9, 2022. During the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company repaid $6,644 and $6,024 (including principal and interest) for this loan. As of October 31, 2024 and April 30 2024, the outstanding balance for this loan was $18,326 and $24,970, respectively.

On October 4, 2024, the Company entered a loan agreement with another auto dealer to purchase a vehicle. The loan has a maturity date on October 10, 2029 and bears interest at a rate of 6.75% per annum, payable monthly from October 10, 2024. During the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company repaid of $798 and nil (including principal and interest) for this loan. As of October 31, 2024 the outstanding balance for this loan was $47,107.

NOTE 11 — LEASE

Operating lease

On June 25, 2019, KZS entered into a lease agreement with the landlord to lease a showroom located in a shopping center in Santa Clara, California, with a lease term of five and half years, and an option to renew the lease for another five years. The lease commenced on August 1, 2019 and will expire on January 31, 2030 including the five-year option as the Company believes it is more than likely they will exercise the lease renewal option. The Company received a six-month rent abatement, which was considered in calculating the present value of the operating lease ROU asset. The monthly rental payment is $21,168 for the period from February 1, 2020 to January 31, 2021, with a 2% rental payment increase for each year thereafter.

On February 1, 2021, KZS entered into a sublease agreement with the landlord to lease a warehouse in Union City, California, with a lease term of 30 months, commencing on March 1, 2021, and with the expiration date on August 31, 2023. The Company received a two-month rent abatement, which was considered in calculating the present value of the operating lease ROU asset. The initial monthly rental payment is $38,500 for the period from May 1, 2021 to August 31, 2021, with an approximately 3% rental payment increase starting on September 1, 2021 for each 12 months. On March 20, 2023, the Company terminated the sublease agreement and signed a new lease agreement directly with landlord to lease the same property with expanded space for a lease term of 61 months. The new lease commenced on September 1, 2023, and will expire on September 30, 2028. The Company received a one-month rent abatement, which was considered in calculating the present value of the operating lease ROU assets. The initial monthly rental payment is $70,400 for the period from October 1, 2023 to August 31, 2024, with an approximately 4% rental payment increase starting on September 1, 2024 for each 12 months thereafter.

F-47

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11 — LEASE (cont.)

On January 19, 2024, FuAn entered into a sublease agreement with the landlord to lease an office in Irvine, California with a lease term of 27 months. The lease commenced on February 1, 2024, and will expire on April 30, 2026. The monthly rental payment is $3,825 for the period from February 1, 2024 to January 31, 2025, $3,978 for the period from February 1, 2025 to January 31, 2026, and $4,137 for the period from February 1, 2026 to April 30, 2026.

Total lease expenses amounted to $599,934 and $431,985 for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized using an effective interest rate of the range 3.38% to 10.50%, which was determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate.

For the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, the average remaining term of the lease is 1.9 years and 0.5 years, respectively.

The Company’s operating ROU assets and lease liabilities were as follows:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Operating ROU:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

6,038,660

 

 

 

6,038,660

 

Less: accumulated amortization of ROU assets

 

 

(1,791,087

)

 

 

(1,357,870

)

ROU assets, net

 

$

4,247,573

 

 

$

4,680,790

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

$

911,329

 

 

$

1,122,059

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

3,607,531

 

 

 

3,818,544

 

Total lease liabilities

 

$

4,518,860

 

 

$

4,940,603

 

As of October 31, 2024, future maturity of the Company’s operating lease liabilities is as follow:

Years Ending October 31 ,

 

Operating lease
liabilities

2025

 

$

1,210,806

 

2026

 

 

1,228,834

 

2027

 

 

1,246,975

 

2028

 

 

1,205,394

 

2029

 

 

302,085

 

Thereafter

 

 

75,892

 

Total lease payments

 

 

5,269,986

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(751,126

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

4,518,860

 

Finance lease

Effective August 15, 2022, the Company entered a 36-month lease with an unrelated vendor to lease a forklift with monthly payment of $804 and lease expiration date on July 15, 2025. At the lease expiration date, the Company has the option to renew on a month-to-month basis at the same monthly lease payment or purchase the Equipment.

F-48

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11 — LEASE (cont.)

The components of lease costs, lease term and discount rate with respect of the forklift lease with an initial term of more than 12 months are as follows:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

October 31,
2023

Interest expense on finance lease

 

$

268

 

 

$

511

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (years) – Finance leases

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

1.71

 

Weighted Average Discount Rate-Finance leases

 

 

5.50

%

 

 

5.50

%

The following is a schedule, by years, of maturities of finance lease liabilities as of October 31, 2024:

For the 12 months ending

 

Finance Leases

October 31, 2025

 

$

7,240

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

 

 

7,240

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(163

)

Total finance lease liabilities

 

$

7,077

 

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES

Marwynn is a Nevada holding company subject to 21% corporate federal income tax rate. There is no state income tax rate because no state income tax is levied in Nevada. Marwynn is a holding company and does not have active operations as of October 31, 2024.

FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS were incorporated in the State of California, and are subject to 21% corporate federal income tax rate and 8.84% California state income tax rate. Marwynn, FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS file separate corporate income tax returns instead of a consolidated income tax return.

For the six months ended October 31, 2024, and 2023, the provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(Unaudited)

 

October 31,
2023
(Unaudited)

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense

 

$

103,116

 

 

$

96,213

State income tax expense

 

 

48,996

 

 

 

44,714

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax benefit

 

 

(3,887

)

 

 

—

State income tax benefit

 

 

(1,293

)

 

 

—

Total

 

$

146,932

 

 

$

140,927

The following table reconciles the Company’s effective income tax rate for the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023:

 

Six months
ended
October 31,
2024
(Unaudited)

 

Six months
ended
October 31,
2023
(Unaudited)

Federal statutory rate

 

(21.00

)%

 

21.00

%

State statutory rate, net of effect of state income tax deductible to federal income tax

 

(6.98

)%

 

7.02

%

Permanent difference – penalties, interest, and others

 

5.24

%

 

0.27

%

Valuation allowance

 

72.39

%

 

(0.70

)%

Effective tax rate

 

49.65

%

 

27.59

%

F-49

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred taxes are comprised of the following:

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30, 2024

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales allowance

 

$

57,643

 

 

$

57,643

Bad debt expense

 

 

6,911

 

 

 

6,911

Lease liabilities, net of ROU

 

 

75,916

 

 

 

72,705

NOL

 

 

95,787

 

 

 

—

Valuation allowance

 

 

(93,818

)

 

 

—

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

142,439

 

 

$

137,259

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

41,531

 

 

 

42,211

Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liability

 

$

100,908

 

 

$

95,048

Uncertain tax positions

The Company evaluates each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, the Company had $19,891 and $13,091 accrued interest and penalties related to understated income tax payments, respectively. For the six months ended October 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded $6,800 and nil of interest and penalties related to understated income tax payments, respectively. The Company intends to file amended income tax returns for these two fiscal years with respect to these positions within the next few months.

F-50

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company’s related party transactions consisted of the following:

Due to related parties

Name of Related Party

 

Nature

 

Relationship

 

October 31,
2024
(unaudited)

 

April 30,
2024

Yin Yan*

 

Other payable

 

Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and owned 81% of equity interest of FuAn (before reorganization) and owns 40% of common shares and 100% of preferred shares of Marwynn

 

$

—

 

 

500

Fulai Wang****

 

Promissory Note

 

Spouse of Yin Yan and owned 36% of equity interest of Grand Forest (before reorganization) and owns 12% of common shares of Marwynn

 

 

250,000

 

 

250,000

Zhifen Zhou**

 

Other payable

 

Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Director of KZS (before reorganization)

 

 

—

 

 

273

Sen Zhong****

 

Promissory Note

 

Spouse of Zhifen Zhou, owned 57% of equity interest of Grand Forest (before reorganization) and owns 19% of common shares of Marwynn

 

 

551,783

 

 

572,481

Hong Le Liang****

 

Promissory Note

 

CEO of Grand Forest and KZS, owned 7% of equity interest of Grand Forest and 67% of equity interest of KZS (before reorganization), and owns 12% of common shares of Marwynn

 

 

310,268

 

 

292,825

H&S Construction***

 

Promissory Note

 

An entity controlled by Hong Le Liang

 

 

—

 

 

103,463

Total

         

$

1,112,051

 

$

1,219,542

____________

*        As of July 24, 2024, the advance has been repaid in full.

**      As of May 3, 2024, the advance has been repaid in full.

***    As of October 31, 2024, partial balance of the advance has been paid through cash repayment and the remaining balance of $52,328 was transferred to Hong Le Liang.

****  On October 31, 2024, the advances were memorialized pursuant to unsecured promissory notes between Grand Forest and the holders. The unsecured promissory notes are payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025, and carry no interest. In the absence of any demand, the entire principal shall be due on July 31, 2029.

NOTE 14 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Prior to April 2024, Grand Forest borrowed interest free funds from its stockholders as working capital and recorded such borrowings as due to related parties. On April 19, 2024, three stockholders of Grand Forest converted total of $700,000 related party other payable in exchange for 70,000 common shares of Grand Forest, which constituted 100% equity interest of Grand Forest. On April 25, 2024, theses stockholders transferred 70,000 Grand Forest shares into Marwynn in exchange for 4,976,244 common shares of Marwynn.

On April 19, 2024, one stockholder of KZS converted $100,000 related party other payable in exchange10,000 common shares of KZS, representing 33% equity interest of KZS. On April 25, 2024, this stockholder transferred 10,000 KZS shares into Marwynn in exchange for 710,892 common shares of Marwynn. In addition, another stockholder of KZS transferred 20,000 KZS shares that he owned from original capital contribution (representing 67% equity interest of KZS) into Marwynn in exchange for 1,421,784 common shares of Marwynn.

On April 29, 2024, all the stockholders of FuAn transferred their 100% equity interest in FuAn to Marwynn in exchange for 7,399,084 common shares of Marwynn.

Marwynn was incorporated in the state of Nevada on February 27, 2024. The Company is authorized to issue 45,000,000 shares of common stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 (“Preferred Stock”), of which 135,000 shares of Preferred Stock have been designated as “Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock.” Each

F-51

Table of Contents

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (cont.)

share of common stock is entitled to one (1) vote and each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes on any matter on which action of the stockholders of the corporation is sought. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will vote together with the common stock. The holders of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends of any kind or be entitled to any liquidation preference. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to conversion into common stock or other equity authorized to be issued by the Company. The Series A Super Voting Preferred is redeemable at the election of the holder at a redemption price of $0.001 per share.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered a Subscription Agreement with an individual investor, pursuant to the subscription agreement, on April 30, 2024, the Company issued 186,000 common shares of Marwynn at $2.50 per share to the investor for proceeds of $300,000.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered a Subscription Agreement with another individual investor, pursuant to the subscription agreement, on April 30, 2024, the Company issued 310,000 common shares of Marwynn at $2.50 per share to the investor for proceeds of $500,000.

On April 25, 2024, Marwynn and Marwynn’s CEO Yin Yan (also the initial major stockholder of Marwynn) entered into a Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to the purchase agreement, Marwynn’s CEO purchased 135,000 super voting preferred stock for $30.

On September 9, 2024, the Company filed an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock. Share and per share data in the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the forward stock split.

As of October 31, 2024 and April 30, 2024, total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding was 15,004,004 shares, at par value of $0.001 per share; total number of shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding was 135,000 shares. The number of authorized and outstanding common stock were retrospectively applied as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

NOTE 15 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through January 13, 2025, which was the date of this unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were issued, and determined there were no material events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-52

Table of Contents

2,000,000 Shares of common stock

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

________________

PROSPECTUS

________________

          , 2025

Through and including            , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

 

Table of Contents

PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee.

SEC registration fee

 

$

1,866.29

FINRA filing fee

 

$

2,328.50

Initial Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee

 

$

5,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

$

431,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

$

325,850

Transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees and expenses

 

$

8,500

Printing and engraving expenses

 

$

10,000

Non-accountable expenses to underwriters

 

$

90,000

Consulting fee

 

$

100,000

Total

 

$

974,544.79

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Nevada law provides us with the power to indemnify any of our directors and officers. Either the director or officer must have conducted himself/herself in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests; a presumption that he or she acted in good faith, on an informed basis and with a view to the interests of the corporation must not have been rebutted; or the acts must not have constituted a breach of a fiduciary duty of such officer or director involving intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law. In a criminal action not by us or in our right, the director, officer, employee or agent must not have had reasonable cause to believe his/her conduct was unlawful. Our Articles of Incorporation permit indemnification of our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by Nevada law, and our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by Nevada law, and provide that we must pay a director’s or officer’s expenses as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Nevada Revised Statutes. The indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers, and directors, against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On September 9, 2024, we effected a (i) 1.55-for-1 forward stock split of our common stock, and (ii) 4.5-for-1 forward stock split of our Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock. All shares and per share information throughout this prospectus has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the forward stock split.

II-1

Table of Contents

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)    Issuance of common stock

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. was incorporated on February 28, 2024. On April 29, 2024, Yin Yan (our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, and spouse of Fulai Wang), Fubao Wang, Xiangjing Wu, Gang Wu, Dan Yu, and Qiang Zhang, as the stockholders of FuAn, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in FuAn for 7,399,080 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“FuAn Transaction”). On April 25, 2024, Hong Le Liang, Sen Zhong (spouse of Zhifen Zhou, our chief financial officer, secretary and director) and Fu Lai Wang (spouse of Yin Yan, our chairperson, chief executive officer and president), as the stockholders of Grand Forest, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in Grand Forest for 4,976,244 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“Grand Forest Transaction”). On April 25, 2024, Hong Le Liang and Jiechun Wu, as the stockholders of KZS, entered into a share exchange agreement with Marwynn to transfer all of their ownership in KZS for 2,132,676 shares of common stock of Marwynn (“KZS Transaction”). On April 30, 2024, the FuAn Transaction, Grand Forest Transaction and KZS Transaction closed, and Marwynn issued a total of 14,508,004 shares of its common stock to the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS. As a result of the share exchanges, all the stockholders of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS became the stockholders of Marwynn and Marwynn became the parent of FuAn, Grand Forest and KZS.

On April 24, 2024, the Company entered a Subscription Agreement with two accredited investors, and, pursuant to the subscription agreements, on April 30, 2024, the Company issued 496,000 shares of common stock of Marwynn at $1.6129 per share to the investors for an aggregate proceeds of $800,000.

(b)    Issuance of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock

In connection with the incorporation, on April 25, 2024, Marwynn issued a total of 135,000 shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock to our chairperson, chief executive officer and president, Ms. Yin Yan. The transaction was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on an exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in sections (a) and (b) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. The recipients of securities in the transactions described above represented that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time and appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such securities issued in such transactions.

(c)     Stock Option Grants, Option Exercises, Warrant Grants and Warrant Exercises

On July 24, 2024, Marwynn granted options under its 2024 Plan to its independent directors to purchase up to 93,000 shares of common stock. These options all contain vesting conditions and are exercisable at a purchase price of $1.6129 per share.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The issuances of restricted stock described in this paragraph (c) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors, consultants and advisors, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

II-2

Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Document

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws

4.1

 

Specimen Stock Certificate Evidencing the Shares of Common Stock

4.2

 

Form of Underwriter’s Warrant

5.1

 

Opinion of Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith, LLP

10.1

 

Form of Independent Director Agreement

10.2†

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

10.3

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

10.4†

 

2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan

10.5

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement

10.6

 

Unsecured Promissory Note Between H&S Construction and Grand Forest Cabinetry, Inc in the Amount of $103,463

10.7

 

Unsecured Promissory Note Between Fulai Wang and Grand Forest Cabinetry, Inc in the Amount of $250,000

10.8

 

Unsecured Promissory Note Between Sen Zhong and Grand Forest Cabinetry, Inc in the Amount of $572,481

10.9

 

Unsecured Promissory Note Between Hong Le Liang and Grand Forest Cabinetry, Inc in the Amount of $292,825

10.10

 

Lease Agreement between Stevens Creek Plaza, LLC and KZS Kitchen Cabinet and Stone, Inc., dated June 25, 2019

10.11

 

Lease Agreement between Dzyne Technologies LLC and FuAn Enterprise, Inc., dated January 19, 2024

10.12

 

Lease Agreement between Prologis Targeted U.S. Logistics Fund, L.P. and KZS Kitchen Cabinet and Stone, Inc., dated March 20, 2023

10.13

 

Form of subscription agreement dated April 24, 2024

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

23.1

 

Consent of Golden Eagle CPAs LLC, independent registered public accounting firm

23.2

 

Consent of Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.3

 

Consent of Frost & Sullivan

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement).

99.1

 

Audit Committee Charter

99.2

 

Compensation Committee Charter

99.3

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

99.4

 

Clawback Policy

107

 

Filing Fee Table

____________

†        Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules.

See index to financial statements on page F-1. All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable.

II-3

Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant also hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that the undertakings set forth in paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of this registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration

II-4

Table of Contents

statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)    That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6)    That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of California, on January 13, 2025.

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Yin Yan

   

Name:

 

Yin Yan

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Marwynn Holdings, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Yin Yan and Zhifen Zhou, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution in each of them for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Yin Yan

 

Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer

 

January 13, 2025

Yin Yan

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Zhifen Zhou

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

January 13, 2025

Zhifen Zhou

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

/s/ Eric Newlan

 

Director

 

January 13, 2025

Eric Newlan

       

/s/ Dandan Wang

 

Director

 

January 13, 2025

Dandan Wang

       

/s/ Dvisha Patel

 

Director

 

January 13, 2025

Dvisha Patel

       

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

AMERICAN TRUST INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.,

 

as Representative of the Several Underwriters

 

 

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

San Clemente, California
[●], 2025

 

American Trust Investment Services, Inc.

as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 attached hereto

501 N. El Camino Real, Suite 211

San Clemente, California 92672

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Nevada (collectively with its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, all entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) as being a subsidiary, the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with American Trust Investment Services, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “you” (including its correlatives) or the “Representative”), and with the other underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto for which the Representative is acting as representative (the Representative and such other underwriters being collectively called the “Underwriters” or, individually, an “Underwriter”) as follows:

 

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES.

 

1.1. Firm Shares.

 

1.1.1. Nature and Purchase of Firm Shares.

 

(i) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [__] authorized but unissued shares common stock, $0.001 par value (“Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Firm Shares”).

 

(ii) The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, at a purchase price of $[__] per Firm Share. The Firm Shares are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof).

 

1.1.2. Payment and Delivery of Securities.

 

(i) Delivery and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the first (1st) Business Day following the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 below) (or the second (2nd) Business Day following the Effective Date if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:01 p.m., Eastern time) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of DeMint Law, PLLC, 3753 Howard Hughes Parkway, Second Floor Suite 314, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169 (“Representative Counsel”), or at such other place (or remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “Closing Date.”

 

(ii) Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery of the certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Shares (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all of the Firm Shares. The term “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay-at-home,” “shelter-in-place,” “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

1

 

 

1.2. Option.

 

1.2.1. Option Shares. The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [__] additional shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”), representing fifteen percent (15%) of the Firm Shares sold in the offering, from the Company (the “Option”). The purchase price to be paid per Option Share shall be equal to the price per Firm Share set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Public Securities.” The offering and sale of the Public Securities is hereinafter referred to as the “Offering.”

 

1.2.2. Exercise of Option. The Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Shares within 45 days after the Effective Date. The purchase price to be paid per Option Share shall be equal to the Firm Share purchase price set forth in Section 1.1.1(ii) hereof. The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Shares prior to the exercise of the Option. The Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Representative, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Shares (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than one (1) Business Day after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Representative Counsel or, at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Option with respect to all or any portion of the Option Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares specified in such notice and (ii) each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, shall purchase that portion of the total number of Option then being purchased as set forth in Schedule 1 opposite the name of such Underwriter.

  

1.2.3. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Option Shares (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Option Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representative for applicable Option Shares.

 

1.3. Representative’s Warrants.

 

1.3.1. Purchase Warrants. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date a warrant (“Representative’s Warrants”) for the purchase of an aggregate of [__] shares of Common Stock, representing 5% of the number of Firm Shares. The agreement(s) representing the Representative’s Warrants, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Representative’s Warrant Agreement”), shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on a date which is six (6) months after the Effective Date and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date at an initial exercise price per share of Common Stock of $[__], which is equal to 120% of the initial public offering price of the Firm Shares. The Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to together as the “Representative’s Securities.” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the underlying shares of Common Stock during the 180 days after the Effective Date and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of 180 days following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

2

 

 

1.3.2. Delivery. Delivery of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement shall be made on the Closing Date, and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

 

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, if any, as follows:

 

2.1. Filing of Registration Statement.

 

2.1.1. Pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-__________), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A (the “Rule 430A Information”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act Regulations”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion, dated [●], that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering, that includes the Rule 430A Information, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

“Applicable Time” means [●]         [a.m.][p.m.], Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) relating to the Public Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Public Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

3

 

 

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule 2-B hereto.

 

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

“Pricing Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus and the information included on Schedule 2 A hereto, all considered together.

 

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act. Each such communication is listed on Exhibit E hereto.

 

2.1.2. Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number [●]) providing for the registration of the Common Stock. The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The registration of Common Stock under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

2.2. Stock Exchange Listing. The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE American (the “Exchange”), subject only to official notice of issuance, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the Common Stock from the Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.3. No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

2.4. Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

2.4.1. Compliance with Securities Act and 10b-5 Representation.

 

(i) Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to the Commission’s EDGAR filing system (“EDGAR”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T promulgated under the Securities Act (“Regulation S-T”).

 

4

 

 

(ii) Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(iii) The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto does not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists solely of the following disclosure contained in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus: the names of the Underwriters, the information in the second paragraph under the subheading titled “Discounts and Commissions” and the information under the subheadings titled “Stabilization” and “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares” (the “Underwriters’ Information”).

 

(iv) Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

2.4.2. Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and except for any unenforceability that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change (as defined in Section 2.5.1 below). None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in material default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder except for such defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change (as defined in Section 2.5.1 below). To the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law (including, without limitation, common law), statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, decree, injunction or ordinance of any governmental or regulatory agency, authority, body, entity or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses (each, a “Governmental Entity”), including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations, that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change as defined in Section 2.5.1 below.

 

5

 

 

2.4.3. Reserved.

 

2.4.4. Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign laws, rules and regulations relating to the Offering and the Company’s business as currently conducted or contemplated are correct and complete in all material respects and no other such laws, rules or regulations are required under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

2.4.5. No Other Distribution of Offering Materials. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the Offering other than any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus and other materials, if any, permitted under the Securities Act and consistent with Section 3.2 below.

 

2.5. Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

 

2.5.1. No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company or its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.

 

2.5.2. Recent Securities Transactions, etc. Since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

2.6. Reserved.

 

2.7. Independent Accountants. Golden Eagle CPAs LLC (the “Auditor”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Auditor has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

6

 

 

2.8. Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present in all material respects the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations. The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) since the date of the last balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries, including each entity disclosed or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being a subsidiary of the Company (the “Subsidiaries”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock, (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, any grants under any stock compensation plan, and (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt. The Company represents that it has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than those listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

2.9. Authorized Capital; Options, etc. The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth therein. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, there will be no stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities. The information set forth under the caption “Capitalization” in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any similar section or information contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package) is true and correct. All of the Public Securities conform to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The form of certificates for the Public Securities conforms to U.S. federal and applicable state laws and to any requirements of the Company’s organizational documents. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein or in this Agreement, the Company has not: (A) issued any securities; (B) incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (C) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

2.10. Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.

 

2.10.1. Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission or the ability to force the Company or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such securities with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or rights of participation of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized shares of Common Stock conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, options, warrants and other outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such shares of Common Stock, exempt from such registration requirements. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other related plans or arrangements, and options and/or other rights granted thereunder, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, accurately and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

 

7

 

 

2.10.2. Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement. The Public Securities and Representative’s Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities are and will be free from all preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company, or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Representative’s Warrant Agreement, when issued and paid for pursuant to this Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment therefor, the underlying shares of Common Stock. The Public Securities and Representative’s Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly taken; the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and when paid for and issued in accordance with the Representative’s Warrant and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, such shares of Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and such shares of Common Stock are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.

 

2.11. Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11, no holders of any securities of the Company or any options, warrants, rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Securities Act or to include any such securities in the Registration Statement or any other registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.12. Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.13. No Conflicts, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, and all ancillary documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or as to which any property of the Company is a party except breaches, conflicts or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (as the same have been amended or restated from time to time, the “Charter”) or the bylaws of the Company; or (iii) violate in any material respect any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity as of the date hereof having jurisdiction over the Company.

 

8

 

 

2.14. No Defaults; Violations. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14, no default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject except for any such default that would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter, bylaws or other organizational documents, or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any Governmental Entity, except for such violations that would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.15. Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

2.15.1. Conduct of Business. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all consents, authorizations, approvals, licenses, certificates, clearances, permits and orders and supplements and amendments thereto (collectively, “Authorizations”) of and from all Governmental Entities that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except for such Authorizations, the absence of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.15.2. Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and the Representative’s Warrant and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all Authorizations required in connection therewith have been obtained. No Authorization of, and no filing with, any Governmental Entity, the Exchange or another body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Public Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable Securities Act Regulations, state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

 

2.16. D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers immediately prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as supplemented by all information concerning the Insiders as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus provided to the Underwriters, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become materially inaccurate and incorrect.

 

2.17. Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director which has not been required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Common Stock on the Exchange.

 

2.18. Good Standing. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify, singularly or in the aggregate, would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

9

 

 

2.19. Insurance. The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance (including, without limitation, as to directors and officers insurance coverage), with licensed insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are adequate as are customary for companies engaged in similar business, and to the Company’s knowledge all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.20. Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.

 

2.20.1. Finder’s Fees. There are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Public Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its stockholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.20.2. Payments Within Twelve (12) Months. The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments in connection with the Offering (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

2.20.3. Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the Offering in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.” None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.20.4. FINRA Affiliation. There is no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii) beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement that is an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

2.20.5. Information. All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to Representative Counsel specifically for use by Representative Counsel in connection with its public offering system filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

  

2.21. Anti-Corruption Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of, and with authority from, the Company and its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any Governmental Entity (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Change or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company, and are in compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, the OECD Convention on Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and any other applicable anti-corruption laws (collectively, the “Anti-Corruption Laws”). The Company and its Subsidiaries have instituted and maintain, and will continue to institute and maintain, policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure continued compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute, or otherwise make available such proceeds in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of the Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

2.22. Compliance with Sanctions. None of the Company, its Subsidiaries, any director and officer and to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of, and with authority from, the Company and its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that are: (i) the subject of any economic or trade sanctions by the U.S. (including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”)), United Nations Security Council, European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authorities (collectively, “Sanctions”), or (ii) located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (currently, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria). In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity: (i) for the purpose of financing the activities of any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such financing, is the subject of any Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions. The Company has instituted and maintain, and will continue to institute and maintain, policies and procedures reasonably to ensure continued compliance with applicable Sanctions. Finally, the Company and its Subsidiaries, their respective directors and officers and to the knowledge of the Company, employees, are in compliance with all applicable Sanctions.

 

10

 

 

2.23. Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

2.24. Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to Representative or to Representative Counsel on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.25. Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule 3 hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors, affiliates and each owner of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of Common Stock) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Parties”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representative an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

2.26. Subsidiaries. All subsidiaries of the Company are listed in Exhibit D hereto. The Subsidiaries of the Company are duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the place of organization or incorporation, and the Subsidiaries are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company taken as a whole. The Company’s ownership and control of the Subsidiaries is as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.27. Related Party Transactions. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.27, there are no material business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that have not been described as required under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate of the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any of their respective family members.

 

2.28. Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act Regulations”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) applicable to the Company and the listing rules of the Exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent,” as defined under the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

11

 

 

2.29. Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance.

 

2.29.1. Disclosure Controls. The Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures that comply in all material respects with Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations, and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

2.29.2. Compliance. The Company is and at the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and has taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

2.30. Accounting Controls. The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls. The Auditor and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are known to the Company’s management and that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud known to the Company’s management, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

2.31. No Investment Company Status. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.32. No Labor Disputes. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or significant group of employees of the Company plans to terminate employment with the Company.

 

12

 

 

2.33. Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) and necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change: (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company and could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to the Company which has not been patented has been kept confidential. The Company is not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the Intellectual Property or technology (including information technology and outsourced arrangements) employed by the Company or the Subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by the Company or the Subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons. The Company and the Subsidiaries own or have a valid right to access and use all computer systems, networks, hardware, software, databases, websites, and equipment used to process, store, maintain and operate data, information, and functions used in connection with the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries (the “Company IT Systems”). The Company IT Systems are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with, the operation of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as currently conducted, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Subsidiaries have implemented commercially reasonable backup, security and disaster recovery technology consistent in all material respects with applicable regulatory standards and customary industry practices.

 

2.34. Taxes. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective Subsidiaries except those that are being contested in good faith or as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no material issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Subsidiaries. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no tax liens against the assets, properties or business of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

13

 

 

2.35. ERISA Compliance. The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the Company or its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which the Company is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

2.36. Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules, or regulations applicable to the business of the Company as currently conducted (“Applicable Laws”), except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; (B) has not received any warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from any Governmental Entity alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any Authorizations; (C) possesses all Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and are not in violation of any term of any such Authorizations, except where the invalidity of such Authorizations or the failure of such Authorizations to be in full force and effect would not result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Entity or third party alleging that any activity conducted by the Company is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Entity or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that any Governmental Entity has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Entity is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission), except where the failure to be so in compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.37. Reserved.

 

2.38. Environmental Laws. The Company is in compliance with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“Environmental Laws”), except where the failure to comply would not, singularly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company, or upon any other property, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such violations and liabilities, a Material Adverse Change; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company has knowledge, except for any such disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such discharges and other releases, a Material Adverse Change. In the ordinary course of business, the Company conducts periodic reviews of the effect of Environmental Laws on its business and assets, in the course of which they identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or governmental permits issued thereunder, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such reviews, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.

 

14

 

 

2.39. Title to Property. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.39, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects that do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or its Subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are, to the Company’s knowledge, in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiaries has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any Subsidiaries under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or any Subsidiaries to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

 

2.40. Contracts Affecting Capital. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.40, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and schedules hereto, there are no transactions, arrangements or other relationships between and/or among the Company, any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) and any unconsolidated entity, including, but not limited to, any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity that could reasonably be expected to materially affect the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ liquidity or the availability of or requirements for their capital resources required to be described or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described or incorporated by reference as required.

 

2.41. Loans to Directors or Officers. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company or its Subsidiaries to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.42. Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the Effective Date and at the time of any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act Regulations) of the Public Securities and at the Effective Date, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

2.43. Smaller Reporting Company. As of the time of filing of the Registration Statement, the Company was a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Regulations.

 

2.44. Industry Data. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.

 

15

 

 

2.45. Electronic Road Show. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations) is required in connection with the Offering.

 

2.46. Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Public Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

2.47. Dividends and Distributions. No Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock (to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction on dividends and/or distributions would have a material effect to the Company), from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiaries of the Company, except as may otherwise be provided in current loan or mortgage-related documents and (ii) except as set forth in Schedule 2.47, the Company is not prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends, from making any other distribution, from repaying any loans or advances or from transferring any of its property or assets.

 

2.48. Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

2.49. Reserved.

 

2.50. Integration. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause the Offering to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act that would require the registration of any such securities under the Securities Act.

 

2.51. Confidentiality and Non-Competition. To the Company’s knowledge, no director, officer, key employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiaries is subject to any confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer (other than the Company) or prior employer that could materially affect his or her ability to be and act in his or her respective capacity of the Company or such Subsidiaries or be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

2.52. Corporate Records. The minute books of the Company have been made available to the Representative and Representative Counsel and such books (i) contain minutes of all material meetings and actions of the Board of Directors (including each board committee) and stockholders of the Company, and (ii) reflect all material transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

2.53. Diligence Materials. The Company has provided to the Representative and Representative Counsel all materials required or necessary to respond in all material respects to the diligence request submitted to the Company or Company Counsel by the Representative.

 

2.54. Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.

 

2.55. Lending Relationship. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

16

 

 

2.56. Immunity from Jurisdiction. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the United States.

 

2.57. Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 9.6 of this Agreement has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the jurisdiction of the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

 

2.58. XBRL. The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.

 

2.59. Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

2.59.1. The Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

2.59.2. The Company has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than those listed on Exhibit D hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. Each individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, complied in all material respects with the Act, and when taken together with the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1. Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company shall deliver to the Representative, at least one (1) Business Day (or such shorter time mutually agreed by the parties hereto) prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.

 

17

 

 

3.2. Federal Securities Laws.

 

3.2.1. Compliance. The Company, subject to Section 3.2.2, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of its receipt of any comments from the Commission; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act concerning the Registration Statement; or (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the Offering of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities. The Company shall effect all filings required under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and shall take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company shall use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

3.2.2. Continued Compliance. The Company shall comply with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Public Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of Representative Counsel or Company Counsel, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser; or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representative notice of such event; (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement; and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative or Representative Counsel shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company shall give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time until the later of the Closing Date and the exercise in full or expiration of the Option specified in Section 1.2 hereof and will furnish the Representative with copies of the related document(s) a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or Representative Counsel shall reasonably object.

 

3.2.3. Exchange Act Registration. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act. For a period of two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not deregister the Common Stock under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

18

 

 

3.2.4. Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, it shall not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representative shall be deemed to have consented to each Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus set forth in Schedule 2-B. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representative as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

3.2.5. Testing-the-Waters Communications. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly notify the Representative and shall promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

3.2.6. Filing Amendments and Exchange Act Documents. The Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or new registration statement relating to the Securities or any amendment, supplement or revision to either any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement or amendment thereto at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, and the Company will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings containing material information about the Company or its business made pursuant to the Exchange Act or Exchange Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the execution of this Agreement; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the execution of this Agreement to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

3.3. Delivery to the Underwriters of Registration Statements. The Company has delivered or made available or shall deliver or make available to the Representative and Representative Counsel, without charge, conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to each Underwriter, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) upon receipt of a written request therefor from such Underwriter. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

3.4. Delivery to the Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered or made available or will deliver or make available to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

19

 

 

3.5. Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus for at least nine (9) months after the Applicable Time, and shall notify the Representative promptly and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 3.5 that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in (a) the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6. Review of Financial Statements. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accounting firm to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the announcement of any quarterly financial information.

 

3.7. Listing. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Firm Shares and the Option Shares) on the Exchange until at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement.

 

3.8. Financial Public Relations. Within three (3) months from the Effective Date, the Company shall have retained a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative and the Company, which firm shall be experienced in assisting issuers in initial public offerings of securities and in their relations with their security holders, and shall retain such firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative for a period of not less than two (2) years after the Effective Date.

  

3.9. Reports to the Representative.

 

3.9.1. Periodic Reports, etc. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish or make available to the Representative copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Representative: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; (v) a copy of each report or other communication furnished to stockholders and (vi) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiary of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system or press releases shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section 3.9.1. Any documents not filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be delivered to k.kessler@amtruinvest.com, with a copy to j.dever@amtruinvest.com.

 

3.9.2. Transfer Agent; Transfer Sheets. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain a transfer agent and registrar acceptable to the Representative (the “Transfer Agent”) and shall furnish to the Representative at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as the Representative may reasonably request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and DTC. Issuer Direct Corp. is acceptable to the Representative to act as Transfer Agent for the shares of Common Stock.

 

3.9.3. Trading Reports. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, during such time as any of the Public Securities are listed on the Exchange, the Company shall provide to the Representative, at the Company’s expense, such reports published by the Exchange relating to price trading of the Public Securities, as the Representative shall reasonably request.

 

20

 

 

3.10. Payment of Expenses

 

3.10.1. General Expenses Related to the Offering. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses related to the Offering or otherwise incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities with the Commission; (b) all Public Filing System filing fees associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Public Securities and Representative’s Securities on the Exchange and such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representative together determine, including any fees charged by DTC; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Public Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (f) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Public Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (g) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (h) the costs and expenses of a public relations firm; (i) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Public Securities; (j) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (k) fees and expenses of the warrant agent under the Warrant Agent Agreement; (l) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (m) the costs associated with one set of bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones, each of which the Company or its designee shall provide within a reasonable time after the Closing Date in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably request; (n) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (o) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (p) the fees and expenses of Representative Counsel; (q) the cost associated with the Underwriters’ use of book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the Offering; (r) to the extent approved by the Company in writing, the costs associated with post-Closing advertising the Offering in the national editions of the Wall Street Journal and New York Times; and (s) the Underwriters’ actual accountable expenses for the Offering, including, without limitation related to the “road show.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations to reimburse the Representative for any out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred as set forth in the preceding sentence shall not exceed $150,000 in the aggregate for legal fees and related expenses. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters, less the Advance (as such term is defined in Section 8.3 hereof).

 

3.10.2 Non-Accountable Expense to the Offering. The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 3.10.1, on the Closing Date it shall pay to the Representative, by deduction from the net proceeds of the Offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Public Securities (excluding the Option Shares), provided, however, that in the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof.

 

3.11. Application of Net Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

3.12. Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company shall timely file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth (15th) full calendar month following the date of this Agreement, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by an independent registered public accounting firm unless required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning after the date of this Agreement.

 

21

 

 

3.13. Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.

 

3.14. Internal Controls. For a period of one (1) year after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.15. Accountants. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has retained an independent registered public accounting firm, as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, reasonably acceptable to the Representative, and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm for a period of at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement. The Representative acknowledges that Golden Eagle CPAs LLC is acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.16. FINRA. For a period of 90 days from the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, the Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is or becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180 days immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

3.17. No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.18. Company Lock-Up Agreements. During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 360th day following the date of the Prospectus (such period, as extended as described below, being referred to herein as the “Lock-up Period”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly: (i) sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities (as defined below); (ii) effect any short sale, or establish or increase any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities; (iii) pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities; (iv) in any other way transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities; (v) enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise; (vi) announce the offering of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities; (vii) submit or file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of any shares of Common Stock or Related Securities (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offering); (viii) effect a reverse stock split, recapitalization, share consolidation, reclassification or similar transaction affecting the outstanding shares of Common Stock; or (ix) publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that the Company may (A) effect the transactions contemplated hereby and (B) issue shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, or issue shares of Common Stock upon exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus, employee stock purchase plan, or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, but only if the holders of such shares of Common Stock or options, as applicable, agree in writing with the Underwriters not to sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer any such shares of Common Stock or options during such Lock-up Period without the prior written consent of the Representative (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), (C) issue shares of Common Stock or Related Securities pursuant to the exercise or settlement of Related Securities, or upon the conversion of convertible securities outstanding on the date hereof that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (D) file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 to register shares of Common Stock or Related Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any plans or programs described in (B), and (E) issue shares of Common Stock, or enter into an agreement to issue shares of Common Stock or Related Securities, in connection with any merger, joint venture, strategic alliances, or other collaborative or strategic transaction, or the acquisition or license of the business, property, technology or other assets of another individual or entity or the assumption of an employee benefit plan in connection with a merger or acquisition; provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may issue or agree to issue pursuant to this clause (E) shall not exceed [5]% of the total number of shares of common stock of the Company immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that each recipient thereof provides to the Representative a signed Lock-up Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. For purposes of the foregoing, “Related Securities” shall mean any options or warrants, any debt or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, shares of Common Stock.

 

22

 

 

3.19. Release of D&O Lock-up Period. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreements described in Section 2.25 hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three (3) Business Days before the Effective Date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the Effective Date of the release or waiver.

 

3.20. Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company shall use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, if necessary, to qualify the Public Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Public Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

3.21. Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Public Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act Regulations.

 

3.22. Press Releases. Prior to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Company shall not issue any press release or other communication directly or indirectly or hold any press conference with respect to the Company, its condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects (except for routine oral marketing communications in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company and of which the Representative is notified), without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Representative, such press release or communication is required by law.

 

3.23. Sarbanes-Oxley. For a period of one (1) year after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in effect from time to time.

 

3.24. IRS Forms. If requested by the Representative, the Company shall deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

 

23

 

 

4. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS’ OBLIGATIONS.

 

The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Public Securities, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) the following conditions:

 

4.1. Regulatory Matters.

 

4.1.1. Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement has become effective not later than 5:30 p.m., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at each of the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have been issued under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes shall have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act Regulations (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A under the Securities Act Regulations.

 

4.1.2. FINRA Clearance. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

 

4.1.3. Exchange Clearance. On the Closing Date, the Common Stock shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance. On the first Option Closing Date (if any), the Common Stock (including the Option Shares) shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

4.2. Company Counsel Matters.

 

4.2.1. Closing Date Opinion of Counsel. On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter of Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP (“Company Counsel”), counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representative, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative.

 

4.2.2. Option Closing Date Opinion of Counsel. On the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter of Company Counsel listed in Section 4.2.1, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, confirming as of the Option Closing Date, the statements made by such counsel in its opinion delivered on the Closing Date.

 

4.2.3. Reliance. The opinion of Company Counsel and any opinion relied upon by the Company shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by Representative Counsel in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

 

4.3. Comfort Letters.

 

4.3.1. Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed, the Representative shall have received a cold comfort letter from the Auditor containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to the Representative and to Representative Counsel from the Auditor, dated as of the date of this Agreement.

 

24

 

 

4.3.2. Bring-down Comfort Letter. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received from the Auditor a letter, dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, to the effect that the Auditor reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 4.3.1 except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable.

 

4.4. Officers’ Certificates.

 

4.4.1. Officers’ Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (if such date is other than the Closing Date), of its Chief Executive Officer or President, and its Chief Financial Officer stating that on behalf of the Company and not in an individual capacity that (i) such officers have examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, in their opinion, the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto after the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto after the Effective Date, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, (ii) since the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iii) to their knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, a Material Adverse Change.

 

4.4.2. Secretary’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying on behalf of the Company and not in an individual capacity: (i) that each of the Charter and Bylaws is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

4.5. No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any: (i) there shall have been no Material Adverse Change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

25

 

 

4.6. No Material Misstatement or Omission. The Underwriters shall not have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date that the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material and is necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.7. Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of this Agreement, the Public Securities, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if any, and the Prospectus and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to Representative Counsel, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

4.8. Lock-Up Agreements. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Lock-Up Agreements from each of the persons listed in Schedule 3 hereto.

 

4.9. Representative’s Warrant. On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Representative’s Warrant.

 

4.10. Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date (if any) Representative Counsel shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling Representative Counsel to deliver an opinion to the Underwriters, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and Representative Counsel.

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION.

 

5.1. Indemnification of the Underwriters.

 

5.1.1. General. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, officers, members, employees, representatives, partners, shareholders, affiliates, counsel and agents and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and the Company or between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party, or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the Offering, including any “road show” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Public Securities and the Representative’s Warrant Shares under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, the Exchange or any other national securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1.1 shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter Indemnified Party to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party (a) is based on the Underwriters’ Information, (b) results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Public Securities to such person as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.3 hereof, or (c) is found in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

26

 

 

5.1.2. Procedure. If any action is brought against an Underwriter Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter Indemnified Party) and payment of actual expenses. Such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii) the action includes both the Company and the indemnified party as defendants and such indemnified party or parties shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company which makes it impossible or inadvisable for the Company and such indemnified party to be represented in the action by the same counsel (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter Indemnified Parties who are party to such action (in addition to local counsel) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Underwriter Indemnified Party shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.2. Indemnification of the Company, Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) which arise out of or are based upon untrue statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2. The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or any person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

27

 

 

5.3. Contribution.

 

5.3.1. Contribution Rights. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 5.1 or 5.2 in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and each of the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the Offering, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the Offering purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company through the Representative by or on behalf of any Underwriter for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriters’ Information. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3.1 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to above in this Section 5.3.1 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 5.3.1, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1 no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the total discount and commission received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offering less the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise paid or becomes liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5.3.2. Contribution Procedure. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid 15 days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 5.3.2 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 5.3 are several and in proportion to their respective underwriting obligation, and not joint.

 

28

 

 

6. DEFAULT BY AN UNDERWRITER.

 

6.1. Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, if the Option is exercised hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Shares or Option Shares with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

 

6.2. Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 relates to more than 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, the Representative may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If, within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, the Representative does not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Shares or Option Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Shares or Option Shares on such terms. In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement will automatically be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Shares, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Shares; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

6.3. Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that in the opinion of Representative Counsel may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Shares or Option Shares.

 

7. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS.

 

7.1. Board Composition and Board Designations. The Company shall ensure that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as members of the Board of Directors and the overall composition of the Board of Directors comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Exchange Act and the listing rules of the Exchange or any other national securities exchange, as the case may be, in the event the Company seeks to have its Public Securities listed on another exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system, and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

7.2. Prohibition on Press Releases and Public Announcements. The Company shall not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the first (1st) Business Day following the fortieth (40th) day after the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

 

29

 

 

8. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION THEREOF.

 

8.1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective when both the Company and the Representative have executed the same and delivered counterparts of such signatures to the other party.

 

8.2. Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Representative’s opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States or would in the Representatives’ judgment materially impair the investment quality of the Shares; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities; or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority; or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Firm Shares or Option Shares; or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or (viii) in the event of a Material Adverse Change, or an adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Public Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Public Securities; or (ix) the enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any statute, regulation, rule or order of any court or other governmental authority which in the Representatives’ opinion materially and adversely affects or may materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company; or (x) any downgrading, or placement on any watch list for possible downgrading, in the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act) or any public announcement by such organization that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading); or (xi) the taking of any action by any governmental body or agency in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in the Representatives’ opinion has a material adverse effect on the securities markets in the United States.

 

8.3. Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the case of a default by the Underwriters, pursuant to Section 6.2 above, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and payable (including the fees and disbursements of Representative Counsel) up to $60,000, inclusive of the $120,000 advance for accountable expenses previously paid by the Company to the Representative (the “Advance”), and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters; provided, however, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any advance received by the Representative will be reimbursed to the Company to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

 

8.4. Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be in any way affected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

30

 

 

8.5. Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or (ii) delivery of and payment for the Public Securities.

 

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

9.1. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or emailed and confirmed (which may be by email) or if mailed, two (2) days after such mailing.

 

If to the Representative:

 

American Trust Investment Services, Inc.

501 N. El Camino Real, Suite 211

San Clemente, California 92672

Attn: Kristopher Kessler

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

DeMint Law, PLLC

3753 Howard Hughes Parkway

Second Floor Suite 314

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Attn: Anthony N. DeMint, Esq.

 

If to the Company:

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

12 Chrysler Unit C

Irvine, California 92618

Attn: Yin Yan

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP

45 Fremont Street, Suite 3000

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: John P. Yung, Esq.

 

9.2. Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.3. Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

9.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.5. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives, heirs and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriters.

 

31

 

 

9.6. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

9.8. Waiver, etc. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

32

 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By:  
  Name:  Yin Yan       
  Title: CEO
     
Confirmed as of the date first written above mentioned, on behalf of itself and as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto:    

 

AMERICAN TRUST INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.

 

By:    
Name:     
Title:    

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

33

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

 

Underwriter

   

Total Number of

Firm Shares
to be
Purchased

    Number of Additional
Option Shares if
the Option
is Fully Exercised
 
American Trust Investment Services, Inc.   [●]    [●] 
TOTAL   [●]    [●] 

 

34

 

 

SCHEDULE 2-A

 

PRICING INFORMATION

 

Number of Firm Shares: [__]

 

Number of Option Shares: [__]

 

Public Offering Price per Firm Share: $[__]

 

Public Offering Price per Option Share: $[__]

 

Underwriting Discount per Firm Share: $[__]

 

Underwriting Discount per Option Share: $[__]

 

Proceeds to Company per Firm Share (before expenses): $[__]

 

Proceeds to Company per Option Share (before expenses): $[__]

 

35

 

 

SCHEDULE 2-B

 

ISSUER GENERAL USE FREE WRITING PROSPECTUSES

 

None.

 

36

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

LIST OF LOCK-UP PARTIES

 

NAME

 

Executive Officers
 
Yin Yan
 
Zhifen Zhou
 
Directors
 
Eric Newlan
 
Dandan Wang
 
Dvisha Patel
 
10% Stockholders
 
Fulai Wang
 
Sen Zhong
 
Hong Le Liang
 
Debt Holders
 
American Chef Kitchen LLC
 
H&S Construction
 
JaoFong Inc.

 

37

 

 

schedule 2.11

 

registration rights of third parties

 

38

 

 

schedule 2.14

 

no defaults; violations

 

39

 

 

schedule 2.27

 

related party transactions

 

40

 

 

schedule 2.39

 

title to Property

 

41

 

 

Schedule 2.40

 

contracts affecting capital

 

42

 

 

schedule 2.47

 

dividends and distributions

 

43

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant Agreement

 

A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

B-1

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Press Release

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

[Date]

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that American Trust Investment Services, Inc., acting as representative for the underwriters in the Company’s recent public offering of _______ shares of the Company’s Common Stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to _______ shares of Common Stock and accompanying Warrants held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on _______, 20___, and such shares of Common Stock may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer or sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C-1

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Subsidiaries

 

FuAn Enterprise, Inc., a California corporation

 

Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, a California corporation

 

D-1

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Testing-The-Waters Communications

 

E-1

Exhibit 3.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Pursuant to Sections 78.390, 78.385 and 78.403 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation, hereby amends and restates its Articles of Incorporation as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The name of the Corporation’s commercial registered agent is National Registered Agents, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The Corporation shall exist in perpetuity, from and after the date of filing these Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada unless dissolved according to law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The Corporation is organized for the purpose of transacting all lawful business for which a corporation may be incorporated pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes; and the Corporation shall have and may exercise all powers and rights which a corporation may exercise legally pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes.

 

ARTICLE V

 

5.1 Authorized Shares. The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Fifty Million (50,000,000). The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock,” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Forty Five Million (45,000,000), having a par value of $0.001 per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Million (5,000,000), having a par value of $0.001 per share.

 

5.2 Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to authorize the issuance of the Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, and to state in the resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted providing for the issuance thereof the following:

 

(a) Whether or not the class or series shall have voting rights, full or limited, the nature and qualifications, limitations and restrictions on those rights, or whether the class or series will be without voting rights;

 

(b) The number of shares to constitute the class or series and the designation thereof;

 

(c) The preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to any class or series;

 

1

 

 

(d) Whether or not the shares of any class or series shall be redeemable and if redeemable, the redemption price or prices, and the time or times at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such shares shall be redeemable and the manner of redemption;

 

(e) Whether or not the shares of a class or series shall be subject to the operation of retirement or sinking funds to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares for retirement, and if such retirement or sinking funds be established, the amount and the terms and provisions thereof;

 

(f) The dividend rate, whether dividends are payable in cash, stock of the Corporation, or other property, the conditions upon which and the times when such dividends are payable, the preference to or the relation to the payment of dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock, whether or not such dividend shall be cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or dates from which such dividends shall accumulate;

 

(g) The preferences, if any, and the amounts thereof which the holders of any class or series thereof are entitled to receive upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of, or upon any distribution of assets of, the Corporation;

 

(h) Whether or not the shares of any class or series are convertible into, or exchangeable for, the shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation and the conversion price or prices or ratio or ratios or the rate or rates at which such exchange may be made, with such adjustments, if any, as shall be stated and expressed or provided for in such resolution or resolutions; and

 

(i) Such other rights and provisions with respect to any class or series as may to the board of directors seem advisable.

 

The shares of each class or series of the Preferred Stock may vary from the shares of any other class or series thereof in any respect. The Board of Directors may increase the number of shares of the Preferred Stock designated for any existing class or series by a resolution adding to such class or series authorized and unissued shares of the Preferred Stock not designated for any existing class or series of the Preferred Stock and the shares so subtracted shall become authorized, unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock.

 

5.3 Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Restrictions of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article V, Section 5.3 as follows:

 

(a) Designation and Number. Of such 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, authorized, 135,000 shares are designated as “Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock”).

 

(b) Dividends. The holders of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends paid on the Corporation’s Common Stock.

 

(c) Liquidation Preference. The holders of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any liquidation preference.

 

2

 

 

(d) Voting. The holders of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock will have the shareholder voting rights as described in this Section 5.3(d) or as required by law. For so long as any shares of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, the holders thereof shall have the right to vote in an amount equal to 1,000 votes per share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, in respect of all matters concerning the voting of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, the Common Stock (and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally with the Common Stock) and the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall vote as a single class and such voting rights shall be identical in all respects.

 

(e) Conversion Rights. The holders of the shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall not have any rights hereunder to convert such shares into, or exchange such shares for, shares of any other series or class of capital stock of the Corporation or of any other person.

 

(f) Redemption Rights. The holders of the shares of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall have the option to redeem, in whole or in part, the outstanding shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock such holder then holds, at a redemption price of $0.001 per share.

 

(g) Notices. Any notice required hereby to be given to the holders of shares of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

5.4 Forward Stock Split. On the Effective Date of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation will effect a forward stock split, pursuant to which (i) every one (1) issued and outstanding share of the Corporation’s previously authorized common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Old Common Stock”) shall be reclassified and converted to validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $0.001 (the “New Common Stock”), on a 1.55-for-1 basis; and (ii) every one (1) issued and outstanding share of the Corporation’s previously authorized Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Old Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock”, together with Old Common Stock, “Old Stock”) shall be reclassified and converted to validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 (the “New Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock”, together with New Common Stock, “New Stock”), on a 4.5-for-1 basis (“Forward Stock Split”). Each certificate representing shares of Old Stock shall thereafter represent the number of shares of New Stock into which the shares of Old Stock represented by such certificate were reclassified and converted hereby. No cash will be paid or distributed as a result of aforementioned Forward Stock Split of the Corporation’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock, and no fractional shares will be issued. All fractional shares which would otherwise be required to be issued as a result of the Forward Stock Split will be rounded up to a whole share.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of the Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against any and all expenses (including reasonable and invoiced attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement or incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, that the foregoing shall not require the Corporation to indemnify any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such rights shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of this Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The personal liability of all of the directors and officers of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent allowed as provided by the Nevada Revised Statutes as the same may be amended or otherwise supplemented.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors, acting by majority vote, is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repel the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in these Articles of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors constituting the board of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner specified in the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

August 20, 2024

 

ARTICLE I- OFFICES AND CORPORATE SEAL

 

SECTION 1.1 Registered Office.

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”) shall maintain a registered office in the State of Nevada. In addition to its registered office, the Corporation shall maintain a principal office at a location determined by the Board. The Board of Directors may change the Corporation’s registered office and principal office from time to time.

 

SECTION 1.2 Other Offices.

 

The Corporation may also maintain offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Nevada, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Board”), and the business of the Corporation may be transacted at such other offices with the same effect as that conducted at the principal office.

 

SECTION 1.3 Corporate Seal.

 

A Corporate seal shall not be requisite to the validity of any instrument executed by or on behalf of the Corporation, but nevertheless if in any instance a corporate seal be used, the same shall be a circle having on the circumference thereof the name of the Corporation and in the center the words “corporate seal”, the year incorporated, and the state where incorporated.

 

ARTICLE II- STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.1 Stockholders Meetings.

 

All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., or at such other time and place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board, or in the absence of direction by the Board, by the President or Secretary of the Corporation, either within or without the State of Nevada, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. A special or annual meeting called by stockholders owning a majority of the entire capital stock of the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 shall be held at the place designated by the stockholders calling the meeting in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

SECTION 2.2 Annual Meetings.

 

Annual meetings of a stockholders shall be held on a date designated by the Board of Directors or if that day shall be a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day, or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect the Board and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. In the event that an annual meeting is not held on the date specified in this Section 2.2, the annual meeting may be held on the written call of the stockholders owning a majority of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding, and entitled to vote.

 

SECTION 2.3 Special Meetings of Stockholders.

 

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by Nevada statute or by the articles of Incorporation (hereinafter the “articles”), may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. In the event that the President or Secretary fails to call a meeting pursuant to such a request, a special meeting may be held on the written call of the stockholders owning a majority of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding, and entitled to vote.

 

1

 

 

SECTION 2.4 List of Stockholders.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall prepare and make, no more than two (2) days after notice of a meeting of a stockholders is given, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to examination and copying by any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder present.

 

SECTION 2.5 Notice of Stockholders Meetings.

 

Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when mailed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice unless determined otherwise by the unanimous vote of the holders of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation present at the meeting in person or represented by proxy.

 

SECTION 2.6 Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date.

 

For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or permitted to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the board may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or permitted to vote at, a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the board may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of stockholders is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not enclosed and no record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, or permitted to vote at, a meeting of stockholders, or for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the record date shall be 4:00 p.m. on the day before the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if notice is waived, the record date shall be the day on which, and the time at which, the meeting is commenced. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, provided that the board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and further provided that such adjournments do not in the aggregate exceed thirty (30) days. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to action without a meeting pursuant to Section 2.9 shall be the date on which the first stockholder signs the consent.

 

2

 

 

SECTION 2.7 Quorum and Adjournment.

 

a) The holders of a majority of the shares issued, outstanding, and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by Nevada statute or by the articles.

 

b) Business may be conducted once a quorum is present and may continue until adjournment of the meeting notwithstanding the withdrawal or temporary absence of sufficient shares to reduce the number present to less than a quorum. Unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by Nevada statute or the articles, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares then represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders; provided, however, that if the shares then represented are less than required to constitute a quorum, the affirmative vote must be such as would constitute a majority if a quorum were present; and provided further, that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares then present shall be sufficient in all cases to adjourn a meeting.

 

c) If a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting to another time or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, until a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.8 Voting.

 

At every meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are otherwise provided by applicable law or the Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after six (6) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period not to exceed seven (7) years.

 

SECTION 2.9 Action Without Meeting.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter of the action unless a greater percentage is required by law in which case such greater percentage shall be required.

 

SECTION 2.10 Waiver.

 

A stockholder’s attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of any objection to defective notice or lack of notice of the meeting unless the stockholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and shall constitute a waiver of any objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented. A stockholder may otherwise waive notice of any annual or special meeting of stockholders by executing a written waiver of notice either before, at or after the time of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.11 Conduct of Meetings.

 

Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by a chairman to be chosen, subject to confirmation after tabulation of the votes, by a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy. The secretary for the meeting shall be the Secretary of the Corporation, or if the Secretary of the Corporation is absent, then the chairman initially chosen by a majority of the stockholders shall appoint any person present to act as secretary. The chairman shall conduct the meeting in accordance with the Corporation’s articles, Bylaws and the notice of the meeting, and may establish rules for conducting the business of the meeting. After calling the meeting to order, the chairman initially chosen shall call for the election inspector, or if no inspector is present then the secretary of the meeting, to tabulate the votes represented at the meeting and entitled to be cast. Once the votes are tabulated, the shares entitled to vote shall confirm the chairman initially chosen or shall choose another chairman, who shall confirm the secretary initially chosen or shall choose another secretary in accordance with this Section. If directors are to be elected, the tabulation of votes present at the meeting shall be announced prior to the casting of votes for the directors.

 

3

 

 

SECTION 2.12 Election Inspector.

 

The Board of Directors, in advance of any stockholders meeting, may appoint an election inspector to act at such meeting. If an election inspector is not so appointed or is not present at the meeting, the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any person entitled to vote at the meeting shall, make such appointment. If appointed, the election inspector will determine the number of shares outstanding, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies and the number of shares represented at the meeting in person and by proxy; receive and count votes, ballots and consents and announce the results thereof; hear and determine all challenges and questions pertaining to proxies and voting; and, in general, perform such acts as may be proper to ensure the fair conduct of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.13 Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.

 

(a) Annual Meetings. At a meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for the election of directors and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. Except for nominations that are included in the Corporation’s annual meeting proxy statement pursuant to Section 2.14, to be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations or such other business must be:

 

(i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof;

 

(ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof; or

 

(iii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time such notice of meeting is delivered, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.13.

 

In addition, any proposal of business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must be a proper matter for stockholder action. For business (including, but not limited to, director nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.13(a)(iii), the stockholder or stockholders of record intending to propose the business (the “Proposing Stockholder”) must have given timely notice thereof pursuant to this Section 2.13(a), in writing to the Secretary even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or Public Disclosure from the Board of Directors. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice for an annual meeting must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (x) not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if such meeting is to be held on a day which is not more than 30 days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting or not later than 60 days after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; and (y) with respect to any other annual meeting of stockholders, including in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (1) the 90th day prior to the annual meeting and (2) the close of business on the tenth day following the first date of Public Disclosure of the date of such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period). For the purposes of this Section 2.13 and Section 2.14, “Public Disclosure” shall mean a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press, or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(b) Stockholder Nominations. For the nomination of any person or persons for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.13(a)(iii) or Section 2.13(d), a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth or include:

 

(i) the name, age, business address, and residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice;

 

(ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee;

 

4

 

 

(iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such nominee (if any);

 

(iv) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act;

 

(v) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written statement and agreement executed by each such nominee acknowledging that such person:

 

(A) consents to being named in the Company’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected,

 

(B) intends to serve as a director for the full term for which such person is standing for election, and

 

(C) makes the following representations: (1) that the director nominee has read and agrees to adhere to the Corporation’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, if adopted (“Code of Ethics”), and any other of the Corporation’s policies or guidelines applicable to directors, including with regard to securities trading, and (2) that the director nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, and (3) that the director nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification (“Compensation Arrangement”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation in connection with such person’s nomination for director or service as a director; and

 

(vi) as to the Proposing Stockholder:

 

(A) the name and address of the Proposing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made,

 

(B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned by the Proposing Stockholder (beneficially and of record) and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of such shares owned of record and beneficially as of the record date for the meeting within five business days after the record date for such meeting,

 

(C) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the Proposing Stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and any of their affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement, or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting within five business days after the record date for such meeting,

 

(D) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, the Proposing Stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and any of their affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such person or any of their affiliates or associates with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement, or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting within five business days after the record date for such meeting,

 

5

 

 

(E) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice, and

 

(F) a representation whether the Proposing Stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the nomination and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

(c) Other Stockholder Proposals. For all business other than director nominations, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

 

(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting;

 

(ii) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

 

(iii) the text of any proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these by-laws, the language of the proposed amendment);

 

(iv) any substantial interest (within the meaning of Item 5 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed;

 

(v) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the proposal and pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings between or among such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, any of their affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such stockholder, beneficial owner, or any of their affiliates or associates, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such stockholder, beneficial owner, or their affiliates or associates; and

 

(vii) the information required by Section 2.13(b)(vi) above.

 

(d) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders called by the Board of Directors at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting:

 

(i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof; or

 

(ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.13(d) is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.13.

 

6

 

 

In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if such stockholder delivers a stockholder’s notice that complies with the requirements of Section 2.13(b) to the Secretary at its principal executive offices not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (x) the 90th day prior to such special meeting; or (y) the tenth (10th) day following the date of the first Public Disclosure of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any notice time period).

 

(e) Effect of Noncompliance. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 shall be eligible to be elected at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such other business shall be conducted at a meeting as shall be brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.13 or Section 2.14, as applicable. If any proposed nomination was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.13 or Section 2.14, as applicable, or other business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.13, then except as otherwise required by law, the chair of the meeting shall have the power and duty to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed other business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to the contrary, unless otherwise required by law, if a Proposing Stockholder intending to propose business or make nominations at an annual meeting or propose a nomination at a special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.13 does not provide the information required under this Section 2.13 to the Corporation, including the updated information required by Section 2.13(b)(vi)(B), Section 2.13(b)(vi)(C), and Section 2.13(b)(vi)(D) within five business days after the record date for such meeting or the Proposing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business or nominations, such business or nominations shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business or nominations may have been received by the Corporation.

 

(f) Rule 14a-8. This Section 2.13 and Section 2.14 shall not apply to a proposal proposed to be made by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of the stockholder’s intention to present the proposal at an annual or special meeting only pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and such proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.14 Proxy Access.

 

(a) Inclusion of Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee in Proxy Statement. Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.14, the Corporation shall include in its proxy statement (including its form of proxy and ballot) for an annual meeting of stockholders the name of any stockholder nominee for election to the Board of Directors submitted pursuant to this Section 2.14 (each a “Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee”) provided:

 

(i) timely written notice of such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee satisfying this Section 2.14 (“Proxy Access Notice”) is delivered to the Corporation by or on behalf of a stockholder or stockholders that, at the time the Proxy Access Notice is delivered, satisfy the ownership and other requirements of this Section 2.14 (such stockholder or stockholders, and any person on whose behalf they are acting, the “Eligible Stockholder”);

 

(ii) the Eligible Stockholder expressly elects in writing at the time of providing the Proxy Access Notice to have its Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to this Section 2.14; and

 

(iii) the Eligible Stockholder and the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee otherwise satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.14.

 

7

 

 

(b) Timely Notice. To be timely, the Proxy Access Notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not later than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the first anniversary of the date (as stated in the Corporation’s proxy materials) that the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement was first sent to stockholders in connection with the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders/of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, the Proxy Access Notice must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 150th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of: (i) the 120th day prior to such annual meeting; or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which Public Disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of the Proxy Access Notice.

 

(c) Information to be Included in Proxy Statement. In addition to including the name of the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting, the Corporation shall also include (collectively, the “Required Information”):

 

(i) the information concerning the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee and the Eligible Stockholder that is required to be disclosed in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

(ii) if the Eligible Stockholder so elects, a written statement of the Eligible Stockholder (or in the case of a group, a written statement of the group), not to exceed 500 words, in support of its Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee, which must be provided at the same time as the Proxy Access Notice for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting (a “Statement”).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.14, the Corporation may omit from its proxy materials any information or Statement that it, in good faith, believes is untrue in any material respect (or omits a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading) or would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or listing standard. Additionally, nothing in this Section 2.14 shall limit the Corporation’s ability to solicit against and include in its proxy statement its own statements relating to any Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee.

 

(d) Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee Limits. The number of Proxy Access Stockholder Nominees (including Proxy Access Stockholder Nominees that were submitted by an Eligible Stockholder for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to this Section 2.14 but either are subsequently withdrawn or that the Board of Directors decides to nominate (a “Board Nominee”)) appearing in the Corporation’s proxy statement with respect to a meeting of stockholders shall not exceed the greater of: (x) two; or (y) 20% of the number of directors in office as of the last day on which notice of a nomination may be delivered pursuant to this Section 2.14 (the “Final Proxy Access Nomination Date”) or, if such amount is not a whole number, the closest whole number below 20% (the “Permitted Number”); provided, however, that:

 

(i) in the event that one or more vacancies for any reason occurs on the Board of Directors at any time after the Final Proxy Access Nomination Date and before the date of the applicable annual meeting of stockholders and the Board of Directors resolves to reduce the size of the Board of Directors in connection therewith, the Permitted Number shall be calculated based on the number of directors in office as so reduced; and

 

(ii) any Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee who is included in the Corporation’s proxy statement for a particular meeting of stockholders but either: (A) withdraws from or becomes ineligible or unavailable for election at the meeting, or (B) does not receive a number of votes cast in favor of his or her election at least equal to 25% of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the annual meeting and entitled to vote on the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee’s election, shall be ineligible to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 2.14 for the next two annual meetings of stockholders following the meeting for which the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee has been nominated for election; and

 

(iii) any director in office as of the nomination deadline who was included in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee for any of the two preceding annual meetings and whom the Board of Directors decides to nominate for election to the Board of Directors also will be counted against the Permitted Number.

 

8

 

 

In the event that the number of Proxy Access Stockholder Nominees submitted by Eligible Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.14 exceeds the Permitted Number, each Eligible Stockholder shall select one Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy statement until the Permitted Number is reached, going in order of the amount (from greatest to least) of voting power of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote on the election of directors as disclosed in the Proxy Access Notice. If the Permitted Number is not reached after each Eligible Stockholder has selected one Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee, this selection process shall continue as many times as necessary, following the same order each time, until the Permitted Number is reached.

 

(e) Eligibility of Nominating Stockholder; Stockholder Groups. An Eligible Stockholder must have owned (as defined below) continuously for at least three years a number of shares that represents 3% or more of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors (the “Required Shares”) as of both the date the Proxy Access Notice is delivered to or received by the Corporation in accordance with this Section 2.14 and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and must intend to continue to own the Required Shares for at least one year following the date of the annual meeting/deliver a statement regarding the Eligible Stockholder’s intent with respect to continued ownership of the Required Shares for at least one year following the annual meeting. For purposes of satisfying the ownership requirement under this Section 2.14, the voting power represented by the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned by one or more stockholders, or by the person or persons who own shares of the Corporation’s capital stock and on whose behalf any stockholder is acting, may be aggregated, provided that:

 

(i) the number of stockholders and other persons whose ownership of shares is aggregated for such purpose shall not exceed 10; and

 

(ii) each stockholder or other person whose shares are aggregated shall have held such shares continuously for at least three years.

 

Whenever an Eligible Stockholder consists of a group of stockholders and/or other persons, any and all requirements and obligations for an Eligible Stockholder set forth in this Section 2.14 must be satisfied by and as to each such stockholder or other person, except that shares may be aggregated to meet the Required Shares as provided in this Section 2.14(e). With respect to any one particular annual meeting, no stockholder or other person may be a member of more than one group of persons constituting an Eligible Stockholder under this Section 2.14.

 

(f) Funds. A group of two or more funds shall be treated as one stockholder or person for this Section 2.14 provided that the other terms and conditions in this Section 2.14 are met (including Section 2.14(h)(v)(A)) and the funds are:

 

(i) under common management and investment control;

 

(ii) under common management and funded primarily by the same employer (or by a group of related employers that are under common control); or

 

(iii) a “group of investment companies,” as such term is defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(g) Ownership. For purposes of this Section 2.13, an Eligible Stockholder shall be deemed to “own” only those outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock as to which the person possesses both:

 

(i) the full voting and investment rights pertaining to the shares; and

 

(ii) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such shares; provided that the number of shares calculated in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) shall not include any shares:

 

(A) sold by such person or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not been settled or closed,

 

9

 

 

(B) borrowed by such person or any of its affiliates for any purposes or purchased by such person or any of its affiliates pursuant to an agreement to resell, or

 

(C) subject to any option, warrant, forward contract, swap, contract of sale, other derivative, or similar agreement entered into by such person or any of its affiliates, whether any such instrument or agreement is to be settled with shares or with cash based on the notional amount or value of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in any such case which instrument or agreement has, or is intended to have, the purpose or effect of: (1) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the future, such person’s or affiliates’ full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares; and/or (2) hedging, offsetting, or altering to any degree gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such shares by such person or affiliate.

 

An Eligible Stockholder “owns” shares held in the name of a nominee or other intermediary so long as the Eligible Stockholder retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of directors and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. An Eligible Stockholder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the Eligible Stockholder has delegated any voting power by means of a proxy, power of attorney, or other instrument or arrangement that is revocable at any time by the person. An Eligible Stockholder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the Eligible Stockholder has loaned such shares, provided that the Eligible Stockholder has the power to recall such loaned shares on three business days’ notice and recalls such loaned shares not more than three business days after being notified that any of its Proxy Access Stockholder Nominees will be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. The terms “owned,” “owning,” and other variations of the word “own” shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of this Section 2.14, the term “affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

(h) Nomination Notice and Other Eligible Stockholder Deliverables. An Eligible Stockholder must provide with its Proxy Access Notice the following information in writing to the Secretary:

 

(i) one or more written statements from the record holder of the shares (and from each intermediary through which the shares are or have been held during the requisite three-year holding period) verifying that, as of a date within seven calendar days prior to the date the Proxy Access Notice is delivered to or received by the Corporation, the Eligible Stockholder owns, and has owned continuously for the preceding three years, the Required Shares, and the Eligible Stockholder’s agreement to provide:

 

(A) within five business days after the record date for the meeting, written statements from the record holder and intermediaries verifying the Eligible Stockholder’s continuous ownership of the Required Shares through the record date, and

 

(B) immediate notice if the Eligible Stockholder ceases to own any of the Required Shares prior to the date of the applicable annual meeting of stockholders;

 

(ii) the Eligible Stockholder’s representation and agreement that the Eligible Stockholder (including each member of any group of stockholders that together is an Eligible Stockholder under this Section 2.14):

 

(A) intends to continue to satisfy the eligibility requirements described in this Section 2.14 through the date of the annual meeting, including a statement that the Eligible Stockholder intends to continue to own the Required Shares for at least one year following the date of the annual meeting/regarding the Eligible Stockholder’s intent with respect to continued ownership of the Required Shares for at least one year following the annual meeting,

 

(B) acquired the Required Shares in the ordinary course of business and not with the intent to change or influence control of the Corporation, and does not presently have such intent,

 

(C) has not nominated and will not nominate for election to the Board of Directors at the meeting any person other than the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee(s) being nominated pursuant to this Section 2.14,

 

10

 

 

(D) has not engaged and will not engage in, and has not and will not be, a “participant” in another person’s “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act in support of the election of any individual as a director at the meeting other than its Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee(s) or a Board Nominee,

 

(E) will not distribute to any stockholder any form of proxy for the meeting other than the form distributed by the Corporation,

 

(F) has provided and will provide facts, statements, and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its stockholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and do not and will not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,

 

(G) agrees to assume all liability stemming from any legal or regulatory violation arising out of the Eligible Stockholder’s communications with the Corporation’s stockholders or out of the information that the Eligible Stockholder provides to the Corporation,

 

(H) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and each of its directors, officers, and employees individually against any liability, loss, or damages in connection with any threatened or pending action, suit, or proceeding, whether legal, administrative, or investigative, against the Corporation or any of its directors, officers, or employees arising out of any nomination submitted by the Eligible Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.14,

 

(I) will file with the SEC any solicitation or other communication with the Corporation’s stockholders relating to the meeting at which the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee will be nominated, regardless of whether any such filing is required under Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or whether any exemption from filing is available for such solicitation or other communication under Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and

 

(J) will comply with all other applicable laws, rules, regulations, and listing standards with respect to any solicitation in connection with the meeting;

 

(iii) the written consent of each Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee to be named in the Corporation’s proxy statement, and form of proxy and ballot and, as a nominee and, if elected, to serve as a director;

 

(iv) a copy of the Schedule 14N (or any successor form) that has been filed with the SEC as required by Rule 14a-18 under the Exchange Act;

 

(v) in the case of a nomination by a group of stockholders that together is an Eligible Stockholder:

 

(A) documentation satisfactory to the Corporation demonstrating that a group of funds qualifies pursuant to the criteria set forth in Section 2.14(f) to be treated as one stockholder or person for purposes of this Section 2.14, and

 

(B) the designation by all group members of one group member that is authorized to act on behalf of all members of the nominating stockholder group with respect to the nomination and matters related thereto, including withdrawal of the nomination; and

 

(vi) if desired, a Statement.

 

11

 

 

(i) Stockholder Nominee Agreement. Each Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee must:

 

(i) provide within five business days of the Corporation’s request an executed agreement, in a form deemed satisfactory to the Corporation, providing the following representations:

 

(A) the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee has read and agrees to adhere to the Corporation’s Code of Ethics, and any other of the Corporation’s policies or guidelines applicable to directors, including with regard to securities trading, and

(B) the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee is not and will not become a party to: (1) any Voting Commitment that has not been disclosed to the Corporation; or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, and

 

(C) the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee is not and will not become a party to any Compensation Arrangement in connection with such person’s nomination for director or service as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation;

 

(ii) complete, sign, and submit all questionnaires required of the Corporation’s Board of Directors within five business days of receipt of each such questionnaire from the Corporation; and

 

(iii) provide within five business days of the Corporation’s request such additional information as the Corporation determines may be necessary to permit the Board of Directors to determine whether such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee meets the requirements of this Section 2.14 or the Corporation’s requirements with regard to director qualifications and policies and guidelines applicable to directors, including whether:

 

(A) such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee is independent under the independence requirements, including the committee independence requirements, set forth in the listing standards of the stock exchange on which shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are listed, any applicable rules of the SEC, and any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of Directors in determining and disclosing the independence of the directors (the “Independence Standards”),

 

(B) such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee has any direct or indirect relationship with the Corporation that has not been deemed categorically immaterial pursuant to the Corporation’s Code of Ethics, and

 

(C) such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee is not and has not been subject to: (1) any event specified in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or (2) any order of the type specified in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

(j) Eligible Stockholder/Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee Undertaking. In the event that any information or communications provided by the Eligible Stockholder or Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee to the Corporation or its stockholders ceases to be true and correct in any respect or omits a fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, each Eligible Stockholder or Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Secretary of any such inaccuracy or omission in such previously provided information and of the information that is required to make such information or communication true and correct. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision of any such notification pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be deemed to cure any defect or limit the Corporation’s right to omit a Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee from its proxy materials as provided in this Section 2.14.

 

(k) Exceptions Permitting Exclusion of Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee. The Corporation shall not be required to include pursuant to this Section 2.14 a Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee in its proxy statement (or, if the proxy statement has already been filed, to allow the nomination of a Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation):

 

(i) if the Eligible Stockholder who has nominated such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee has nominated for election to the Board of Directors at the meeting any person other than pursuant to this Section 2.14, or has or is engaged in, or has been or is a “participant” in another person’s, “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act in support of the election of any individual as a director at the meeting other than its Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee(s) or a Board Nominee;

 

12

 

 

(ii) if the Corporation has received a notice (whether or not subsequently withdrawn) that a stockholder intends to nominate any candidate for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to the advance notice requirements in Section 2.13 of these by-laws;

 

(iii) who is not independent under the Independence Standards;

 

(iv) whose election as a member of the Board of Directors would violate or cause the Corporation to be in violation of these by-laws, the Corporation’s Code of Ethics, or other document setting forth qualifications for directors, the listing standards of the stock exchange on which shares of the Corporation’s capital stock is listed, or any applicable state or federal law, rule, or regulation;

 

(v) if the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee is or becomes a party to any undisclosed Voting Commitment;

 

(vi) if the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee is or becomes a party to any undisclosed Compensation Arrangement;

 

(vii) who is or has been, within the past three years, an officer or director of a competitor, as defined in Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914;

 

(viii) who is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) or has been convicted in such a criminal proceeding within the past ten years;

 

(ix) who is subject to any order of the type specified in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D under the Securities Act; or

 

(x) if such Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee or the applicable Eligible Stockholder shall have provided information to the Corporation in respect of such nomination that was untrue in any material respect or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or shall have breached its or their agreements, representations, undertakings, or obligations pursuant to this Section 2.14.

 

(l) Invalidity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Board of Directors or the person presiding at the meeting shall be entitled to declare a nomination by an Eligible Stockholder to be invalid, and such nomination shall be disregarded notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation; and the Corporation shall not be required to include in its proxy statement any successor or replacement nominee proposed by the applicable Eligible Stockholder or any other Eligible Stockholder if:

 

(i) the Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee and/or the applicable Eligible Stockholder shall have breached its or their agreements, representations, undertakings, or obligations pursuant to this Section 2.14, as determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding at the meeting; or

 

(ii) the Eligible Stockholder (or a qualified representative thereof) does not appear at the meeting to present any nomination pursuant to this Section 2.14.

 

(m) Interpretation. The Board of Directors (and any other person or body authorized by the Board of Directors) shall have the power and authority to interpret this Section 2.14 and to make any and all determinations necessary or advisable to apply this Section 2.14 to any persons, facts, or circumstances, including the power to determine whether:

 

(i) a person or group of persons qualifies as an Eligible Stockholder;

 

(ii) outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are “owned” for purposes of meeting the ownership requirements of this Section 2.14;

 

(iii) a notice complies with the requirements of this Section 2.14;

 

13

 

 

(iv) a person satisfies the qualifications and requirements to be a Proxy Access Stockholder Nominee;

 

(v) inclusion of the Required Information in the Corporation’s proxy statement is consistent with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and listing standards; and

 

(vi) any and all requirements of this Section 2.14 have been satisfied.

 

(vii) Any such interpretation or determination adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors (or any other person or body authorized by the Board of Directors) shall be conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Corporation and all record or beneficial owners of stock of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.1 Number and Election.

 

The authorized number of directors shall be not less than one (1) nor more than nine (9) as fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board; provided that no decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director need not be a Stockholder, a citizen of the United States or a resident of the State of Nevada. Every director shall be at least eighteen (18) years of age. Directors may be elected by the stockholders or the Board, and each director shall serve until the next annual meeting and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 3.2 Powers.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts as are not by Nevada statute, the articles, or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.3 Resignation of Directors.

 

Any director may resign his office at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time be specified therein, at the time of the receipt thereof, and the acceptance thereof shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 3.4 Removal of Directors.

 

Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, only by the vote of stockholders representing not less than two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote.

 

SECTION 3.5 Vacancies.

 

Any vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director, by stockholders entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power of the corporation, or by the written consent of such stockholders, and each director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until resignation or removal. A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the authorized number of directors be increased, or if the stockholders fail at any annual, regular or special meeting of stockholders to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at the meeting.

 

14

 

 

SECTION 3.6 Place of Meetings.

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the directors then serving, all meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., and such meetings may be held by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.7 Annual Meetings.

 

Annual meetings of the Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of the stockholders and in the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event such meeting is not held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board, or as shall be specified in a written waiver of notice by all of the directors.

 

SECTION 3.8 Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

SECTION 3.9 Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President or the Secretary with seven (7) days’ notice to each director, either personally, by mail, by telegram, or by telephone; special meetings shall be called in like manner and on like notice by the President or Secretary on the written request of two (2) directors and shall in such case be held at the time requested by those directors, o if the President or Secretary fails to call the special meeting as requested, then the meeting may be called by the two requesting directors ad shall be held at the time designated by those directors in the notice.

 

SECTION 3.10 Quorum and Voting.

 

A quorum at any meeting of the Board shall consist of a majority of the number of directors then serving, but not less than two (2) directors, provided that if and when a Board comprised of one member is authorized, or in the event that only one director is then serving, then one director shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the directors then present may adjourn the meeting to another time or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If a quorum is present, then the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.11 Action Without Meeting.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the articles of these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

SECTION 3.12 Committee of the Board.

 

The Board, by resolution, adopted by a majority of the full Board, may designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees each of which, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the authority of the Board. The Board, with or without cause, may dissolve any such committee or remove any member thereof at any time. The designation of any such committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law.

 

SECTION 3.13 Compensation.

 

To the extent authorized by resolution of the Board and not prohibited or limited by the articles, these Bylaws, or the stockholders, a director may be reimbursed by the Corporation for his expenses, if any, incurred in attending a meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid by the Corporation for his expenses, if any, incurred in attending a meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid by the Corporation a fixed sum or a stated salary or both for attending meetings of the Board. No such reimbursement or payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any such capacity and receiving compensation therefore.

 

15

 

 

SECTION 3.14 Waiver.

 

A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting shall constitute a waiver of any objection to defective notice or lack of notice of the meeting unless the director objects at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon his arrival to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. A director may otherwise waive notice of any annual, regular or special meeting of directors by executing a written notice of waiver either before or after the time of the meeting.

 

SECTION 3.15 Chairman of the Board.

 

A Chairman of the Board may be appointed by the directors. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the stockholders, or these Bylaws. The Vice Chairman, if one has been elected, shall serve in the Chairman’s absence.

 

SECTION 3.16 Conduct of Meetings.

 

At each meeting of the Board, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside, in the following order of precedence:

 

a)The Chairman of the Board;

 

b)The Vice Chairman;

 

c)The President of the Corporation; or

 

d) A director chosen by a majority of the directors present, or if a majority is unable to agree on who shall act as chairman, then the director with the earliest date of birth shall act as the chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation, or if he shall be absent from such meeting, the person whom the chairman of such meeting appoints, shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof. The order of business and rules of procedure at each meeting of the Board shall be determined by the chairman of such meeting, but the same may be changed by the vote of a majority of those directors present at such meeting. The Board shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings.

 

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

 

SECTION 4.1 Titles, Offices, Authority.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and may, but need not, include a Chairman, a Vice Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Vice President, additional Vice Presidents, one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, or any other officer appointed by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the articles or these Bylaws otherwise provide. If only one person is serving as an officer of this Corporation, he or she shall be deemed to be President and Secretary. An officer shall have such authority and shall perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided by the articles or these Bylaws, or as may be determined by resolution of the Board or the stockholders in accordance with article V.

 

SECTION 4.2 Subordinate Officers.

 

The Board may appoint such subordinate officers, agents or employees as the Board may deem necessary or advisable, including one or more additional Vice Presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, and one or more assistant treasurers, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may delegate to any executive officer or to any committee the power to appoint any such additional officers, agents or employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no assistant secretary or assistant treasurer shall have power or authority to collect, account for, or pay over any tax imposed by any federal, state or city government.

 

16

 

 

SECTION 4.3 Appointment, Term of Office, Qualification.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board and each officer shall serve at the pleasure of the Board until the next annual meeting and until a successor is appointed and qualified, or until resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 4.4 Resignation.

 

Any officer may resign his office at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time be specified therein, at the time of the receipt thereof, and the acceptance thereof shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 4.5 Removal.

 

Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

SECTION 4.6 Vacancies.

 

A vacancy in any office, because of death, resignation, removal, or any other cause, shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of this Article IV for appointment to such office.

 

SECTION 4.7 The President.

 

The President shall preside at all meetings of stockholders. The President shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He may sign, when authorized by the Board, certificates for shares of the Corporation and deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of the President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

 

SECTION 4.8 The Vice President.

 

Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. At the request of the President, or in case of his absence or inability to act, the Vice President or, if there shall be more than one Vice President then in office, then one of them who shall be designated for the purpose by the President or by the Board shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President.

 

17

 

 

SECTION 4.9 The Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall act as secretary of, and keep the minutes of, all meetings of the Board and of the stockholders; he shall cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and directors; he shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal, or cause it to be affixed, to all proper instruments when deemed advisable by him; he shall have charge of the stock book and also of the other books, records and papers of the Corporation relating to its organization as a Corporation, and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law are properly kept or filed; and he shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary. He shall also have such powers and perform such duties as are assigned to him by these Bylaws, and he shall have such other powers and perform such other duties, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, as the Board shall from time to time prescribe. If no officer has been named as Secretary, the duties of the Secretary shall be performed by the President or a person designated by the President.

 

SECTION 4.10 The Treasurer.

 

The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name of and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks and other depositories as may be designated by the Board, or in the absence of direction by the Board, by the President; he shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the directors at the regular meetings of the Board or whenever they may require it, a statement of all his transactions as Treasurer and an account of the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, he shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board. He may sign, with the President or a Vice President, certificates of stock of the Corporation. If no officer has been named as Treasurer, the duties of the Treasurer shall be performed by the President or a person designated by the President.

 

SECTION 4.11 Compensation.

 

The Board shall have the power to set the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to set the compensation of such subordinate officers.

 

ARTICLE V - AUTHORITY TO INCUR CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS

 

SECTION 5.1 Limit on Authority.

 

No officer or agent of the Corporation shall be authorized to incur obligations on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the articles or these Bylaws, or by resolution of the Board or the stockholders. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 5.2 Contracts and Other Obligations.

 

To the extent authorized by the articles or these Bylaws, or by resolution of the Board or the stockholders, officers and agents of the Corporation may enter into contracts, execute and deliver instruments, sign and issue checks, and otherwise incur obligations on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI - SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 6.1 Certificates for Shares.

 

Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board. Such certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an assistant secretary. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar, other than the Corporation itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefore upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board may prescribe.

 

18

 

 

SECTION 6.2 Issuance.

 

Before the Corporation issues shares, the Board shall determine that the consideration received or to be received for the shares is adequate. A certificate shall not be issued for any share until such share is fully paid.

 

SECTION 6.3 Transfer of Shares.

 

Transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

 

ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year; provided, however, that the Board may select a different fiscal year at any time for purposes of federal income taxes, or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII - DIVIDENDS

 

From time to time the Board may declare, and the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its articles.

 

ARTICLE IX – INDEMNIFICATION, INSURANCE AND OFFICER AND DIRECTOR CONTRACTS

 

9.1 Indemnification: Third-Party Actions. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (and, in the discretion of the board of directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

9.2 Indemnification: Corporate Actions. The Corporation shall indemnify any persons who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of the Corporation (and, in the discretion of the board of directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

 

19

 

 

9.3 Determination. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in sections 9.1 and 9.2 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Any other indemnification under sections 9.1 or 9.2 hereof, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the Corporation only in the specific case on a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard or conduct set forth in sections 9.1 or 9.2 hereof. Such determination shall be made either (i) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders by a majority vote of a quorum of stockholders at any meeting duly called for such purpose.

 

9.4 Advances. Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding on receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officers to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by this section. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid on such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

 

9.5 Scope of Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.4: (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; and (ii) shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

 

9.6 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against any such liability.

 

9.7 Officer and Director Contracts. No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers or between the Corporation and any corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of the Corporation’s directors or officers are directors, officers, or have a financial interest, is either void or voidable solely on the basis of such relationship or solely because any such director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because the vote or votes of each director or officer are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts of the relationship or interest are disclosed or known to the board of directors or committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts of the relationship or interest is disclosed or known to the stockholders and they approve or ratify the contract or transactions in good faith by a majority vote of the shares voted at a meeting of stockholders called for such purpose or written consent of stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote (the votes of the common or interested directors or officers shall be counted in any such vote of stockholders); or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation at the time it is authorized, approved, or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

 

9.8 Waiver of Sections 78.378 - 78.3793. Sections 78.378 through and including 78.3793 of the Nevada Revised Statutes shall not apply to the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X - REPEAL, ALTERATION OR AMENDMENT

 

These Bylaws may be repealed, altered, or amended, or substitute Bylaws may be adopted at any time by a majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting, or by the stockholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any amendment made by the stockholders shall be valid.

 

 

20

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

 

I, the undersigned, hereby certify:

 

1.That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Corporation”); and

 

2.That the foregoing Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, comprising twenty (21) pages, constitute the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by the directors by unanimous written consent on August 19, 2024 and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation by unanimous written consent as of August 20, 2024.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the Corporation on August 20, 2024.

 

  By: /s/ Zhifen Zhou
  Name:  Zhifen Zhou
  Title: Secretary

 

 

21

 

Exhibit 4.1

Exhibit 4.2

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant Agreement

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) AMERICAN TRUST INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC. OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF AMERICAN TRUST INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC. OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [________________] [DATE THAT IS SIX MONTHS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING]. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [___________________] [DATE THAT IS FIVE YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING].

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

For the Purchase of [__] Shares of Common Stock

of

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of funds duly paid by or on behalf of American Trust Investment Services, Inc. (“Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time from [________________] [DATE THAT IS SIX MONTHS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING] (the “Commencement Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, [____________] [DATE THAT IS FIVE YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING] (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [__] shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $[__] per Share; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context. The term “Effective Date” shall mean [ ], 2024, the date on which the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-__________) of the Company was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2. Exercise.

 

2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

 

 

 

2.2 Cashless Exercise. If at any time after the Commencement Date there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares by the Holder, then in lieu of exercising this Purchase Warrant by payment of cash or check payable to the order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Holder may elect to receive the number of Shares equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)  
A  

 

Where,

 

  X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
  Y = The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
  A = The fair market value of one Share; and
  B = The Exercise Price.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

 

  (i) if the Company’s common stock is traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the closing price on such exchange prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or

 

  (ii) if the Company’s common stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the closing bid price prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.3 Legend. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE LAW. NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE LAW WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

3. Transfer.

 

3.1 General Restrictions. The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than: (i) American Trust Investment Services, Inc. (“ATIS”) or an underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of ATIS or of any such underwriter or selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(e)(1), or (b) for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date, cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2). On and after one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) business days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

 

2

 

 

3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Securities Act. The securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing that the opinion of DeMint Law, PLLC shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the availability of an exemption), or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

 

4. Registration Rights.

 

4.1 Demand Registration.

 

4.1.1 Grant of Right. The Company, upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the Holders of at least 51% of the Purchase Warrants and/or the underlying Shares, agrees to register, on one (1) occasion, all or any portion of the Shares underlying the Purchase Warrants (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement with the Commission covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the Commission; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to comply with a Demand Notice if the Company has filed a registration statement with respect to which the Holder is entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof and either: (i) the Holder has elected to participate in the offering covered by such registration statement or (ii) if such registration statement relates to an underwritten primary offering of securities of the Company, until the offering covered by such registration statement has been withdrawn or until thirty (30) days after such offering is consummated. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice by any Holders to all other registered Holders of the Purchase Warrants and/or the Registrable Securities within ten (10) days after the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice.

 

4.1.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.1.1, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the filing required herein to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such states as are reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause: (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license to do business in such State or submit to general service of process in such State, or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under Section 4.1.1 to remain effective for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months after the date that the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities. The Holders shall only use the prospectuses provided by the Company to sell the shares covered by such registration statement, and will immediately cease to use any prospectus furnished by the Company if the Company advises the Holder that such prospectus may no longer be used due to a material misstatement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.1.2, the Holder shall be entitled to a demand registration under this Section 4.1.2 on only one (1) occasion and such demand registration right shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C).

 

4.2 “Piggy-Back” Registration.

 

4.2.1 Grant of Right. In addition to the demand right of registration described in Section 4.1 hereof, the Holder shall have the right, for a period of no more than seven (7) years from the Effective Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D), to include the Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any equivalent form); provided, however, that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of shares of common stock which may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Holder requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit. Any exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Holders seeking to include Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included by such Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the holders of which are not entitled to inclusion of such securities in such Registration Statement or are not entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities.

 

3

 

 

4.2.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.2.1 hereof, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holder. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Purchase Warrant, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holder may request registration under this Section 4.2.2; provided, however, that such registration rights shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

4.3 General Terms.

 

4.3.1 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters contained in Section 5.1 of the Underwriting Agreement between the Underwriters and the Company, dated as of [___________], 2024. The Holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5.2 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.

 

4.3.2 Exercise of Purchase Warrants. Nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holders to exercise their Purchase Warrants prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

 

4.3.3 Documents Delivered to Holders. The Company shall furnish to each Holder participating in any of the foregoing offerings and to each underwriter of any such offering, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Holder or underwriter, of: (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the Effective Date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the Effective Date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent registered public accounting firm which has issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to the managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or the Auditor and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of FINRA. Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and the Auditor, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times as any such Holder shall reasonably request.

 

4

 

 

4.3.4 Underwriting Agreement. The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any Holders whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 4, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders, their Shares and their intended methods of distribution.

 

4.3.5 Documents to be Delivered by Holders. Each of the Holders participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.

 

4.3.6 Damages. Should the registration or the effectiveness thereof required by Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof be delayed by the Company or the Company otherwise fails to comply with such provisions, the Holders shall, in addition to any other legal or other relief available to the Holders, be entitled to obtain specific performance or other equitable (including injunctive) relief against the threatened breach of such provisions or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages and without the necessity of posting bond or other security.

 

4.4 Termination of Registration Rights. The registration rights afforded to the Holders under this Section 4 shall terminate on the earliest date when all Registrable Securities of such Holder either: (i) have been publicly sold by such Holder pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) have been covered by an effective Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3 (or successor form), which may be kept effective as an evergreen Registration Statement, or (iii) may be sold by the Holder within a 90 day period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 or consistent with applicable SEC interpretive guidance (including CD&I no. 201.04 (April 2, 2007) or similar interpretive guidance).

 

5. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.

 

5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 

5.2 Lost Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

5

 

 

6. Adjustments.

 

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying the Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1 Share Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Shares or by a split up of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

6.1.2 Aggregation of Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Shares or other similar event, then, on the Effective Date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

6.1.3 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

6.1.4 Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the Purchase Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

 

6.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.

 

6

 

 

6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

 

7. Reservation and Listing. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as the Purchase Warrants shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all national securities exchanges (or, if applicable, on the Over-the-Counter market or any successor trading market) on which the Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted.

 

8. Certain Notice Requirements.

 

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders.

 

8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company; (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor; or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

 

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price. The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered or mailed by express mail or private courier service: (i) if to the registered Holder of the Purchase Warrant, to the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:

 

If to the Holder:

 

American Trust Investment Services, Inc.

501 N. El Camino Real, Suite 211

San Clemente, California 92672

Attn: Kristopher Kessler

 

7

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

DeMint Law, PLLC

3753 Howard Hughes Parkway

Second Floor Suite 314

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Attn: Anthony N. DeMint, Esq.

 

If to the Company:

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

12 Chrysler Unit C

Irvine, California 92618

Attn: Yin Yan

Fax No.: [_________] 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP

45 Fremont Street, Suite 3000

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: John P. Yung, Esq.

Fax No.: [_________]

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

9.1 Amendments. The Company and ATIS may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and ATIS may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and ATIS deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.3 Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.4 Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8

 

 

9.6 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

9.7 Execution in Counterparts. This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.

 

9.8 Exchange Agreement. As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and ATIS enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of _______, 2024.

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.  
   
By:                                      
Name: Yin Yan  
Title: CEO  

 

9

 

 

[Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant]

 

Date: __________, 20___

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______ shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of [_________], a [_________] corporation (the “Company”), and hereby makes payment of $____ (at the rate of $____ per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.

 

or

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ Shares of the Company under the Purchase Warrant for ______ Shares, as determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)  
A  

 

Where,

 

  X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
  Y = The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
  A = The fair market value of one Share which is equal to $_____; and
  B = The Exercise Price which is equal to $______ per share

 

The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been converted.

 

Signature    
     
Signature Guaranteed    

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name:     
  (Print in Block Letters)  

 

Address:     
     
     
     
     

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

10

 

 

[Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant]

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, __________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

 

Dated: __________, 20__

 

Signature _________________________

 

Signature Guaranteed ________________________________

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

 

 

11

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

January 13, 2025

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

12 Chrysler Unit C

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Re:Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We act as counsel to Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparing and filing of a registration statement on Form S-1, as may be further amended or supplemented (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the registration of up to an aggregate of $12,190,000 of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), consisting of: (i) shares of Common Stock (the “Firm Shares”) on a firm commitment basis; (ii) shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares” and, collectively with the Firm Shares, the “Public Shares”) issuable upon the exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”); and (iii) shares of Common Stock (the “Representative’s Warrant Shares”) issuable upon the excise of Representative’s warrants (the “Representative’s Warrants”) granted to the Representative in connection with the issuance of the Public Shares. The number of Public Shares, Representative’s Warrant Shares, and Representative’s Warrants issuable shall be as described in the Registration Statement.

 

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable. In such examination, we have assumed without verification the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied on certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.

 

We express no opinions other than as specifically set forth herein. We are opining solely on as to laws of the state of Nevada and we express no opinion as to whether the laws of any jurisdiction are applicable to the subject matter hereof. We are not rendering any opinion as to compliance with any federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof. This opinion letter deals only with the specified legal issues expressly addressed herein, and you should not infer any opinion that is not explicitly stated herein from any matter addressed in this opinion letter.

 

 

 

ARIZONA ● CALIFORNIA ● COLORADO ● CONNECTICUT ● DELAWARE ● FLORIDA ● GEORGIA ● ILLINOIS ● INDIANA ● KANSAS ● KENTUCKY ● LOUISIANA ● MARYLAND ● MASSACHUSETTS ● MINNESOTA ● MISSISSIPPI ● MISSOURI ● NEVADA ● NEW JERSEY ● NEW MEXICO ● NEW YORK ● NORTH CAROLINA ● OHIO ● OREGON ● PENNSYLVANIA ● RHODE ISLAND ● TENNESSEE ● TEXAS ● UTAH ● VIRGINIA ● WASHINGTON ● WASHINGTON D.C. ● WEST VIRGINIA

 

 

 

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

January 13, 2025

Page 2

 

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that:

 

(i)the Public Shares, when issued and delivered against payment of the consideration therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(ii)the Representative’s Warrants, when executed, issued and delivered in conformity with the form filed as the exhibit to the Registration Statement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; and

 

(iii)upon exercise of the Representative Warrants against payment of the exercise price therefor and in accordance with the terms of Representative’s Warrants, the Representative’s Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

In rendering the foregoing opinions, we have assumed that at or prior to the time of the delivery of any Public Shares, Representative’s Warrants and Representative’s Warrant Shares (collectively, the “Securities”): (i) the Registration Statement will have been declared effective under the Act and that the registration will apply to all of the Securities and will not have been modified or rescinded and that there will not have occurred any change in law affecting the validity of the issuance of such Securities; (ii) upon the delivery of the Representative’s Warrants, the Representative’s Warrants will conform to the forms thereof filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and (iii) the due execution, countersignature, authentication, issuance and delivery of the Representative’s Warrants and, as applicable, the related agreements, and appropriate payment of the applicable consideration.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm therein under the caption “Legal Matters.” In giving our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert,” as used in Section 11 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Commission, nor do we admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon for any other purpose.

 

 

Very truly yours,

   
  /s/ Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP
   
  LEWIS BRISBOIS BISGAARD & SMITH LLP

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

 

This Independent Director Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of ____, 2024, by and between Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and ________, an individual (“Director”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.  The Company has proposed to raise additional capital through an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s common stock and, in connection with the IPO, the Company proposes to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Registration Statement”) relating to the registration of its common stock under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

 

B.  The Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board; and

 

C.  The Director may be appointed as a member of one or more committees of the Board; and

 

D.  The Director may also be appointed to serve as Chairman of one or more committees of the Board.

 

I. SERVICES

 

1.1  Board of Directors. Director agrees to perform such tasks as may be necessary to fulfill Director’s obligations as a member of the Board and its committees and serve as a director so long as he is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws (collectively, the “Charter”) and any necessary approval by the Company’s stockholders and/or Board, and until such time as he resigns, fails to stand for election, fails to be elected by the stockholders of the Company or is removed from his position. Director may at any time and for any reason resign or be removed from such position consistent with the Charter (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement with respect to the Director.

 

1.2  Director Services. The Director shall provide the following Services (“Director Services”):

 

(a)  During the term of services as a director of the Company (“Directorship Term”), the Director shall make reasonable business efforts to attend all Board meetings, serve on appropriate subcommittees as reasonably requested by the Board, make himself available to the Company at mutually convenient times and places, attend external meetings and presentations, as appropriate and convenient, and perform such duties, services and responsibilities, and have the authority commensurate to such position.

 

(b)  The Director will use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company. The Company recognizes that the Director (i) is or may become a full-time employee of another entity and that his responsibilities to such entity must have priority and (ii) sits or may sit on the board of directors of other entities, subject to any limitations set forth by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and limitations provided by any exchange or quotation service on which the Company’s common stock is listed or traded. Notwithstanding the same, the Director will provide the Company with prior written notice of any future commitments to such entities and use reasonable business efforts to coordinate his respective commitments so as to fulfill his obligations to the Company and, in any event, will fulfill his legal obligations as a Director. Other than as set forth above, the Director will not, without the prior notification to the Board, engage in any other business activity which could materially interfere with the performance of his duties, services and responsibilities hereunder or which is in violation of the reasonable policies established from time to time by the Company, provided that the foregoing shall in no way limit his activities on behalf of (i) any current employer and its affiliates or (ii) the board of directors of any entities on which he currently sits. At such time as the Board receives such notification, the Board may require the resignation of the Director if it determines that such business activity does in fact materially interfere with the performance of the Director’s duties, services and responsibilities hereunder.

 

 

 

 

1.3 Independence. Director acknowledges that his/her appointment hereunder is contingent upon the Board’s determination that he/she is “independent” with respect to the Company, in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq and NYSE American, and that his/her appointment may be terminated by the Company in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence standard.

 

1.3  Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the “Expiration Date” which shall be the earlier of the date on which Director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason, including death, resignation, removal, or failure to be elected by the stockholders of the Company, or the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof.

 

II. COMPENSATION

 

2.1  Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse the Director for pre-approved reasonable business-related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the Director’s duties for the Company. Such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon submission by the Director of a signed statement itemizing the expenses incurred, which shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the expenditures.

 

2.2  Fees to Director. During the Directorship Term, the Company agrees to pay Director a fee of US$10,000 per year (“Annual Fee”), which Annual Fee shall be paid to the Director in four (4) equal installments no later than the fifth business day of each calendar quarter commencing in the first quarter following the effective date of the Form S-1 Registration Statement. In the event that the Director ceases to be a director of the Company, for whatever reason, no further fees shall be payable. The Director shall be responsible for his or her own individual income tax payment on the Annual Fee in jurisdictions where the Director resides.

 

2.3 Equity Compensation. As soon as practical on or after the date of this Agreement, the Director shall be entitled to receive an initial stock option (the “Initial Award”) to purchase 20,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The per share exercise price of each option granted to the Director shall equal 100% of the fair market value (as defined by the Board) of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted. The Initial Award shall vest over three (3) years of which 1/3 of the options shall vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 2/3 of the options shall vest over two years on an annual basis, subject to the Director continuing in service on the Board through each such vesting date. The term of each stock option granted to the Director shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

2.4  Director and Officer Liability Insurance. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain a customary director and officer liability insurance policy for all Board members and such policy will cover Director to the same extent as other directors and officers covered under the policy.

 

2.4  Independent Contractor. The Director’s status during the Directorship Term shall be that of an independent contractor and not, for any purpose, that of an employee or agent with authority to bind the Company in any respect. All payments and other consideration made or provided to the Director under this Section 2 shall be made or provided without withholding or deduction of any kind, and the Director shall assume sole responsibility for discharging all tax or other obligations associated therewith.

 

2

 

 

III. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

3.1  Confidentiality. During the term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years after the Expiration Date, Director shall maintain in strict confidence all information he has obtained or shall obtain from the Company, which the Company has designated as “confidential” or which is by its nature confidential, relating to the Company’s business, operations, properties, assets, services, condition (financial or otherwise), liabilities, employee relations, customers, suppliers, prospects, technology, or trade secrets, except to the extent such information (i) is in the public domain through no act or omission of the Company, (ii) is required to be disclosed by law or a valid order by a court or other governmental body, or (iii) is independently learned by Director outside of this relationship (the “Confidential Information”).

 

3.2  Nondisclosure and Nonuse Obligations. Director will use the Confidential Information solely to perform his obligations for the benefit of the Company hereunder. Director will treat all Confidential Information of the Company with the same degree of care as Director treats his own Confidential Information, and Director will use his best efforts to protect the Confidential Information. Director will not use the Confidential Information for his own benefit or the benefit of any other person or entity, except as may be specifically permitted in this Agreement. Director will immediately give notice to the Company of any unauthorized use or disclosure by or through him, or of which he becomes aware, of the Confidential Information.

 

3.3  Return of Company Property. All materials furnished to Director by the Company, whether delivered to Director by the Company or made by Director in the performance of Director Services under this Agreement (the “Company Property”), are the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Director agrees to promptly deliver the original and any copies of the Company Property to the Company at any time upon the Company’s request. Upon termination of this Agreement by either party for any reason, Director agrees to promptly deliver to the Company or destroy, at the Company’s option, the original and any copies of the Company Property. Director agrees to certify in writing that Director has so returned or destroyed all such Company Property. 

 

3.4  Insider Trading Guidelines. Director acknowledges and agrees that the Director may have access to “material non-public information” for purposes of the federal securities laws (“Insider Information”) and that the Director will abide by all securities laws relating to the handling of and acting upon such Insider Information. Upon request by the Company, Director will be asked to executed the Company’s Insider Trading and Section 16 Compliance Policy upon adoption by the Company.

 

IV. COVENANTS OF DIRECTOR

 

4.1  No Conflict of Interest. During the term of this Agreement, Director shall not be employed by, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any person, firm, partnership, corporation or unincorporated association or entity of any kind that is competitive with the Company or otherwise undertake any obligation inconsistent with the terms hereof, provided that Director may continue Director’s current affiliation or other current relationships with the entity or entities described on Exhibit A (all of which entities are referred to collectively as “Current Affiliations”). This Agreement is subject to the current terms and agreements governing Director’s relationship with Current Affiliations, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to be or will be construed to inhibit or limit any of Director’s obligations to Current Affiliations. Director represents that nothing in this Agreement conflicts with Director’s obligations to Current Affiliations. A business shall be deemed to be “competitive with the Company” for purpose of this Article IV only if and to the extent it engages in a business substantially similar to the Company’s business.

 

3

 

 

4.2  Disparaging Statements. At all times during and after the period in which the Director is a member of the Board and at all times thereafter, the Company, its employees, affiliates, or assignees, and the Director, one and for the other, shall not either verbally, in writing, electronically or otherwise: (i) make any derogatory or disparaging statements about the Company, any of its affiliates, any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents, or any of the Company’s current or past customers or employees, or (ii) make any public statement or perform or do any other act prejudicial or injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise interfere with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the Director from complying with all obligations imposed by law or legal compulsion, and provided, further, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed applicable to any testimony given by the Director, or the Company, its employees, affiliates, or assignees, in any legal or administrative proceedings.

 

4.3 Market Stand-Off Agreement. In the event of a public or private offering of the Company’s securities, including in connection with the IPO, and upon request of the Company, the underwriters or placement agents placing the offering of the Company’s securities, the Director agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company that the Director may own, other than those included in the registration, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such placement agent or underwriter.

 

V. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

5.1  Term. This Agreement is effective as of the date of this Agreement and will continue until the Expiration Date.

 

5.2  Survival. The rights and obligations contained in Articles III and IV will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

VI. MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1  Assignment. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither party shall assign, delegate, or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

6.2  Remedies. The Director agrees that any breach of the terms of this Articles III and IV would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which the Company would have no adequate remedy at law; the Director therefore also agrees that in the event of said breach or any threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by the Director and/or any and all entities acting for and/or with the Director, without having to prove damages or paying a bond, in addition to any other remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity. The terms of this Section shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, but not limited to, the recovery of damages from the Director. The Director acknowledges that the Company would not have entered into this Agreement had the Director not agreed to the provisions of this Section 6.2.

 

4

 

 

6.3  No Waiver. The failure of any party to insist upon the strict observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of other obligations hereunder, nor shall it be considered a future or continuing waiver of the same terms.

 

6.4  Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (i) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (ii) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (iii) by facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (iv) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

6.5  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

6.6  Severability. Should any provisions of this Agreement be held by a court to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.7  Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The terms of this Agreement will govern all Director Services undertaken by Director for the Company.

 

6.8  Amendments. This Agreement may only be amended, modified or changed by an agreement signed by the Company and Director. The terms contained herein may not be altered, supplemented or interpreted by any course of dealing or practices.

 

6.9  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Rest of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

5

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Company: Marwynn Holdings, Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name: Yin Yan
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
  Address: 

12 Chrysler Unit C

Irvine, CA 92618

     

Director:

   
     
 
By:  
  Name: [NAME]
  Address: [ADDRESS]

 

6

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Director’s Current Affiliations

 

 

7

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as of _____, 2024, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (“Indemnitee”).

 

1. Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company so long as he or she is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and until such time as he or she resigns or fails to stand for election or is removed from his or her position. Indemnitee may, at any time and for any reason, resign or be removed from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in any such position.

 

2. Indemnification.

 

2.1 The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses incurred by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, agent, or advisor of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or advisor of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, or other entity or enterprise, but only if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order of the court, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company, and with respect to any criminal proceeding, shall not create a presumption that such person believed that his conduct was unlawful. The indemnification provided herein shall be applicable whether or not negligence or gross negligence of the Indemnitee is alleged or proven. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable to the Company or for amounts paid in settlement to the Company, unless and only to the extent that, the court in which the Proceeding was brought or another court of competent jurisdiction determines, on application, that in view of all the circumstances, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

 

2.2 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to continue to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to:

 

2.2.1 the reporting or accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any state statutory or common law;

 

2.2.2 any attempt to acquire, or obtain voting rights with respect to, at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding voting stock of the Company, whether by tender offer, proxy solicitation or otherwise, if (a) Indemnitee attempted to acquire or obtain voting rights with respect to such stock or was or became a member of a group consisting of two (2) or more persons that had agreed (whether formally or informally and whether or not in writing) to act together for the purpose of acquiring, obtaining voting rights with respect, holding, voting or disposing of such stock, and (b) such attempt to acquire or obtain voting rights with respect to such stock was not approved by a majority of the directors of the Company. For purposes of determining whether any tender offer, proxy solicitation or other transaction constituted an attempt by Indemnitee, or a group (as described above) of which Indemnitee was or became a member, to acquire or obtain voting rights with respect to at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding voting stock of the Company, there shall be counted toward the required number of shares of voting stock any shares which, immediately prior to the commencement of such tender offer, proxy solicitation or other transaction, (x) were owned by Indemnitee or any member of any such group, (y) Indemnitee or any member of any such group had the right to vote, or (z) Indemnitee or any member of any such group had the right to acquire;

 

 

 

 

2.2.3 any solicitation of proxies by Indemnitee, or by a group of which he was or became a member consisting of two or more persons that had agreed (whether formally or informally and whether or not in writing) to act together for the purpose of soliciting proxies, in opposition to any solicitation of proxies approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; or

 

2.2.4 any act or omission by Indemnitee that constitutes a breach of or default under any agreement between Indemnitee and the Company.

 

2.3 Subject to Section 3, Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the Company all amounts necessary to effectuate the indemnity described in Section 2.

 

3. Choice of Counsel. Indemnitee shall be entitled to employ, and be reimbursed for the fees and disbursements of, counsel separate from that chosen by any other person or persons whom the Company is obligated to indemnify with respect to the same or any related or similar Proceeding.

 

4. Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee shall be advanced from time to time by the Company to him within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for an advance of Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition of a Proceeding (except to the extent that there has been a Final Adverse Determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses), including without limitation any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company; provided, however, that Indemnitee shall not be entitled to the advancement of Expenses in connection with any Proceeding relating to his termination by or resignation from the Company or arising out of the circumstances described in Section 2.2 above. The written request for and advancement of any and all Expenses under this paragraph shall contain reasonable detail of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby agrees to repay the Company the amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

5. Additional Limitations. The foregoing indemnity and advancement of Expenses shall apply only to the extent that Indemnitee has not been indemnified and reimbursed pursuant to such insurance as the Company may maintain for Indemnitee’s benefit, or otherwise; provided, however, that notwithstanding the availability of such other indemnification and reimbursement, Indemnitee may claim indemnification and advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement by assigning to the Company, at its request, Indemnitee’s claims under such insurance to the extent Indemnitee has been paid by the Company.

 

6. Insurance and Funding. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and/or Indemnitee against any Expenses in connection with any Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. The Company may create a trust fund, grant an interest in assets or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification or advancement of Expenses as provided in this Agreement. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

2

 

 

7. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

 

7.1 Whenever Indemnitee believes that he is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 4 above), Indemnitee shall submit a written request for indemnification to the Company. Any request for indemnification shall include sufficient documentation or information reasonably available to Indemnitee to support his claim for indemnification. Indemnitee shall submit his claim for indemnification within a reasonable time not to exceed five (5) years after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent, final termination or other disposition or partial disposition of any Proceeding, whichever is the later date for which Indemnitee requests indemnification. The president or the secretary or other appropriate officer of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has made such request. Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made in accordance with Article 9.3 of the Company’s Bylaws (as amended) and not later than sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the written request for such indemnification. If no determination has been made in such 60-day period, the Company shall be deemed to have approved the request.

 

7.2 The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which Indemnitee’s request for indemnification will be heard, which selection shall be included in the written request for indemnification required in Section 7.1 above. The forum shall be any one of the following:

 

7.2.1 A quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors; or if such quorum of Disinterested Directors in not obtainable or such Disinterested Directors so directs;

 

7.2.2 Independent Legal Counsel, who shall make the determination in a written opinion; or

 

7.2.3 The stockholders of the Company by a majority vote of a quorum of stockholders at any meeting duly called for such purposes.

 

7.3 Upon making a request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, arbitration award or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent shall not affect this presumption or, except as provided in Section 2 or 5 hereof, establish a presumption with regard to any factual matter relevant to determining Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification hereunder.

 

7.4 The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel should such counsel be retained to make a determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, and to fully indemnify such counsel or by any of them arising out of or relating to this Agreement or their engagement pursuant hereto, except with respect to expenses and losses resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of such counsel.

 

3

 

 

8. Undertaking By Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay to the Company any advances of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

9. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

9.1 In the event that (i) a determination pursuant to Section 7 hereof is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, (ii) advances of Expenses are not made pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv) Indemnitee otherwise seeks enforcement of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his rights. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

 

9.2 In the event that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, in whole or in part, has been made pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the decision in the judicial proceeding provided in Section 9.1 shall be made de novo and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.

 

9.3 If a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification has been made pursuant to Section 7 hereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall be bound by such determination in the absence of (i) misrepresentation of a material fact by Indemnitee or (ii) a specific finding (which has become final) by a court of competent jurisdiction that all or any part of such indemnification is expressly prohibited by California law.

 

10. Modification, Waiver, Termination, and Cancellation. No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

11. Notice by Indemnitee and Defense of Claim. Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any matter, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, but the omission to notify the Company will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee if such omission does not prejudice the Company’s rights. If such omission does prejudice the Company’s rights, the Company will be relieved from liability only to the extent of such prejudice, and such omission shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.

 

12. Settlement of Claims. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold its or his consent to any proposed settlement. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action.

 

13. Continuation Of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director, officer, agent, or advisor of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, or advisor of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding.

 

4

 

 

14. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

15. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or by overnight courier such as Federal Express, or sent by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed set forth on the signature page, or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be. Notices given as set forth herein shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by the party to whom addressed upon receipt, if delivered personally or by overnight courier, and three business days after the same is deposited in the United States mail if sent by certified or registered mail.

 

16. Non-exclusivity. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, the Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, any policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, any agreement, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. However, Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for amounts paid to him under this Agreement in an amount equal to any payments received pursuant to such other rights to the extent such payments duplicate any payments received pursuant to this Agreement.

 

17. Certain Definitions.

 

17.1 “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee.

 

17.2 “Expenses” shall include, without limitation, any judgments, fines, and penalties against Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding; amounts paid by Indemnitee in settlement of a Proceeding; and all attorneys’ fees and disbursements, accountants’ fees and disbursements, private investigation fees and disbursements, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, fees and expenses of witnesses, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses reasonably incurred by or for Indemnitee in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding or establishing Indemnitee’s right or entitlement to indemnification for any of the foregoing.

 

17.3 “Final Adverse Determination” shall mean that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 7 hereof and either (i) a final adjudication in a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof shall have denied Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder, or (ii) Indemnitee shall have failed to file a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 9.1 for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after the determination made pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

5

 

 

17.4 “Independent Legal Counsel” shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent: (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or Indemnitee or any corporation as to which Indemnitee was or is a director, officer, employee or agent, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such a corporation, in any material matter, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Legal Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

17.5 “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, or will be involved as a party, as a witness, or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, agent, or advisor of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as a director, officer, agent, or advisor of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, or advisor of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, or other entity or enterprise, in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or reimbursement can be provided under this Agreement; provided, that any such action which is brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement shall not be a Proceeding without prior approval of a majority of the board of directors of the Company.

 

18. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives.

 

19. Severability. If any provision(s) of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent legally possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

20. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

 

21. Attorneys Fees. In any proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or to seek damages for a breach of any provision hereof, or when any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive from the other party all reasonable attorneys fees and costs in connection therewith.

 

22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and there are no other agreements, contracts or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as provided in Section 16 hereof.

 

23. Amendments, Termination and Waiver. No supplement, modification, amendment or termination of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

6

 

 

24. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

25. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

26. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Proceeding made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under insurance policy, Articles of Incorporation or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise identifiable hereunder.

 

27. Contribution. If the indemnification provided in Section 2 is unavailable, then, in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in the Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement as appropriate to reflect: (i) the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which the Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 27 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations described in this Section 27.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  Marwynn Holdings, Inc.
   
  By:                        
  Name: Yin Yan, Chief Executive Officer
  Address:  12 Chrysler Unit C
    Irvine, CA 92618
   
  INDEMNITEE
   
   
  [Name]
   
  Address:  
   

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

____________, 2024

 

American Trust Investment Services, Inc.

as Representative of the Underwriters

501 N. El Camino Real, Suite 211

San Clemente, California 92672

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that American Trust Investment Services, Inc. (the “Representative”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock” or the “Securities”).

 

To induce the Representative to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 360 days (or 180 days in the case of the executive officers or directors of the Company) after the date of the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representative in connection with (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions; (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of a family member (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution; or (d) if the undersigned, directly or indirectly, controls a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of similar equity interests in, the undersigned, as the case may be; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d), (i) it shall be a condition to any such transfer that (i) the transferee/donee agrees to be bound by the terms of this lock-up agreement (including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence) to the same extent as if the transferee/donee were a party hereto; (ii) each party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall not be required by law (including without limitation the disclosure requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act) to make, and shall agree to not voluntarily make, any filing or public announcement of the transfer or disposition prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period; and (iii) the undersigned notifies the Representative at least two (2) business days prior to the proposed transfer or disposition.

 

In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the exercise or vesting of stock options or other equity awards granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans; provided that it shall apply to any of the undersigned’s Common Stock issued upon such exercise, (ii) the conversion or exercise of convertible debt or warrants; provided that it shall apply to any of the undersigned’s Common Stock issued upon such exercise, or (iii) the establishment of any new plan (a “Plan”) that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales of the undersigned’s Securities shall be made pursuant to such new Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof), and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof).

 

 

 

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s securities subject to this this lock-up agreement except in compliance with this this lock-up agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any Securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Representative agrees that, at least three (3) business days before the Effective Date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) business days before the Effective Date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Representative are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Securities to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this lock-up agreement.

 

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
     
  Address:  
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

2024 AMENDED AND RESTATED EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

The Plan was originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the Company’s shareholders on June 18, 2024. On January 8, 2025, the Plan was amended and restated by the Board and the Company’s shareholders to reduce the number of Shares available for grant under the Plan from 3,100,000 Shares to 93,000 Shares. Unless otherwise defined, terms with initial capital letters are defined in Section 2 below.

 

SECTION 1
BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

 

1.1 Background. The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs), Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units.

 

1.2 Purpose of the Plan. The Plan is intended to attract, motivate and retain the following individuals: (a) employees of the Company or its Affiliates; (b) consultants who provide significant services to the Company or its Affiliates; and (c) directors of the Company or any of its Affiliates who are employees of neither the Company nor any Affiliate. The Plan is also designed to encourage stock ownership by such individuals, thereby aligning their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders.

 

SECTION 2
DEFINITIONS

 

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

 

2.1 “Administrator” means, collectively the Board, and/or one or more Committees, and/or one or more executive officers of the Company designated by the Board to administer the Plan or specific portions thereof.

 

2.2 “Affiliate” means any corporation or any other entity (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries, partnerships and joint ventures) controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company.

 

2.3 “Applicable Law” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of Options, SARs, Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units and similar incentive plans under any applicable laws, including but not limited to federal and state employment, labor, privacy and securities laws, and the Code.

 

2.4 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, SARs, Stock Awards and/or Restricted Stock Units.

 

2.5 “Award Agreement” means the written agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan, including the Grant Date.

 

2.6 “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

 

 

2.7 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) Any “Person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

(b) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

(c) The consummation of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(d) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other Person, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

 

(e) Other events specified by the Administrator in the Participant’s Award Agreement.

 

2.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

2.9 “Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board or such other committee satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

 

2.10 “Company” means Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2.11 “Consultant” means any consultant, independent contractor or other person who provides significant services to the Company or its Affiliates or any employee or affiliate of any of the foregoing, but who is neither an Employee nor a Director.

 

2.12 “Continuous Status” as an Employee or Consultant means that a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any Affiliate is not interrupted or terminated. “Continuous Status” shall not be considered interrupted in the following cases: (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Subsidiary or successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no leave of absence may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If such reemployment is not so guaranteed, then on the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

2

 

 

2.13 “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of common stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

2.14 “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

2.15 “Disability” means a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

2.16 “Employee” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company or of an Affiliate.

 

2.17 “Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Option, and the price used to determine the number of Shares payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR.

 

2.18 “Fair Market Value” means the price of a Share on the relevant date, determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a sale of the Company or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, Fair Market Value shall immediately, for all purposes of this Plan, be determined by the sale price of the Company’s common stock or the sale price of its assets less any remaining liabilities.

 

2.19 “Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company.

 

3

 

 

2.20 “Grant Date” means with respect to an Award, the effective date an Award is granted.

 

2.21 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option to purchase Shares, which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.22 “Individual Objectives” means as to a Participant, the objective and measurable goals set by a “management by objectives” process and approved by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

2.23 “Misconduct” means any of the following: (i) Participant is convicted of, or pleads nolo contendere to, (A) any felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving fraud or dishonesty; (ii) Participant’s engagement in any gross insubordination, willful malfeasance, fraud, dishonesty or other conduct or activity in the performance of his or her obligations hereunder or otherwise as an employee or service provider of the Company that is reasonably likely to cause, or does cause, damage to the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries), as determined in good faith by the Board; (iii) Participant’s embezzlement of funds or assets from the Company (or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries); or (iv) Participant’s willful failure or refusal to perform Participant’s covenants, duties or responsibilities as a service provider for ten (10) days following written notice from the Company describing such failure or refusal in reasonable detail or Participant’s violation of any duty of loyalty to the Company or a breach of Participant’s fiduciary duty involving personal profit.

 

2.24 “Nonemployee Director” means a Director who is not employed by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.25 “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an option to purchase Shares that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.26 “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

2.27 “Participant” means an Employee, Nonemployee Director or Consultant who has an outstanding Award.

 

2.28 “Plan” means this Marwynn Holdings, Inc. 2024 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (originally adopted as the Marwynn Holdings, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan), as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

 

2.29 “Restricted Stock Units” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8. An Award of Restricted Stock Units constitutes a promise to deliver to a Participant a specified number of Shares, or the equivalent value in cash, upon satisfaction of the vesting requirements set forth in the Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one Share or the equivalent value in cash.

 

2.30 “Retirement” shall mean the voluntary Termination by a Participant when such Participant’s age plus years of service with the Company and/or Subsidiary equals or exceeds seventy five (75).

 

4

 

 

2.31 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time, or any state law equivalent.

 

2.32 “Shares” means shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company.

 

2.33 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6. Upon exercise, a SAR gives a Participant a right to receive a payment in cash, or the equivalent value in Shares, equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the exercise date and the Exercise Price. Both the number of SARs and the Exercise Price are determined on the Grant Date. For example, assume a Participant is granted 100 SARs at an Exercise Price of $10 and the notice of grant specifies that the SARs will be settled in Shares. Also assume that the SARs are exercised when the underlying Shares have a Fair Market Value of $20 per Share. Upon exercise of the SAR, the Participant is entitled to receive 50 Shares [(($20-$10)*100)/$20].

 

2.34 “Stock Award” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7. A Stock Award constitutes a transfer of ownership of Shares to a Participant from the Company. A Stock Award may be unrestricted and freely transferable (“Unrestricted Stock”), or subject to restrictions against transferability, assignment, and hypothecation (“Restricted Stock”). Under the terms of a Restricted Stock Award, the restrictions against transferability are removed when the Participant has met the specified vesting conditions. Vesting can be based on continued employment of service over a stated service period, or on the attainment of specified performance objectives. If employment or service is terminated prior to vesting, the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock revert back to the Company. An Award of Unrestricted Stock is not subject to vesting conditions.

 

2.35 “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

SECTION 3
ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1 The Administrator. The Administrator shall be appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

3.2 Authority of the Administrator. It shall be the duty of the Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions and in accordance with Applicable Law. The Administrator shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to make recommendations to the Board regarding the following: (a) which Employees, Consultants and Directors shall be granted Awards; (b) the terms and conditions of the Awards, (c) interpretation of the Plan, (d) adoption of rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and (e) interpretation, amendment or revocation of any such rules.

 

5

 

 

3.3 Delegation by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or any part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more Directors.

 

3.4 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator, the Board and any delegate of the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, and shall be given the maximum deference permitted by Applicable Law.

 

SECTION 4
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment, as provided in Section 9.1, the total combined number of Shares and Restricted Stock Units available for grant at any time under the Plan shall be 93,000 Shares. Shares granted under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or reacquired Shares bought on the market or otherwise.

 

4.2 Lapsed Awards. If any Award made under the Plan expires, or is forfeited or cancelled, or otherwise exercised without delivery of Shares, such undelivered Shares shall become available for future Awards under the Plan.

 

4.3 Legal Compliance. Awards and Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the making or exercise of an Award unless the exercise of Options and rights and the issuance and delivery of Shares shall comply with Applicable Law, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. Any Award made in violation hereof shall be null and void.

 

4.4 Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or other right, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or right to represent and warrant at the time of exercise that the Shares are being acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

SECTION 5
STOCK OPTIONS

 

The provisions of this Section 5 are applicable to Options granted to Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Consultants. Such Participants shall also be eligible to receive other types of Awards as set forth in the Plan.

 

5.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator in its discretion. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or a combination thereof, and the Administrator, in its discretion and subject to Section 4.1, shall determine the number of Shares subject to each Option.

 

6

 

 

5.2 Award Agreement. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the expiration date of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, any conditions to exercise the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine. The Award Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

5.3 Exercise Price. The Administrator shall determine the Exercise Price for each Option subject to the provisions of this Section 5.3.

 

5.3.1 Nonqualified Stock Options. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, as determined by the Administrator.

 

5.3.2 Incentive Stock Options. The grant of Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(a) The Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date; provided, however, that if on the Grant Date, the Employee (together with persons whose stock ownership is attributed to the Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Exercise Price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date;

 

(b) Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to persons who are, as of the Grant Date, Employees of the Company or a Subsidiary, and may not be granted to Nonemployee Directors or Consultants.

 

(c) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3.2(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted; and

 

(d) In the event of a Participant’s change of status from Employee to Consultant or Director, an Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

5.3.3 Substitute Options. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.2, in the event that the Company or an Affiliate consummates a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code (e.g., the acquisition of property or stock from an unrelated corporation), persons who become Employees, Directors or Consultants on account of such transaction may be granted Options in substitution for options granted by their former employer.

 

7

 

 

5.4 Expiration of Options

 

5.4.1 Expiration Dates. With respect to the “unvested” Shares (as determined under the Participant’s Award Agreement) underlying a Participant’s Option, such Option shall terminate immediately upon the date Participant ceases his/her Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant for any reason. With respect to the “vested” Shares underlying a Participant’s Option, unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, such Option shall terminate as follows upon the earliest to occur:

 

(a) Date in Award Agreement. The date for termination of the Option set forth in the written Award Agreement;

 

(b) Termination of Continuous Status as Employee or Consultant. The last day of the three (3)-month period following the date the Participant ceases his/her Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant (other than termination for a reason described in subsections (c), (d), (e), or (f) below);

 

(c) Misconduct. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates because the Participant has performed an act of Misconduct as determined by the Administrator, all unexercised Options held by such Participant shall expire upon the Participant’s receipt of written notice from the Company of such termination due to Misconduct;

 

(d) Disability. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement);

 

(e) Death. In the event of the death of a Participant, the Option may be exercised at any time within three hundred sixty (360) days following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance;

 

(f) Retirement. In the event a Participant’s Retirement, the Option may be exercised at any time prior to the Maximum Expiration Date (as defined in Section 5.4.1(f)) of such Option; or

 

(g) Maximum Expiration Date. Unless otherwise specified above, an Option shall expire no more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date; provided, however, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to an Employee who, together with persons whose stock ownership is attributed to the Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised after the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date.

 

8

 

 

5.4.2 Change in Status. In the event a Participant’s status has changed from Consultant to Employee, or vice versa, a Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not automatically terminate solely as a result of such change in status.

 

5.4.3 Administrator Discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing the Administrator may, after an Option is granted, extend the maximum term of the Option (subject to limitations applicable to Incentive Stock Options).

 

5.5 Exercisability of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its discretion, as set forth in the Award Agreement. After an Option is granted, the Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of the Option.

 

5.6 Exercise and Payment. Options shall be exercised by the Participant’s delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company (or its designee), setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares and satisfaction of all applicable tax withholding.

 

5.6.1 Form of Consideration. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Exercise Price shall be payable to the Company in full in cash or its equivalent. The Administrator, in its discretion, also may permit the exercise by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Exercise Price, or by any other means which the Administrator, in its discretion, determines to provide legal consideration for the Shares, and to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.

 

5.6.2 Delivery of Shares. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, shares acquired by Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be held by the Company as escrow agent.

 

SECTION 6
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

6.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Consultants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator.

 

6.1.1 Number of Shares. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant.

 

6.1.2 Exercise Price and Other Terms. The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan, including whether upon exercise the SARs will be settled in Shares or cash. However, the Exercise Price of a SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

 

6.2 Exercise of SARs. SARs shall be exercisable on such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine.

 

9

 

 

6.3 SAR Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

 

6.4 Expiration of SARs. A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator in its discretion as set forth in the Award Agreement, or otherwise pursuant to the provisions relating to the expiration of Options as set forth in Section 5.4.

 

6.5 Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to Shares, or the equivalent value in cash, from the Company in an amount determined by dividing the Fair Market Value of a Share on the exercise date by the following: (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the SAR Exercise Price, times (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. If the Administrator designates in the Award Agreement that the SAR will be settled in cash, upon Participant’s exercise of the SAR the Company shall make a cash payment to Participant as soon as reasonably practical.

 

SECTION 7
STOCK AWARDS

 

7.1 Grant of Award. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Stock Awards to Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Consultants in such amounts as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine. Stock Awards may be granted as either Restricted Stock, subject to vesting conditions and other restrictions, or Unrestricted Stock. The Administrator shall determine the form of Stock Award and the number of Shares to be granted to each Participant. Unrestricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by a Notice of Grant, while Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

7.2 Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

7.3 Vesting and Forfeiture of Restricted Stock Awards. The Administrator, in its discretion, shall impose vesting conditions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate. Shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested shall be forfeited upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Nonemployee Director or Consultant.

 

7.3.1 Vesting Conditions. The Administrator may set restrictions based upon the achievement of vesting Conditions that are based on specific performance objectives (Company-wide, business unit, or individual), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

7.3.2 Legend on Certificates. The Administrator, in its discretion, may legend the certificates representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate notice of such restrictions.

 

10

 

 

7.4 Removal of Restrictions. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed. Upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions applicable to the Period of Restriction, the Shares shall no longer be subject to forfeiture.

 

7.5 Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

7.6 Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed shall revert to the Company and again shall become available for grant under the Plan.

 

SECTION 8
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Consultants at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

8.1.1 Number of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Restricted Stock Units granted to any Participant under an Award Agreement, subject to the limitations in Section 4.1.

 

8.1.2 Value of a Restricted Stock Unit. Each Restricted Stock Unit granted under an Award Agreement represents the right to receive one Share, or the equivalent value in cash, upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions specified in the Award Agreement.

 

8.2 Vesting Conditions. In its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator will set the vesting provisions, which may include any combination of time-based or performance-based vesting conditions.

 

8.3 Form and Timing of Payment. The Administrator shall specify in the Award Agreement whether the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in Shares or cash. In either case, upon vesting, payment will be made as soon as reasonably practical upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions.

 

8.4 Cancellation of Restricted Stock Units. On the earlier of the cancellation date set forth in the Award Agreement or upon the termination of Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Nonemployee Director or Consultant, all unvested Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

11

 

 

SECTION 9
ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK;
OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS

 

9.1 Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of common stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the Board, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 4.1 of the Plan.

 

9.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

9.3 Corporate Transaction.

 

9.3.1 The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Award or to substitute a similar Award for the Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of the Shares issued pursuant to the Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Administrator determines (or, if the Administrator does not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction in accordance with the exercise procedures determined by the Administrator;

 

12

 

 

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Award;

 

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for no consideration ($0) or such consideration, if any, as determined by the Administrator; or

 

(vi) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Administrator, equal to the excess, if any, of (A), the per share amount (or value of property per share) payable to holders of the Shares in connection with the Corporate Transaction, over (B) the per share exercise price under the applicable Award, multiplied by the number of Shares subject to the Award. For clarity, this payment may be $0 if the amount per share (or value of property per share) payable to the holders of the Shares is equal to or less than the per share exercise price of the Award. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the Corporate Transaction may apply to such payment to the holder of the Award to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of the Shares.

 

The Administrator need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

 

9.3.2 Appointment of Shareholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a shareholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

 

9.4 No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Shares or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

9.5 Acceleration Rights. An Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Award Agreement for such Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

9.6 Section 409A Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9 to the contrary, if a payment under an Award is subject to Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement or other written agreement related to the Award does not comply with the definition of “change in control” for purposes of a distribution under Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that otherwise is accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Section 409A.

 

13

 

 

SECTION 10
MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. Unless otherwise provided by written contract, employment or service with the Company or any of its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. Additionally, the Plan shall not confer upon any Nonemployee Director any right with respect to continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director, nor shall it interfere in any way with any rights which such Nonemployee Director or the Company may have to terminate his or her directorship at any time.

 

10.2 Participation. No Employee or Consultant shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

 

10.3 Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or, otherwise, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

10.4 Beneficiary Designations. If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid Award shall be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Administrator. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate and, subject to the terms of the Plan and of the applicable Award Agreement, any unexercised vested Award may be exercised by the administrator or executor of the Participant’s estate.

 

10.5 Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, no Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an Award granted to a Participant shall be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, in a manner specified by the Administrator, (a) transfer a Nonqualified Stock Option to a Participant’s spouse, former spouse or dependent pursuant to a court-approved domestic relations order which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights and (b) transfer a Nonqualified Stock Option by bona fide gift and not for any consideration to (i) a member or members of the Participant’s immediate family, (ii) a trust established for the exclusive benefit of the Participant and/or member(s) of the Participant’s immediate family, (iii) a partnership, limited liability company or other entity whose only partners or members are the Participant and/or member(s) of the Participant’s immediate family or (iv) a foundation in which the Participant and/or member(s) of the Participant’s immediate family control the management of the foundation’s assets.

 

14

 

 

10.6 Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Administrator may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Award as it may deem advisable, including, but not limited to, the requirement to sign a voting rights agreement in favor of the Company as a condition to the delivery of Shares, restrictions related to applicable federal securities laws, the requirements of any national securities exchange or system upon which Shares are then listed or traded or any blue sky or state securities laws.

 

10.7 Nonemployee Director Award Limitations. No Nonemployee Director may be paid, issued, or granted, in any Fiscal Year, equity awards (including any Awards issued under this Plan) with an aggregate value (the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) and any other compensation (including, without limitation, any cash retainers or fees) that, in the aggregate, exceed $500,000. Any Awards or other compensation paid or provided to an individual for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Nonemployee Director), will not count for purposes of the limitation under this Section 10.7.

 

10.8 Forfeiture Events. The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Plan, an Award will be subject to the Company’s clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time to comply with Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as may be required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) (the “Clawback Policy”). The Administrator may require a Participant to forfeit, return or reimburse the Company all or a portion of the Award and any amounts paid thereunder pursuant to the terms of the Clawback Policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws. Unless this Section10.8 specifically is mentioned and waived in an Award Agreement or other document, no recovery of compensation under a Clawback Policy or otherwise will constitute an event that triggers or contributes to any right of a Participant to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

SECTION 11
AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, AND TERMINATION

 

11.1 Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. Except as provided in Section 11.2, the Board, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant. No Award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

 

15

 

 

11.2 Shareholder Approval. The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any material Plan amendment to the extent desirable to comply with Section 422 of the Code, or other Applicable Law.

 

11.3 Plan Effective Date and Duration of Awards. The Plan was originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the Company’s shareholders on June 18, 2024. The most recent amendment and restatement of the Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and the Company’s shareholders on January __, 2025 (“Effective Date”); provided, however, in no event may an Incentive Stock Option be granted more than ten years after the earlier of (i) the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors or (ii) the Effective Date. The Plan will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the Effective Date, unless terminate earlier pursuant to Section 11.1.

 

SECTION 12
TAX WITHHOLDING

 

12.1 Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

12.2 Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (a) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares or (b) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement shall be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the statutory minimum federal, state or local income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered shall be determined as of the date taxes are required to be withheld.

 

12.3 Compliance With Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A. In no event will the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents have any obligation or liability under the terms of this Plan to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless any Participant or any other person in respect of Awards, for any taxes, interest, or penalties imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

 

16

 

 

SECTION 13
LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

 

13.1 Liability of Company. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful grant or any Award or the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company, its officers, Directors and Employees of any liability in respect of the failure to grant such Award or to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

13.2 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

 

13.3 Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

13.4 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

 

13.5 Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

13.6 Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

17

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

_______, 2024

 

[NAME]

 

[ADDRESS]

 

Dear Participant:

 

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Marwynn Holdings, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and this Non- Qualified Stock Option Agreement, together with the attached Terms and Conditions, which are incorporated herein by reference (the “Agreement”), you have been granted an Non-Qualified Stock Option to purchase [NUMBER] shares of common stock (this “Option”) as outlined below.

 

  Granted To: [NAME]
     
  Grant Date: [DATE]
     
  Options Granted: [NUMBER]
     
  Exercise Price per Share: [PRICE]
     
  Total Cost to Exercise: [TOTAL COST]
     
  Expiration Date: [DATE]
     
  Vesting Schedule: [SCHEDULE]

 

Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, any portion of this Option not exercised prior to the Expiration Date will become null and void. The capitalized terms used in this Option will have the same meanings as set forth in the Plan. A copy of the Plan is provided herewith.

 

  Marwynn Holdings, Inc.
   
  By:           
  Yin Yan, Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed To By Participant:  
   
By:                 
Print Name:[NAME]  
Date:   [DATE]

 

Notice: All notices to be given by either party to the other will be in writing and may be transmitted by overnight courier; or mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid with return receipt requested; or personal delivery; or facsimile transmission, provided, however, that notices of change of address or facsimile number will be effective only upon actual receipt by the other party. Notices will be delivered to Marwynn Holdings, Inc., 12 Chrysler Unit C, Irvine, CA 92618, Attn: CEO, and to the Participant at the last known address of the Participant as provided to Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

 

1

 

 

Term And Conditions Of

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. is referred to as “Company” and Individual granted option is referred to as “Participant”.

 

1. Plan Controls. The terms contained in the Plan are incorporated into and made a part of the Option and this Agreement and the Options will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan. In the event of any actual or alleged conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Plan.

 

2. Manner of Exercise. Subject to the Plan and this Agreement, the Vested Portion of this Option may be exercised from time to time, in whole or in part, by delivery to the Company at its principal office of a stock option exercise notice, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A(the “Notice”), which need not be the same for each Participant, stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased hereunder, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding the Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. The Notice must be duly executed by Participant and be accompanied by payment in cash, or by check payable to the Company, in full for the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased. Alternatively, but only if the Administrator authorizes at the time of exercise at its sole discretion, and where permitted by law (i) by surrender of shares of Stock of the Company that have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or lesser period if the surrender of Shares is otherwise exempt from Section 16 of the Exchange Act and if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares, (ii) by forfeiture of Shares equal to the value of the exercise price pursuant to a “deemed net-stock exercise” as provided for in the Plan, (iii) by broker sale by following the required instructions therefore including as so authorized by the Administrator and its sole discretion instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the exercise price and the amount of any required tax or other withholding obligations, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or any other consideration or method of payment. Participant may exercise this Vested Portion of this Option for only for whole Shares.

 

3. Privileges Of Stock Ownership. Participant will not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of this Option. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued.

 

4. Notification of Disposition. Participant agrees to notify the Company in writing within 30 days of any disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option.

 

5. Withholding. The Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company by cash or check payable to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local taxes and FICA withholding requirements whenever Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Option or Shares are forfeited pursuant to the “deemed net-stock exercise”, or when under applicable tax laws, Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of this Option. In lieu thereof, the Company may withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due or to become due from the Company as the Administrator will prescribe. Any such payment must be made, or any such withholding may be made, promptly when the amount of such obligation becomes determinable.

 

To the extent permissible by law, and at its sole discretion, the Administrator may permit the Participant to satisfy any such withholding tax at the time of exercise, in whole or in part, with shares of Stock up to an amount not greater than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding rate for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes. The Administrator may exercise its discretion, by (i) directing the Company to apply shares of Stock to which the Participant is entitled as a result of the exercise of this Option, or (ii) delivering to the Company shares of Stock owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months, unless the delivery of the Shares is otherwise exempt from Section 16 of the Exchange Act; but Participant may only satisfy his or her withholding obligation with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 

2 

 

 

6. Exercise After Certain Events.

 

6.1 Termination of All Services. If for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, a Participant terminates employment with the Company (including employment as an Officer), vested Non-Qualified Stock Options held at the date of such Termination may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time within three (3) months of the date of such Termination or such lesser period specified in this Agreement (but in no event after the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the Option as set forth in this Agreement, and (ii) ten (10) years from the Grant Date).

 

6.2 Continuation of Services as Consultant. If a Participant Terminates employment but continues as a Consultant or in a similar capacity to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Participant need not exercise the Non- Qualified Stock Option within three (3) months of Termination but will be entitled to exercise within three (3) months of Termination of services to the Company (one (1) year in the event of Disability or death) or such lesser or greater period specified in this Agreement (but in no event after the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the Option as set forth in this Agreement, and (ii) ten (10) years from the Grant Date).

 

6.3 Retirement. If a Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company (including as an Officer) as a result of Retirement, the Participant need not exercise the Option within three (3) months of Termination of employment but will be entitled to exercise the Option within the maximum term of the Option to the extent the Option was otherwise exercisable at the date of Retirement.

 

6.4 Permanent Disability and Death. If a Participant becomes Disabled while employed by the Company (including as an Officer), dies while employed by the Company (including as an Officer) or dies within three (3) months after Termination, vested Options then held may be exercised by the Participant, the Participant’s personal representative, or by the person to whom the Option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, in whole or in part, at any time within one (1) year after the Termination of employment because of the Disability or death or any lesser period specified in this Agreement (but in no event after the expiration date of the Option as set forth in this Agreement)

 

6.5 Cancellation of Options. In the event Participant’s services to the Company have been terminated for “Cause”, Participant will immediately forfeit all rights to this Option. The determination by the Board that termination was for Cause will be final and conclusive. In making its determination, the Board will give Participant an opportunity to appear and be heard at a hearing before the full Board and present evidence on the Participant’s behalf.

 

7. Restrictions on Transfer of Option. This Option will not be transferable by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and during the lifetime of Participant, only Participant, his guardian or legal representative may exercise this Option except that Participant may transfer this Option to a Spouse pursuant to a property settlement, agreement, or court order incident to a divorce. At its discretion, the Administrator may provide for transfer of the Option without payment of consideration, to the following family members of the Participant, including adoptive relationships: a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, niece, nephew, former spouse (whether by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order), any person sharing the employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a family-controlled partnership, corporation, limited liability company and trust, or a foundation in which family members heretofore described control the management of assets (collectively “Family Member”). The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion will be the same as those in effect for the Option immediately prior to such assignment and will be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Administrator may deem appropriate. A request to assign an Option may be made only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option assignment request in a form approved by the Administrator, stating the number of Options and Shares underlying Options requested for assignment, that no consideration is being paid for the assignment, identifying the proposed transferee, and containing such other representations and agreements regarding the Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws.

 

3 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, this Agreement or any charter, by-laws or other instrument or document governing or applicable to the Options or shares of Common Stock, if and to the extent the Administrator determines that it is necessary to rely on the 12h-1(f) Exemption with respect to the Options outstanding under the Plan, and this Option will be further restricted in the manner set forth in the Plan.

 

8. No Obligation To Employ. Nothing in the Plan or this Option will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or a Subsidiary, or to limit in any way the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

9. Clawback. The Option and the Shares issuable hereunder shall be subject to any clawback or recoupment policy in effect on the Grant Date or as may be adopted or maintained by the Company following the Grant Date, including the Company’s Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation.

 

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A. All Options under the Plan are intended to constitute awards of equity- based compensation that do not provide for the deferral of compensation in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(5). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if any provision of the Plan or this Agreement contravenes any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code or could cause the Options to be subject to the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, such provision of the Plan or this Agreement will be modified to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. In addition, in the event that changes are made to Section 409A of the Code to permit greater flexibility with respect to any Options under the Plan, the Administrator may make any adjustments it deems appropriate.

 

11. Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, if the right to receive or benefit from the Options under the Plan, either alone or together with payments that a Participant has a right to receive from the Company, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code), all such payments will be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion being an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code) that is subject to the limitations on deductibility under Section 280G of the Code or the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

12. Securities Law And Other Regulatory Compliance. The Company will not be obligated to issue any Shares upon exercise of this Option unless such Shares are at that time effectively registered or exempt from registration under the federal securities laws and the offer and sale of the Shares are otherwise in compliance with all applicable securities laws. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so. Upon exercising all or any portion of this Option, Participant may be required to furnish representations or undertakings deemed appropriate by the Company to enable the offer and sale of the Shares or subsequent transfers of any interest in such Shares to comply with applicable securities laws. Evidences of ownership of Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option will bear any legend required by, or useful for purposes of compliance with, applicable securities laws, the Plan or this Option. The exercise of this Option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Option, and the Participant may not exercise the Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

13. Tax Effect. The federal and state tax consequences of stock options are complex and subject to change. Each person should consult with his or her tax advisor before exercising this Option or disposing of any Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Option.

 

14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the Company and Participant hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied), which relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

15. Severability. In the event that any portion of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable, the remaining portions of this Agreement will remain valid and in full force and effect.

 

16. Choice of Law; Venue. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

17. Compliance by Participant of Local Laws. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, Participant hereby represents and agrees that the exercise of the Option hereunder will not violate any securities laws, exchange control laws, or any laws or regulations in which the Participant resides.

 

18. Binding Effect. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, and successors.

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4 

 

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc.

Notice of Intent to Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Options

 

To: Stock Administrator

 

I hereby give notice to ________of my intent to exercise the following Non-Qualified Stock Options on ________, 202__ :

 

(A) (B) (C) (B X C)
Grant Date #Options Exercise Price Payment Due

 

 

 

Method of Payment

 

  Personal Check or Cash
     
    Exchange of Previously Owned Shares
     
    Deemed Net-Stock Exercise
     
    Broker Check (Same Day Sale)
     
    Brokerage Company    

 

Your method of payment may result in a tax liability including alternative minimum tax. You are strongly
urged to consult your tax advisor before exercising your options.

 

By this exercise, the undersigned Participant agree(s) (i) that Participant is bound by terms and conditions set forth in the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and is exercising the Options in compliance with the terms set forth therein and (ii) that Participant will provide and/or execute and deliver to the Company such additional documents as the Company may require pursuant to the terms of the Marwynn Holdings, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”).

 

       
Signature   Date
     
     
Participant Name    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$103,463July 31, 2024
 Union City, California

 

For value received, the undersigned, Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, a California corporation (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of H&S Construction, Inc, a California corporation (“Holder”), the principal sum of One Hundred Three Thousand Four Hundred Sixty Three Dollars ($103,463) (“Principal”).

 

This principal amount of this Promissory Note (“Note”) memorializes the current balance of all advances made to the Maker by the Holder as of July 31, 2024. A schedule of those outstanding advances is attached to this Note as Schedule I.

 

1. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

2. Payments, Maturity. The entire Principal shall be due and payable on demand by the Holder on or after August 1, 2025. In the absence of any demand, the entire Principal is due five (5) years from the date hereof. All amounts of Principal payable hereunder shall be paid by Maker in immediately available funds by certified check or wire transfer.

 

3. Prepayments. Maker may prepay this Note in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

 

4. Governing Law. This Note is delivered in the State of California and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its choice of law rules.

 

5. Severability. If for any reason one or more of the provisions of this Note or their application to any person or circumstances shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect or to any extent, such provisions shall nevertheless remain valid, legal and enforceable in all such other respects and to such extent as may be permissible. In addition, any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, but this Note shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained therein.

 

6. Successors and Assigns; Transferability. This Note inures to the benefit of Holder and binds Maker and their respective successors and assigns. This Note shall not be transferable or assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, by Maker without the express written consent of Holder. Any transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. The Holder may assign this Note at any time without the consent of Maker. Following the effective date of any assignment by Holder, Holder shall provide Maker immediate notice of such assignment, which notice shall identify the assignee and provide the address and facsimile number of such assignee. Unless and until Maker receives a notice of an assignment, Maker shall be permitted to recognize Holder as holder of the Note and shall not be liable for any payment made to Holder instead of the assignee of the Note. Following receipt of notice of an assignment of the Note, Maker shall recognize the assignee as Holder for all purposes under this Note.

 

1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note on the date first written above.

  MAKER:
   
  Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc,
  a California corporation
   
  /s/ Fulai Wang

  Fulai Wang,
  Chief Financial Officer

 

HOLDER:  
   
H&S Construction Inc,  
a California corporation  
   
/s/ Hong Le Liang  
Hong Le Liang,  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

2

 

 

Schedule I

 

Date of Advances  Amount 
3/11/2022  $103,463.00 

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$250,000July 31, 2024
 Union City, California

 

For value received, the undersigned, Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, a California corporation (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Fulai Wang, an individual (“Holder”), the principal sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (“Principal”).

 

This principal amount of this Promissory Note (“Note”) memorializes the current balance of all advances made to the Maker by the Holder as of July 31, 2024. A schedule of those outstanding advances is attached to this Note as Schedule I.

 

1. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

2. Payments, Maturity. The entire Principal shall be due and payable on demand on or after August 1, 2025. In the absence of any demand, the entire Principal is due five (5) years from the date hereof. All amounts of Principal payable hereunder shall be paid by Maker in immediately available funds by certified check or wire transfer.

 

3. Prepayments. Maker may prepay this Note in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

 

8. Governing Law. This Note is delivered in the State of California and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its choice of law rules.

 

9. Severability. If for any reason one or more of the provisions of this Note or their application to any person or circumstances shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect or to any extent, such provisions shall nevertheless remain valid, legal and enforceable in all such other respects and to such extent as may be permissible. In addition, any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, but this Note shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained therein.

 

10. Successors and Assigns; Transferability. This Note inures to the benefit of Holder and binds Maker and their respective successors and assigns. This Note shall not be transferable or assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, by Maker without the express written consent of Holder. Any transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. The Holder may assign this Note at any time without the consent of Maker. Following the effective date of any assignment by Holder, Holder shall provide Maker immediate notice of such assignment, which notice shall identify the assignee and provide the address and facsimile number of such assignee. Unless and until Maker receives a notice of an assignment, Maker shall be permitted to recognize Holder as holder of the Note and shall not be liable for any payment made to Holder instead of the assignee of the Note. Following receipt of notice of an assignment of the Note, Maker shall recognize the assignee as Holder for all purposes under this Note.

 

1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note on the date first written above.

 

    MAKER:
     
    Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc,
  a California corporation
     
    /s/ Hong Le Liang
    Hong Le Liang,
    Chief Executive Officer
     
HOLDER:    
     
/s/ Fulai Wang    
Fulai Wang,    
an individual    

 

2

 

 

Schedule I

 

Date of Advances  Amount 
9/13/2022  $250,000.00 

 

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$572,481 July 31, 2024

Union City, California

 

For value received, the undersigned, Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, a California corporation (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Sen Zhong, an individual (“Holder”), the principal sum of Five Hundred Seventy Two Thousand Four Hundred Eight One Dollars ($572,481) (“Principal”).

 

This principal amount of this Promissory Note (“Note”) memorializes the current balance of all advances made to the Maker by the Holder as of July 31, 2024. A schedule of those outstanding advances is attached to this Note as Schedule I.

 

1. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

2. Payments, Maturity. The entire Principal shall be due and payable on demand by the Holder on or after August 1, 2025. In the absence of any demand, the entire Principal is due five (5) years from the date hereof. All amounts of Principal payable hereunder shall be paid by Maker in immediately available funds by certified check or wire transfer.

 

3. Prepayments. Maker may prepay this Note in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

 

4. Governing Law. This Note is delivered in the State of California and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its choice of law rules.

 

5. Severability. If for any reason one or more of the provisions of this Note or their application to any person or circumstances shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect or to any extent, such provisions shall nevertheless remain valid, legal and enforceable in all such other respects and to such extent as may be permissible. In addition, any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, but this Note shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained therein.

 

6. Successors and Assigns; Transferability. This Note inures to the benefit of Holder and binds Maker and their respective successors and assigns. This Note shall not be transferable or assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, by Maker without the express written consent of Holder. Any transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. The Holder may assign this Note at any time without the consent of Maker. Following the effective date of any assignment by Holder, Holder shall provide Maker immediate notice of such assignment, which notice shall identify the assignee and provide the address and facsimile number of such assignee. Unless and until Maker receives a notice of an assignment, Maker shall be permitted to recognize Holder as holder of the Note and shall not be liable for any payment made to Holder instead of the assignee of the Note. Following receipt of notice of an assignment of the Note, Maker shall recognize the assignee as Holder for all purposes under this Note.

 

1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note on the date first written above.

 

  MAKER:
   
  Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc,
  a California corporation
   
  /s/ Hong Le Liang
  Hong Le Liang,
  Chief Executive Officer

 

HOLDER:  
   
/s/ Sen Zhong  
Sen Zhong,  
an individual  

 

2

 

 

Schedule I

 

Date of Advances  Amount 
10/4/2021  $400,000.00 
4/6/2021  $100,000.00 
3/14/2022  $72,481 .00 

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$292,825 July 31, 2024

Union City, California

 

For value received, the undersigned, Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc, a California corporation (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Hong Le Liang, an individual (“Holder”), the principal sum of Two Hundred Ninety Two Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($292,825) (“Principal”).

 

This principal amount of this Promissory Note (“Note”) memorializes the current balance of all advances made to the Maker by the Holder as of July 31, 2024. A schedule of those outstanding advances is attached to this Note as Schedule I.

 

1. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

2. Payments, Maturity. The entire Principal shall be due and payable on demand by the Holder on or after August 1, 2025. In the absence of any demand, the entire Principal is due five (5) years from the date hereof. All amounts of principal and interest payable hereunder shall be paid by Maker in immediately available funds by certified check or wire transfer.

 

3. Prepayments. Maker may prepay this Note in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

 

4. Governing Law. This Note is delivered in the State of California and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its choice of law rules.

 

5. Severability. If for any reason one or more of the provisions of this Note or their application to any person or circumstances shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect or to any extent, such provisions shall nevertheless remain valid, legal and enforceable in all such other respects and to such extent as may be permissible. In addition, any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note, but this Note shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained therein.

 

6. Successors and Assigns; Transferability. This Note inures to the benefit of Holder and binds Maker and their respective successors and assigns. This Note shall not be transferable or assignable, by operation of law or otherwise, by Maker without the express written consent of Holder. Any transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. The Holder may assign this Note at any time without the consent of Maker. Following the effective date of any assignment by Holder, Holder shall provide Maker immediate notice of such assignment, which notice shall identify the assignee and provide the address and facsimile number of such assignee. Unless and until Maker receives a notice of an assignment, Maker shall be permitted to recognize Holder as holder of the Note and shall not be liable for any payment made to Holder instead of the assignee of the Note. Following receipt of notice of an assignment of the Note, Maker shall recognize the assignee as Holder for all purposes under this Note.

 

1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note on the date first written above.

 

  MAKER:
   
  Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc,
  a California corporation
   
  /s/ Fulai Wang
  Fulai Wang,
  Chief Financial Officer

 

HOLDER:  
   
/s/ Hong Le Liang  
Hong Le Liang,  
an individual  

 

2

 

 

Schedule I

 

Date of Advances  Amount 
10/28/2021  $50,000.00 
2/24/2022  $100,000.00 
3/11/2022  $142,825.00 

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

1.2(b) Parking : 8 unreserved and 0 reserved vehicle parking spaces. t h e S u b l e ss o r ' s A g e n t ( sa l e s p e r s o n o r b r o k e r ass o c i a t e ) ; o r b o t h t h e S u b l e ss e e ' s Sublessor's Agent BJ Fell License No. 01929179 is (check one): A g e n t a n d t h e S ub l e ss o r ' s A g en t ( d u al a g e n t) . Sublessee's Brokerage Firm eNational Realty Group License No. 01919549 is the broker of (check one): and Sublessor (dual agent). SUBLEASE FOR MULTIPLE TENANTS To be used if there will be one or more sublessees sharing the space with each other and/or the lessee, whether or not the space (Premises) is a single tenant building or is located in a multi - tenant building. If the entire space (Premises) will be subleased by a single sublessee, whether or not the space (Premises) is a single tenant building or is located in a multi - tenant building, use the Sublease for a Single Sublessee. 1. B a s i c P r ov isi on s ( "B a s i c P r o v i si on s " ) . 1. Parties : This Sublease (" Sublease "), dated for reference purposes only January, 19, 2024 , is made by and between Dzyne Technologies, LLC (" Sublessor ") and FUAN Enterprise, Inc. a California Corporation (" Sublessee "), (collectively the " Parties ", or individually a " Party "). 1.2(a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), commonly known as (street address, unit/suite, city, state) 12 Chrysler, Suite C, Irvine, CA 92618 (" Premises "). The Premises are located in the County of Orange and consist of approximately 2,550 rentable square feet which is part of a larger 10,973 square foot building as shown on Exhibit A square feet. In addition to Sublessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Sublessee shall have nonexclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (" Building ") or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the " Project ." 3. Term : 2 years and 3 months commencing February 1, 2024 (" Commencement Date ") and ending April 30, 2026 (" Expiration Date "). 4. E a r l y P o ss e s s i on : I f t h e P r e m i s e s a r e a va i l a b l e S u b l e ss e e m a y h a ve n o n - e x c l u s i ve p o ss e ss i o n o f t h e P r e m i s e s c o m m e n c i n g ( " E a r l y P o ss e s s i o n D at e " ) . 5. Base Rent : $3,825.00 per month (" Base Rent "), payable on the 1st day of each month commencing February 1, 2024 . If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Sublease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. 6. Sublessee's Share of Operating Expenses : $816.00 percent ( 23 %) (" Sublessee's Share "). In the event that that size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee's Share to reflect such modification. 7. Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution : (a) Base Rent : $3,825.00 for the period February 1 - 29, 2024 . (b) Security Deposit : $4,744.73 (" Security Deposit "). (c) Other : $816.00 for Common Area Operating Expenses . (d) T o t a l D u e Upo n Ex e c u t i o n o f t h i s L e a s e : $ 9 , 3 8 5. 7 3 . 8. Agreed Use : The Premises shall be used and occupied only for light manufacturing, general office, warehousing, and packaging for a dietary supplement manufacturer as approved by the City of Irvine and for no other purposes. 9. R e a l Es t at e B ro k e r s . (a) Representation : Each Party acknowledges receiving a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship, confirms and consents to the following agency relationships in this Lease with the following real estate brokers (" Broker(s) ") and/or their agents ("Agent(s)"): S ub l e ss o r ' s B r o k e r a g e F i r m L e e & A ss o c i a t e s , I n c . - I r v i n e L i c e n se N o . 0 1 044 7 9 1 i s t h e b r o k e r o f ( c h e ck o ne ) : t h e S u b l e ss o r ; o r b o t h t h e Sublessee and Sublessor (dual agent). t h e S u b l e ss e e ; o r b o t h t h e S ub l e ss e e t h e S u b l e ss e e' s A g e n t ( sa l e s p e r s o n o r b r o k e r ass o c i a t e ) ; o r b o t h t h e Sublessee's Agent Yin Yan License No. 01919549 is (check one): Sublessee's Agent and the Sublessor's Agent (dual agent). (b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Sublease by both Parties, Sublessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement ( or if there is no such agreement, the sum o f or % of the total Base Ren t ) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers. 10. Guarantor . The obligations of the Sublessee under this Sublease shall be guaranteed by Yin Yan (" Guarantor "). 11. Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Sublease: an A d d e n du m c o n s i s t i n g o f P a r a gr a p h s 1 4 t h r o u g h ; a p l o t p l an d e p i c t i n g t h e P r em i s e s a nd / o r P r o j e c t ; a current set of the Rules and Regulations; a Wo r k L e tt e r ; a copy of the Master Lease and any and all amendments to such lease (collectively the " Master Lease "); other (specify): Rent Schedule; Personal Guarantor; Exhibit "A" - Floor Plan . 2. Premises. 1. Letting . Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Sublease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Sublessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Sublease. 2. Condition . Sublessor shall deliver the Premises to Sublessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (" Start Date "), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (" HVAC "), and any items which the Sublessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Sublessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date. If a non - compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Sublessor shall, as Sublessor's sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Sublessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non - compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Sublessor's expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements. If Sublessee does not give Sublessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non - compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Sublessee at Sublessee's sole cost and expense . Sublessee shall obtain the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) of the Master Lease within 30 days of the Commencement Date. 3. Compliance . Sublessor warrants that any improvements, alterations or utility installations made or installed by or on behalf of Sublessor to or on the Premises comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances (" Applicable Requirements ") in effect on the date that they were made or installed. Sublessor makes no warranty as to the use to which Sublessee will put the Premises or to modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Sublessee's use. NOTE: Sublessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Sublessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Sublessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Sublessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non - compliance, rectify the same. 4. Acknowledgements . Sublessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Sublessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Sublessee's intended DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . S B M T - 8 . 03 , R e v i s e d 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 1 of 5

 

 

(ii) ( i ii ) ( i v) (v) ( v i ) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered. The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, and the costs of any environmental inspections. Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common Areas. R e al P r op er t y T a xe s. Insurance premiums. (vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas. (b) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Sublessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless Sublessor already provides the services, or Sublessor has agreed elsewhere in this Sublease to provide the same or some of them. (c) Sublessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Sublessor's estimate of the Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Sublessor shall deliver to Sublessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Sublessee's Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Sublessee's payments under this Paragraph 4.2(c) during the preceding year exceed Sublessee's Share as indicated on such statement, Sublessor shall credit the amount of such overpayment against Sublessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Sublessee's payments under this DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 use, (c) Sublessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Sublessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Sublessee's decision to sublease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Sublessor, Sublessor's agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Sublease. In addition, Sublessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Sublessee's ability to honor the Sublease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Sublessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants. 5. Americans with Disabilities Act . In the event that as a result of Sublessee's use, or intended use, of the Premises the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar law requires modifications or the construction or installation of improvements in or to the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas, the Parties agree t h at s u ch m o d i f i c a t i on s, c o n s t r u c t i o n o r i m p r o v e m e n t s s h a l l b e m a d e a t : S u b l e ss o r ' s e x pe n se S u b l e ss e e ' s ex p e n s e . 6. Vehicle Parking . Sublessee shall be entitled to use the number of Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time for parking. Sublessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full - size passenger automobiles or pickup trucks, herein called " Permitted Size Vehicles ." Sublessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Sublessor. (a) Sublessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Sublessee or Sublessee's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Sublessor for such activities. (b) Sublessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas. (c) If Sublessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Sublessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Sublessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Sublessor. 7. Common Areas - Definition . The term " Common Areas " is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Sublessor from time to time for the general nonexclusive use of Sublessor, Sublessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roofs, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas. 8. Common Areas - Sublessee's Rights . Sublessor grants to Sublessee, for the benefit of Sublessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Sublease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Sublessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Sublessor or Sublessor's designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Sublessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Sublessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Sublessor. 9. Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Sublessor or such other person(s) as Sublessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (" Rules and Regulations ") for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. Sublessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Sublessor shall not be responsible to Sublessee for the noncompliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project. 10. Common Areas - Changes . Sublessor shall have the right, in Sublessor's sole discretion, from time to time: (a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways; (b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas; (d) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and (e) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Sublessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate. 3. Possession. 1. Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Sublessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non - exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Sublessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Sublease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Sublessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date. 2. Delay in Commencement . Sublessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Sublessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, the rights and obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee shall be as set forth in Paragraph 3.3 of the Master Lease (as modified by Paragraph 6.3 of this Sublease). 3. Sublessee Compliance . Sublessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Sublessee until Sublessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance. Pending delivery of such evidence, Sublessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Sublease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Sublessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Sublessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Sublessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied. 4. Rent and Other Charges. 1. Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Sublessee to Sublessor under the terms of this Sublease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (" Rent "). Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to Sublessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublessor may designate in writing. 2. Common Area Operating Expenses . Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Sublessee's Share of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Sublease, in accordance with the following provisions: (a) " Common Area Operating Expenses " are defined, for purposes of this Sublease, as those costs incurred by Sublessor relating to the operation of the Project, which are included in the following list: (i) Costs related to the operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, but not the replacement of the following: (aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, and roof drainage systems. (bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories. (cc) Any fire sprinkler systems. INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . S B M T - 8 . 03 , R e v i s e d 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 2 of 5

 

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 Paragraph 4.2(c) during the preceding year were less than Sublessee's Share as indicated on such statement, Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Sublessor to Sublessee of the statement. 4.3 Utilities . Sublessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Sublessor's sole judgment, Sublessor determines that Sublessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Sublessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the dumpster and/or an increase in the number of times per month that the dumpster is emptied, then Sublessor may increase Sublessee's Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. 5. Security Deposit . The rights and obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee as to said Security Deposit shall be as set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Master Lease (as modified by Paragraph 6.3 of this Sublease). 6. M a s t e r L e a s e . 1. Sublessor is the lessee of the Premises by virtue of the " Master Lease ", wherein Beatrice A. Miller Trust, a Colorado Trust is the lessor, hereinafter the " Master Lessor ". 2. This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. 3. The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease in which event the terms of this Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word "Lessor" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master Lease the word "Lessee" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessee herein. 4. During the term of this Sublease and for all periods subsequent for obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublessor and Master Lessor, each and every obligation of Sublessor under the Master Lease except for the following paragraphs which are excluded therefrom: N/A . 5. The obligations that Sublessee has assumed under paragraph 6.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the " Sublessee's Assumed Obligations ". The obligations that sublessee has not assumed under paragraph 6.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the " Sublessor's Remaining Obligations ". 6. Sublessee shall hold Sublessor free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands, including reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of Sublessee's failure to comply with or perform Sublessee's Assumed Obligations. 7. Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire term of this Sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Master Lease without the fault of the Sublessor, and to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations and to hold Sublessee free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands arising out of Sublessor's failure to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations. 8. Sublessor represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full force and effect and that no default exists on the part of any Party to the Master Lease. 5. A ssi gn m en t o f Sub l e a s e a n d D e fa u l t . 1. Sublessor hereby assigns and transfers to Master Lessor the Sublessor's interest in this Sublease, subject however to the provisions of Paragraph 8.2 hereof. 2. Master Lessor, by executing this document, agrees that until a Default shall occur in the performance of Sublessor's Obligations under the Master Lease, that Sublessor may receive, collect and enjoy the Rent accruing under this Sublease. However, if Sublessor shall Default in the performance of its obligations to Master Lessor then Master Lessor may, at its option, receive and collect, directly from Sublessee, all Rent owing and to be owed under this Sublease. Master Lessor shall not, by reason of this assignment of the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of the Rent from the Sublessee, be deemed liable to Sublessee for any failure of the Sublessor to perform and comply with Sublessor's Remaining Obligations. 3. Sublessor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Sublessee upon receipt of any written notice from the Master Lessor stating that a Default exists in the performance of Sublessor's obligations under the Master Lease, to pay to Master Lessor the Rent due and to become due under the Sublease. Sublessor agrees that Sublessee shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Master Lessor, and that Sublessee shall pay such Rent to Master Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Sublessor to the contrary and Sublessor shall have no right or claim against Sublessee for any such Rent so paid by Sublessee. 4. No changes or modifications shall be made to this Sublease without the consent of Master Lessor. 5. Consent of Master Lessor. 1. In the event that the Master Lease requires that Sublessor obtain the consent of Master Lessor to any subletting by Sublessor then, this Sublease shall not be effective unless, within 10 days of the date hereof, Master Lessor signs this Sublease thereby giving its consent to this Subletting. 2. In the event that the obligations of the Sublessor under the Master Lease have been guaranteed by third parties, then neither this Sublease, nor the Master Lessor's consent, shall be effective unless, within 10 days of the date hereof, said guarantors sign this Sublease thereby giving their consent to this Sublease. 3. In the event that Master Lessor does give such consent then: (a) Such consent shall not release Sublessor of its obligations or alter the primary liability of Sublessor to pay the Rent and perform and comply with all of the obligations of Sublessor to be performed under the Master Lease. (b) The acceptance of Rent by Master Lessor from Sublessee or any one else liable under the Master Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Master Lessor of any provisions of the Master Lease. (c) The consent to this Sublease shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent subletting or assignment. (d) In the event of any Default of Sublessor under the Master Lease, Master Lessor may proceed directly against Sublessor, any guarantors or any one else liable under the Master Lease or this Sublease without first exhausting Master Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Master Lessor. (e) Master Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the Master Lease or this Sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Sublessor or any one else liable under the Master Lease and without obtaining their consent and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability. (f) In the event that Sublessor shall Default in its obligations under the Master Lease, then Master Lessor, at its option and without being obligated to do so, may require Sublessee to attorn to Master Lessor in which event Master Lessor shall undertake the obligations of Sublessor under this Sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to termination of this Sublease but Master Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid Rent nor any Security Deposit paid by Sublessee, nor shall Master Lessor be liable for any other Defaults of the Sublessor under the Sublease. 1. The signatures of the Master Lessor and any Guarantors of Sublessor at the end of this document shall constitute their consent to the terms of this Sublease. 2. Master Lessor acknowledges that, to the best of Master Lessor's knowledge, no Default presently exists under the Master Lease of obligations to be performed by Sublessor and that the Master Lease is in full force and effect. 3. In the event that Sublessor Defaults under its obligations to be performed under the Master Lease by Sublessor, Master Lessor agrees to deliver to Sublessee a copy of any such notice of default. Sublessee shall have the right to cure any Default of Sublessor described in any notice of default if Sublessee does so within the same number of days set forth in the notice of default given to Sublessor. If such Default is cured by Sublessee then Sublessee shall have the right of reimbursement and offset from and against Sublessor. 9. Additional Brokers Commissions. 1. Sublessor agrees that if Sublessee exercises any option or right of first refusal as granted by Sublessor herein, or any option or right substantially similar thereto, either to extend the term of this Sublease, to renew this Sublease, to purchase the Premises, or to lease or purchase adjacent property which Sublessor may own or in which Sublessor has an interest , then Sublessor shall pay to Broker a fee in accordance with the schedule of Broker in effect at the time of the execution of this Sublease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessor's obligation under this Paragraph is limited to a transaction in which Sublessor is acting as a Sublessor, lessor or seller. 2. If a separate brokerage fee agreement is attached then Master Lessor agrees that if Sublessee shall exercise any option or right of first refusal granted to Sublessee by Master Lessor in connection with this Sublease, or any option or right substantially similar thereto, either to extend or renew the Master Lease, to purchase the Premises or any part thereof, or to lease or purchase adjacent property which Master Lessor may own or in which Master Lessor has an interest, or if Broker is the procuring cause of any other lease or sale entered into between Sublessee and Master Lessor pertaining to the Premises, any part thereof, or any adjacent property which Master Lessor owns or in which it has an interest, then as to any of said transactions, Master Lessor shall pay to Broker a fee, in cash, in accordance with the schedule attached to such brokerage fee agreement. 3. Any fee due from Sublessor or Master Lessor hereunder shall be due and payable upon the exercise of any option to extend or renew, upon the execution of any new lease, or, in the event of a purchase, at the close of escrow. 4. Any transferee of Sublessor's interest in this Sublease, or of Master Lessor's interest in the Master Lease, by accepting an assignment thereof, shall be deemed to have assumed the respective obligations of Sublessor or Master Lessor under this Paragraph 9. Broker shall be deemed to be a third - party beneficiary of INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . S B M T - 8 . 03 , R e v i s e d 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 3 of 5

 

 

E x e c u t e d A t : O n : 2024 - Jan - 3 0 | 07:0 7 PST B y Su b l e s s or : D z yn e T e c h no l o g i e s , L L C By: N a m e P r i n t e d : I v a n M i ll s Title: CFO Phone: Fax: Email: imills@dzynetech.com By: N a m e P r i n t e d : Title: Phone: Fax: Email: A dd r e ss: 3 4 Pa r k e r , I r v i n e , C A 9 261 8 F e d e r al I D N o . : E xe c u t e d A t : On: 2024 - Jan - 31 | 12:52 PST B y Sub l e ss ee : F U A N E n t e r p r i s e , I n c . a C al i f o r n i a C o r p o r a t i o n By: Name Printed: Yin Yan Title: CEO Phone: 310 - 957 - 8888 Fax: Email: fuan9988@gmail.com By: N a m e P r i n t e d : Title: Phone: Fax: Email: Address: F e d e r al I D N o . : BROKER L e e & A ss o c i a t e s , I n c . - I r v i n e Attn: BJ Fell Title: Senior VP BROKER e N a t i o n a l Real ty G r oup Attn: Yin Yan Title: DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 t h i s p a r a g r a p h 9 . 10. Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. The Parties each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker, agent or finder (other than the Brokers and Agents, if any) in connection with this Sublease, and that no one other than said named Brokers and Agents is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Sublessee and Sublessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto. 11. Attorney's fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, " Prevailing Party " shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Sublessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation). 12. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Sublease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Sublessor and Sublessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Sublease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Sublessor or Sublessee under this Sublease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Sublease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker. Signatures to this Sublease accomplished by means of electronic signature or similar technology shall be legal and binding. 13. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act. (a) The Premises: have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Note: A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction - related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction - related accessibility standards within the premises. have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction - related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code Α 55 . 51 et seq . Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential . have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction - related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code Α 55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential except as necessary to complete repairs and corrections of violations of construction related accessibility standards. In the event that the Premises have been issued an inspection report by a CASp the Lessor shall provide a copy of the disability access inspection certificate to Lessee within 7 days of the execution of this Lease. (b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or other state and local accessibility statutes are dependent upon Lessee's specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee's use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in compliance with ADA or other accessibility statutes, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee's expense. ATTENTION : NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY AIR CRE OR BY ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO: 1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE. 2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PROPERTY, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR SUBLESSEE'S INTENDED USE. WARNING : IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE SUBLEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED. INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . S B M T - 8 . 03 , R e v i s e d 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 4 of 5

 

 

A dd r e ss: 983 8 R e s ea r c h D ri v e , I r v i n e , C A 926 1 8 Phone: Fax: Email: F e d e r al I D N o . : Broker DRE License #: 01044791 A g e n t D RE L i c e n se # : 0 1 929 1 7 9 Address: 31921 Apuesto Way, Coto de Caza, Ca 92679 Phone: 310 - 957 - 8888 Fax: Email: yin@bioessence.com F e d e r al I D N o . : B r o k e r D R E L i c e n se # : 0191 9 54 9 Agent DRE License #: Consent to the above Sublease is hereby given. E x e c u t e d A t : E x e c u t e d O n : B y M a s t e r L e s s or : Beatrice A. Miller Trust, a Colorado Trust By: N a m e P r i n t e d : D ia n a M. B u r g Title: Trustee Phone: 303 - 753 - 9444 Fax: N/A Email: dburg@cdburggroup.com cburg@cdburggroup.com By: N a m e P r i n t e d : Title: Phone: Fax: Email: Address: 1776 S. Jackson St., Suite 402, Denver, CO 80210 Federal ID No.: 84 - 6156436 AIR CRE * https:// www.aircre.com * 213 - 687 - 8777 * contracts@aircre.com NOTICE: No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing. E xe c u t e d A t : Executed On: 2024 - Jan - 31 | 12:52 PST B y G u a r a n t or : Y i n Y a n By: Name Printed: Yin Yan Title: Address: 31921 Apuesto Way, Coto de Caza, Ca 92679 By: N a m e P r i n t e d : Title: Address: DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . S B M T - 8 . 03 , R e v i s e d 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 5 of 5

 

 

ADDENDUM TO SUBLEASE D a t e : J a nu a r y , 19, 2 0 2 4 By and Between S u b l e s s o r: D z yn e T e c h no l o g i e s , LL C S u b l e s s ee : F U A N E n t e r p r i s e , I n c . a C al i f o r n i a C o r po r a t i o n Property Address: 1 2 C h r y sl e r , S u i te C , I r v i n e , C A 926 1 8 ( s t r e e t a d d r e s s, c i t y , s t a t e , z i p ) Paragraph: 14 1. - Sublessor shall deliver the space in its existing condition and will have all damaged or stained ceiling tiles replaced. Sublessor shall also have the space professionally cleaned. 2. - If a default occurs under the Sublease by and between Sublessor and Sublessee dated of even date herewith for approximately 5593 rentable square feet in the Premises (“Sublease #1”), and/or the Sublease by and between Sublessor and Sublessee dated of even date herewith for approximately 2830 rentable square feet in the Premises (“Sublease #2”), this Sublease shall also be considered in default and Sublessor shall be entitled to all remedies available hereunder. 3. - Sublessee understands and agrees that access to the subleased premises is shared with Sublease #1 and Sublease #2 and that the subleased premises are not delineated by demising walls nor has the specific square footage of the subleased premises been verified. Sublessee takes the subleased premises “as is” and “where is” and “with all defaults”. 4. - Sublessee will comply with the insurance requirements of Paragraph 8 of the Master Lease and provide Sublessor a Certificate of Insurance showing such compliance prior to the Commencement Date. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the printed provisions of the Sublease, this Addendum shall control. AIR CRE * https:// www.aircre.com * 213 - 687 - 8777 * contracts@aircre.com NOTICE: No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing. DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . A S L - 1 . 00 , R e v i s ed 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M Page 1 of 1

 

 

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S) (ORIGINAL TERM) S T A N D ARD LE A S E A DD E N DUM D a t e d : J a n u a r y , 1 9, 202 4 By and Between L e s s o r: D z yn e T e c h no l o g ie s , LL C Lessee: FUAN Enterprise, Inc. a California Corporation Property Address: 1 2 C h r y sl e r , S u i te C , I r v i n e , C A 926 1 8 ( s t r e e t a d d r e s s, c i t y , s t a t e , z i p ) Paragraph: The monthly Base Rent during the Original Term of the Lease shall be increased by using the method(s) selected below ( check method(s) to be used and fill in appropriately ): I. C on s u m e r P r i ce I nd e x . a. The monthly Base Rent shall be increased on and every months thereafter during the Original Term (" CPI Increase Date(s) ") commensurate with the increase in the CPI (as herein defined) determined as follows: the monthly Base Rent scheduled for the first month of the Original Term shall be multiplied by a fraction the denominator of which is the Base CPI (as herein defined), and the numerator of which is the Comparison CPI (as herein defined). The amount so calculated shall constitute the new Base Rent until the next CPI Increase Date, but in no event shall any such new Base Rent be less than the Base Rent for the month immediately preceding the applicable CPI Increase Date. b. T h e t e r m " CP I " s h a l l me an t h e C o n s u m e r P r i ce I n de x o f t h e B u r e au o f La b o r St a t i s t i c s o f t h e U . S . D e p a r t m en t o f La b o r f o r ( s elec t on e ) : C P I W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for ( fill in Urban Area ): or the area in which the Premises is located, All Items (1982 - 1984 = 100). The term " Comparison CPI " shall mean the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 full months prior to the applicable Original Term CPI Increase Date. The term " Base CPI " shall mean the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 full months prior to the Commencement Date of the Original Term. c. If the compilation and/or publication of the CPI is transferred to another governmental department, bureau or agency or is discontinued, then instead the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to calculate the Base Rent increases hereunder . If the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties, with the cost of such arbitration being paid equally by the Parties . I. Fixed Percentage. The monthly Base Rent shall be increased on and every months thereafter during the Original Term ("Percentage Increase Date(s)") by percent ( %) of the monthly Base Rent scheduled to be paid for the month immediately preceding the applicable Percentage Increase Date. II. Fix e d R e n t a l A d j u s t m en t ( s ) ( " F R A " ) . The monthly Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below: On ( f i l l i n F RA A d j u s t m e n t D a t e ( s ) ): F e b r u a r y 1, 20 2 5 F e b r u a r y 1, 20 2 6 The new Base Rent shall be: $3,978.00/month $4,137.12/month BROKER'S FEE: For each adjustment in Base Rent specified above, the Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease. AIR CRE * https:// www.aircre.com * 213 - 687 - 8777 * contracts@aircre.com NOTICE: No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing. DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 INITIALS © 201 7 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . R A - 8 . 00 , R e v i sed 10 - 13 - 202 2 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M Page 1 of 1

 

 

GUARANTY OF SUB LEASE WHEREAS FUAN Enterprise, Inc. a California Corporation (" Sub Lessee " or "Lessee ") desires to lease from Dzyne Technologies, LLC (" Sub Lessor " or "Lessor ") the premises commonly known as (street address, city, state, zip) 12 Chrysler, Suite C, Irvine, CA 92618 (" Premises ") pursuant to a lease dated for reference purposes only as of January, 19, 2024 (" Sub Lease " or Lease "). WHEREAS, as a material inducement to and in consideration of Lessor executing the Lease, Lessor requires Yin Yan (" Guarantor ") to execute this Guaranty of Lease (" Guaranty "); Guarantor desires Lessee to consummate the Lease. Accordingly, contemporaneous with execution of the Lease, Guarantor is executing this Guaranty to induce Lessor to execute the Lease with Lessee. NOW THEREFORE, Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees and promises to perform and be liable for any and all obligations and liabilities of Lessee under the Lease, including, but not limited to, payment of all rents and all other sums payable by Lessee under the Lease and performance by Lessee of each and every one of the terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Lessee under the Lease. Guarantor hereby agrees that, without the consent of, or notice to, Guarantor and without affecting or in any way releasing Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty: (i) Lessor and Lessee may, by agreement or course of conduct, amend, extend, renew or otherwise alter any term, covenant or condition of the Lease, or the Lease may be assigned by Lessor or Lessee (and their successors and assigns) and this Guaranty shall guarantee all obligations of Lessee under the Lease as so amended, extended, renewed, altered or assigned; (ii) Lessor may release, change or add a party to the Lease and/or a guarantor of the Lease; (iii) Lessor may exercise, not exercise, delay exercising, impair, modify, limit, terminate or suspend any of Lessor's rights or remedies under the Lease or this Guaranty; and (iv) Lessor may permit all or any part of the Premises to be subleased, or the Lease to be assigned, assumed, transferred, mortgaged or encumbered. Guarantor hereby agrees that no notice of nonperformance or default by Lessee or by another guarantor need be given to Guarantor. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guarantee. Guarantor waives the benefit of any law allowing Guarantor to revoke this Guaranty. No provision of this Guaranty or rights of Lessor hereunder may be waived, nor may any Guarantor be released from any obligation under this Guaranty except by a writing duly executed by Lessor. Guarantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any right or defense based on: (i) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty; (ii) demands (including demands for payment or performance), presentation and protest; (iii) any statute of limitations; (iv) requiring Lessor to proceed against Lessee, any Guarantor or other guarantor or any other person (as herein defined) liable to Lessor, or to proceed against these persons in any order; (v) requiring Lessor to apply any security deposit or other security; (vi) requiring Lessor to proceed under any other remedy Lessor may have before proceeding against Guarantor; (vii) any right of subrogation that Guarantor may have against Lessee or other guarantors; (viii) any right or defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of Lessee, any guarantor or any other person; (ix) any right or defense arising by reason of the absence, impairment, modification, limitation, destruction or cessation (in bankruptcy, by an election of remedies, or otherwise) of the liability of Lessee, of the subrogation rights of Guarantor, or of the rights of Guarantor to proceed against Lessee for reimbursement; (x) limiting Guarantor's obligations to not exceed Lessee's obligations; and (xi) notices (including notices of adverse change in the financial status of Lessee or other facts that increase the risk to Guarantor). The obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be altered, limited or affected by any proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or liquidation of Lessee, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or by any defense that Lessee, Guarantor or any other guarantor may have by reason of any order, decree, or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding. Guarantor subordinates any and all existing or future indebtedness of Lessee to Guarantor to Lessee's obligations owed to Lessor under the Lease. Any recovery by Lessor from any other guarantor or insurer shall first be credited to the portion of Lessee's indebtedness to Lessor which exceeds the maximum liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. If a person comprising Guarantor is married, such Guarantor expressly agrees that recourse may be had against such Guarantor's separate or community property. Guarantor shall, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice from Lessor, provide Lessor with Guarantor's financial statements for the current year and tax returns for the three (3) preceding years and, if such is the normal practice of Guarantor, such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by an independent certified public accountant. Lessor shall maintain Guarantor's financial statements and tax returns in confidence but shall be permitted to disclose Guarantor's financial statements and tax returns to prospective lenders, purchasers or others for a bona fide business purpose. Guarantor shall, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice from Lessor, in writing reaffirm that this Guaranty remains and continues in full force and effect, that no event has occurred that would invalidate the Guaranty or excuse Guarantor's obligations or performance under the Guaranty, and that the Guaranty applies to the Lease, as amended, extended, renewed, altered or assigned. Guarantor shall, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice from Lessor, execute such other and further documents and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or required by Lessor to effectuate the intent of the parties and carry out the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising directly or indirectly from the Guaranty or the Lease shall be litigated only in courts located within the county and state in which the Premises is located. Guarantor irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any local, state or federal court located within the county and state in which the Premises is located, and waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense or otherwise in any suit, action, or proceeding any claim that Guarantor is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above - named courts, that such suit, action, or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or that the venue of such action, suit, or proceeding is improper. Each person which comprises Guarantor consents to service of process by a nationally recognized overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) at either the Premises or at the Guarantor's address for notices set forth below, and shall be deemed served and received three (3) business days after deposit with the overnight mail service. Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any action or proceeding that such service of process was in any way invalid or ineffective. Lessor reserves the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Premises is located and, for purposes of conflicts of law, Guarantor shall be treated as if resident of or domiciled in such state. Guarantor waives the right to a jury trial of any cause of action, claim, counterclaim or cross - complaint in any action, proceeding or other hearing brought against Guarantor. If and to the extent the Lease requires Lessor and Lessee to arbitrate any disputes, then Guarantor also agrees to arbitrate such disputes in the same arbitration to the extent related to the Guaranty and upon the same terms and conditions provided in the Lease. If Lessor brings an action or proceeding against Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "Prevailing Party" shall include, without limitation, the party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement between Guarantor and Lessor with respect to the subject matter of this Guaranty and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, representations and discussions, whether verbal or written, of the parties, pertaining to such subject matter. Guarantor is not relying on any representations, warranties or inducements from Lessor that are not expressly stated in this Guaranty. If any provision of this Guaranty is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions hereof shall nevertheless be effective. The waiver or failure to enforce any provision of this Guaranty shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of such provision or any other provisions of this Guaranty, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further such exercise or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Time is strictly of the essence under this Guaranty and any amendment, modification or revision of this Guaranty. Each person executing this Guaranty represents and warrants to Lessor that (i) each individual executing this Guaranty has the legal power, right, and actual authority to bind Guarantor; (ii) Guarantor has the legal right, power and authority to enter into and perform this Guaranty; (iii) all requisite action by or on behalf of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (general or limited), trust or other legal entity ("entity") has been taken for this Guaranty to be duly authorized by such entity or Guarantor; (vi) no consent of any partner, shareholder, member, creditor, investor, government, judicial or administrative body or other party is required DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 INITIALS © 202 2 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . G R - 4 . 00 , R e v i s e d 10 - 13 - 202 2 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 1 of 2

 

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 in connection with Guarantor executing this Guaranty; (v) this Guaranty is a valid and legally binding obligation of Guarantor; (vi) the execution and delivery of this Guaranty does not conflict with or result in the material breach of any terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any bond, note, or other evidence of indebtedness or any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, partnership agreement or other agreements or instruments to which Guarantor is a party or by which Guarantor is bound; and (vi) Guarantor will derive a substantial and material economic benefit from Lessor's execution of the Lease. If Guarantor is an entity, Guarantor shall, concurrently with the execution of this Guaranty (or upon ten (10) days' prior written notice from Lessor), deliver to Lessor a certified copy of a resolution or other documentation evidencing that such entity is authorized or ratifies the entity's execution of this Guaranty. The term "person" as used in this Guaranty shall include an individual and/or an entity. If more than one (1) person comprises Guarantor, the obligations of such persons shall be joint and several. The unenforceability of this Guaranty or Lessor's election not to enforce this Guaranty against one (1) or more persons shall not affect the obligations of the remaining persons which comprise Guarantor or the enforceability of this Guaranty against such remaining persons. Any notice, request, demand, instruction or other communication to be given to Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be in writing and shall be delivered at either the Premises or the address set forth beneath the Guarantor's signature below, or to such other place as Guarantor may from time to time in writing designate by at least fifteen (15) days' notice to Lessor. When the context and construction so requires, all words used in the singular in this Guaranty shall be deemed to have been used in the plural. The term "Lessee" as used in this Guaranty shall mean the Lessee named in the Lease, any assignee of Lessee's interest under the Lease and their respective successors and assigns. The term "Lessor" as used in this Guaranty shall mean the Lessor named in the Lease, any assignee of Lessor, whether by outright assignment, assignment for security or otherwise. Lessor may without Guarantor's consent assign this Guaranty, voluntarily or by operation of law. This Guaranty applies to, inures to the benefit of, and binds all persons that comprise Guarantor, their heirs, devisees, legatees, executors, administrators, representatives, successors and assigns. Signatures to this Guaranty accomplished by means of electronic signature or similar technology shall be legal and binding. This Guaranty may be executed in counterparts. Guarantor is advised to seek advice of legal counsel before signing this Guaranty. Guarantor acknowledges that AIR CRE, the real estate brokers or their agents or employees have not made any representation or statement as to the legal sufficiency or effect or tax consequences of this Guaranty or the Lease. GUARANTOR Y i n Y a n E x e c u t e d At : On: 2024 - Jan - 31 | 12:52 PST N a m e P r i n t e d : Y i n Y a n Title: Address: 31921 Apuesto Way, Coto de Caza, Ca 92679 Email Address: yin@bioessence.com Phone: 310 - 957 - 8888 By: By: N a m e P r i n t ed : Title: Address: E m a i l A dd r e ss: AIR CRE * https:// www.aircre.com * 213 - 687 - 8777 * contracts@aircre.com NOTICE: No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing. INITIALS © 202 2 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . G R - 4 . 00 , R e v i s e d 10 - 13 - 202 2 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M P a g e 2 of 2

 

 

EXHIBITS TO SUBLEASE Exhibit "A" DocuSign Envelope ID: 4B47CD5B - 14F3 - 476D - BACA - 3CB719FE2EC0 INITIALS © 201 9 A I R C R E . Al l R i gh t s R e s e r v e d . E X S L - 1 . 00 , R e v i s ed 10 - 22 - 202 0 INITIALS L a s t E d it ed: 1 / 29 / 202 4 3:1 8 P M Page 1 of 1

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

PROLOGIS CLEAR LEASE

Simplify your lease. Simplify your business.

 

 

THIS LEASE is made between Landlord and Tenant as of the Effective Date below.

 

1. Defined Terms.

 

  a)   Effective Date:   March 20, 2023
                   
  b)   Landlord:   Prologis Targeted U.S. Logistics Fund, L.P.
                   
  c)   Landlord Notice Address:   Prologis
3353 Gateway Blvd
Fremont, California
94538-6512
  With copy to:   Prologis
Attn. General Counsel
1800 Wazee Street
Suite 500
Denver, CO 80202
                   
  d)   Tenant:   KZS KITCHEN CABINET & STONE INC., a California corporation
                   
  e)   Tenant Notice Address:   33261 Central Ave.   With copy to:    
          Union City CA 94587        
          Attn: Hong Le Liang        
                   
  f)   Premises:   That portion of the Building containing approximately 55,000 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A.
                   
  g)   Building:   Union City 13
33261-33297 Central Avenue
Union City, CA 94587-2009
                   
  h)   Project:   Prologis Union City
                   
  i)   Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes (“Tenant’s Share”):   68.75%        
                   
  j)   Term:   Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the day which is 61 full calendar months following the Commencement Date (the “Expiration Date”).
                   
  k)   Commencement Date:   09/01/2023        
                   
  l)   Monthly Base Rent   Period   Monthly Base Rent    
          09/01/2023 - 09/30/2023   1* USD$0.00    
          10/01/2023 - 08/31/2024   USD$70,400.00    
          09/01/2024 - 08/31/2025   USD$73,216.00    
          09/01/2025 - 08/31/2026   USD$76,144.64    
          09/01/2026 - 08/31/2027   USD$79,190.43    
          09/01/2027 - 08/31/2028   USD$82,358.04    
          09/01/2028 - 09/30/2028   USD$85,652.36    
                   
          1* Monthly Base Rent of USD$70,400.00 is abated for this period.
                   
          FOE and Taxes will be due as provided in the Lease during all periods.
                   
              Operating Expenses:   USD$8,768.25
              Capital Repairs/Replacements:   USD$1,435.50

 

 

- 1 -

 

 

  m)   Monthly Fixed Operating Expenses         Total FOE:
USD$10,203.75
 
                   
      (“FOE”):            
                   
  n)   Annual FOE Increase:   FOE shall automatically increase during the Term by 4.30% effective on the first day of each full calendar year anniversary of the Commencement Date.
                   
  o)   Monthly Taxes (estimated):   USD$6,209.50
                   
  p)   Security Deposit:   USD$101,388.53 in the form of Cash
                   
  q)   Landlord Broker:   None
                   
  r)   Tenant Broker:   OPUS COMMERCIAL GROUP INC.
                   
  s)   Exhibits:   Exhibit A- Site Plan
          Exhibit B- Rules, Regulations, and Legal Requirements
          Exhibit C- State Specific Provisions

 

2.  Granting Clause; Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises for the Term subject to the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the Term against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord provided no uncured Event of Default (defined below) exists. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, seven days per week, 365 days per year and the non-exclusive use of the Common Areas (defined below) of the Project for their intended purposes and in accordance with the Rules, Regulations, and Legal Requirements (defined below). The term “Common Areas” means all areas of the Project designated for the common use by tenants.

 

3.  Acceptance of Premises. As of the Commencement Date, Tenant accepts the Premises in its “as-is” condition and waives any implied warranties relating to the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall conduct a walkthrough of the Premises to identify any existing damage that neither party shall be responsible for repairing. Within 10 days after request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a certificate confirming the Commencement Date. Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all Tenant’s obligations hereunder except for the payment of Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes.

 

4.  Use. The Premises shall be used only for the purpose of receiving, storing, and shipping products, and for other incidental lawful uses. Tenant’s use of the Project shall comply at all times with all rules, regulations, and Legal Requirements (defined in Exhibit B) established by Landlord (the “Rules, Regulations, and Legal Requirements”). The current Rules, Regulations, and Legal Requirements are attached as Exhibit B. The Rules, Regulations, and Legal Requirements may be amended by Notice to Tenant, provided the amendments do not materially enlarge Tenant’s obligations or limit Tenant’s rights hereunder. Landlord shall have no liability for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants.

 

5.  Monthly Rent. Upon Lease execution, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first installment of Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes. Thereafter, Tenant shall make all such payments in advance, without demand, no later than the first day of each calendar month during the Term (prorated for any fractional calendar month). Tenant shall make all payments to Landlord (or to such other party or at such location as Landlord may from time to time specify in writing) by Electronic Fund Transfer or Automated Clearing House. Tenant shall not abate, reduce, or off-set any amounts payable except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late charge, and not a penalty, eight percent (8%) of any amount due for more than 5 days after the due date.

 

FOE represents payment for Landlord’s costs incurred for insurance premiums (see Section 9), Landlord’s costs for repair and maintenance (see Section 10), and association and property management fees.

 

The amount of Monthly Taxes represents one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Share of Taxes (see Section 8) as estimated by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall be responsible only for Tenant’s Share of actual Taxes in any calendar year. Any difference between Tenant’s estimated payments and Tenant’s Share of actual Taxes will be reconciled annually no later than 90 days following the first day of a calendar year by either Landlord or Tenant making payment to the other, as applicable, within 60 days after such determination. Tenant’s Share may be proportionately adjusted for changes in the size of the Premises, Building, or Project.

 

- 2 -

 

 

6.  Security Deposit. The Security Deposit is due on the Effective Date and shall be held by Landlord as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder. The Security Deposit is neither an advance rental deposit, nor a measure of Landlord’s damages arising from an Event of Default (defined below). Landlord’s obligation with respect to the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to separate the Security Deposit from its general accounts, and no interest shall accrue thereon. Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may use the Security Deposit to satisfy Tenant’s delinquent obligations, provided that application of the Security Deposit shall not limit any other remedies available to Landlord. Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit after application within 10 days from Notice. Any portion of the Security Deposit remaining at the end of the Term shall be paid to Tenant within 60 days after fulfillment of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

7.  Utilities. Normal water and sewer services for office, break room and restroom are included in FOE. If Tenant’s use of water and sewer services materially exceeds normal usage, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, separately meter and require Tenant to pay the utility provider directly for such services. Tenant shall pay the utility providers directly for all other utilities serving the Premises, along with related taxes, penalties, or surcharges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon prior written notice to Tenant, and provided that: (i) such utilities are priced at, or below, local utility provider rates, and (ii) that there is no reduction of service level for such utility from the service level as of the date of the Landlord transfer, Landlord may transfer utility accounts held by Tenant at the Premises to the name of Landlord, or an appointed intermediary of Landlord. In the event Landlord transfers the utility accounts, Landlord shall timely pay all invoices from such utility service providers. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, or Landlord’s appointed intermediary, for the utility services consumed at the Premises no later than thirty (30) days from receipt of an invoice for such utility services, which shall include units consumed at the Premises during such billing period.

 

Upon request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord data regarding Tenant’s utility usage at the Premises as required by law, or as reasonably required for Landlord to manage the Project. Tenant can satisfy this requirement by either: (a) providing written consent for Landlord to obtain the information directly from the utility or (b) providing the data to Landlord in an acceptable electronic format.

 

8.  Taxes. Landlord shall pay all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, fees or payments to a governmental authority in lieu of taxes that accrue during the Term against the tax parcel on which the Premises is located, as well as reasonable fees payable to tax consultants and attorneys for consultation and contesting taxes, along with any capital levies, franchise, excise, use, margin, transaction, sales or privilege tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based upon the value of the Premises and/or the Project, or assessed upon the Base Rent or FOE (collectively, “Taxes”). Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Taxes pursuant to Section 5. Tenant shall not be liable for any gift taxes, estate taxes, or income taxes imposed on Landlord unless such income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes. Tenant shall pay directly to the taxing authority any tax levied or assessed directly against Tenant, its property or fixtures placed in the Premises, or resulting from any Tenant-Made Alterations (defined below), even if levied or assessed against Landlord.

 

9.  Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property insurance covering the Building and improvements placed in the Common Areas by Landlord and commercial general liability insurance in forms and amounts customary for properties substantially similar to the Project. Landlord’s insurance may be included in a blanket policy or captive insurance program.

 

Without limiting Tenant’s liability under this Lease, Tenant shall maintain the following insurance at Tenant’s expense:

 

(a)  commercial general liability, on an occurrence basis, having a minimum limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence naming Landlord, Prologis, Inc., its affiliates, and property manager (if any) as additional insureds;

 

(b)  all-risk property covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements placed at the Project by or on behalf of Tenant;

 

(c) workers’ compensation as required by applicable state statute;

 

(d)  employers liability coverage of $500,000, and

 

(e)  business automobile liability for owned, hired or non-owned vehicles having a combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence.

 

Tenant’s insurance shall provide primary and non-contributory coverage to Landlord Parties with respect to Tenant’s indemnity obligations. Tenant’s insurance requirements may be satisfied by a combination of primary and excess policy limits, or an umbrella policy. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of such insurance prior to Tenant taking possession of the Premises, and thereafter prior to the expiration of any insurance coverage or 5 days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request.

 

- 3 -

 

 

The all-risk property and workers’ compensation insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in connection with any insured loss by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors, or property manager (collectively the “Landlord Parties”), or Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assigns, or invitees (collectively the “Tenant Parties”), as applicable. No Landlord Parties or Tenant Parties shall be liable to any other Landlord Parties or Tenant Parties for any loss coverable by all risk property insurance, and each party waives claims against the Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties (as applicable) for such loss. The failure of either party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all property of any kind, owned or unowned, placed at the Project by or on behalf of Tenant. The Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties waive any claims against the other for business interruption loss from any cause whatsoever, including losses caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by the negligent acts of the other party.

 

10.  Landlord’s Repairs and Maintenance. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost subject to the express terms hereof, maintain, repair, and replace in good working order the (a) structural elements of the Building (including the exterior walls), (b) roof (including roof membrane), (c) Common Areas (including lighting and snow removal to the extent consistent with market practice), (d) Building fire sprinkler system, (e) existing exterior wall windows, (f) exterior personnel doors, (g) office area ceiling tiles, (h) hot water heaters (i) ventilation, and air conditioning units serving the office area of the Premises, and (j) exterior louvers and ventilation fans for standard warehouse air changes, heating and evaporative cooler systems serving the warehouse area of the Premises ((i) and (j) collectively the “Landlord HVAC”). Landlord shall also complete a bi-annual preventative maintenance service of all dock doors, dock levelers, and dock restraints and bumpers serving the Premises. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord Notice of any required repairs hereunder.

 

Landlord’s obligations hereunder shall expressly exclude any work necessary due to misuse or damage by Tenant Parties or resulting from Tenant-Made Alterations or Tenant’s other improvements to the Premises. Subject to Sections 9 and 15, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within 30 days of Notice for the cost of any such work described in the preceding sentence.

 

11.  Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Sections 9, 10, and 15, Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain, repair, and replace in good working order all areas, improvements and systems exclusively serving the Premises including dock equipment, non-structural elements of the floor slab, interior doors, above ground water and sewer lines, and Tenant HVAC and related components. “Tenant HVAC” means HVAC systems installed by Tenant, specialty HVAC equipment (including IT room HVAC and for temperature-controlled product), and warehouse air conditioning systems other than Landlord HVAC. If Tenant fails to perform any work required hereunder within 30 days from Notice, Landlord may perform such work and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such cost, along with a 5% administrative fee, within 30 days of Notice.

 

12.  Tenant-Made Alterations and Trade Fixtures. All alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by, or on behalf of, Tenant are herein referred to as “Tenant-Made Alterations”. Landlord’s prior written consent is required for Tenant-Made Alterations, provided that Tenant may make interior Tenant-Made Alterations to the Premises up to $25,000 per instance that do not impact the structure or mechanical systems of the Building without Landlord’s consent. Where Landlord’s consent is not required, Tenant shall provide Landlord prompt Notice of such Tenant-Made Alterations accompanied by plans and specifications. Upon completion of any Tenant-Made Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors and subcontractors who provided services or materials for the Tenant-Made Alterations and as-built plans (if applicable).

 

Without Landlord’s approval, Tenant may erect or install shelves, racking, machinery and trade fixtures in the Premises (collectively “Trade Fixtures”), provided such items: (i) do not overload the slab, (ii) may be removed without materially damaging the Premises, and (iii) comply with all Legal Requirements (defined in Exhibit B). Upon Lease termination, Tenant, at its expense, shall remove all Trade Fixtures and Tenant-Made Alterations (except those which Landlord has identified by Notice to Tenant shall remain as Landlord’s property), and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall provide Tenant a list of Tenant-Made Alterations which the Landlord will allow to remain upon the Expiration Date.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and provided that no Event of Default exists or would exist but for the passage of time, giving of notice, or both, Landlord shall contribute up to a maximum amount of $55,000.00 (the “Essentials Allowance”), towards products and services for Tenant’s operations at the Premises which must be purchased through Prologis Essentials Services Group (“PLD Essentials”). Payment of the Essentials Allowance shall be made by Landlord to Tenant within 30 days following (i) completion of the services or purchase of the products purchased through PLD Essentials, (ii) Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s paid invoices or receipts substantiating the costs along with copies of vendor invoices summarizing work done, (iii) Landlord’s receipt of any final third-party lien waivers related to such services and products; and (iv) Landlord’s receipt of a copy of any final permits approved by the applicable governing authority (but only to the extent required for such products or services). Landlord shall be under no obligation to pay for any products or services not provided or coordinated through PLD Essentials or that are in excess of the Essentials Allowance. Further, the Essentials Allowance shall only be available for Tenant’s use through 06/01/2024, and Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to any unused portion of the Essentials Allowance remaining thereafter.

 

- 4 -

 

 

13.  Signs. All exterior signage shall require Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its expense, shall: (a) comply with Legal Requirements and Landlord’s signage program, and (b) remove all Tenant signage and repair any damaged surfaces upon Lease termination.

 

14.  Parking. Tenant may park vehicles in Common Areas designated for non-reserved parking and may park vehicles and trailers overnight at the docks and in designated trailer parking areas for the Premises. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Project in an equitable manner; provided Landlord shall not allocate any parking spaces to other tenants which may reduce Tenant’s pro rata share of the Common Area parking. Landlord is not responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights.

 

15.  Restoration. If the Premises is damaged by a casualty (the “Casualty Damage”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of its reasonable estimate for restoration time (the “Restoration Notice”) within 60 days of the Casualty Damage. If the restoration time is estimated to exceed 6 months, or if the estimated restoration time exceeds 30 days during the last year of the Term (each a “Casualty Termination Event”), either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by Notice to the other party delivered within 30 days after the Restoration Notice and Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes shall be apportioned as of the termination date. If the Lease is not so terminated, or if there is no Casualty Termination Event, then Landlord shall restore the Premises, excluding any Tenant-Made Alterations and Trade Fixtures. Commencing on the date of the Casualty Damage until the completion of Landlord’s restoration work, Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes shall be abated in proportion to the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant. Such abatement is the sole remedy of Tenant, and Tenant waives any right to terminate this Lease by reason of Casualty Damage except as provided above. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, with respect to any damage to the Project caused by Tenant Parties, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s all-risk property insurance deductible, not to exceed $25,000 per occurrence, within 30 days following Notice.

 

16.  Condemnation. If the Premises is taken by eminent domain, or by a purchase in lieu thereof (each a “Taking” or “Taken”), or a portion of the Project is Taken such that Landlord cannot reasonably operate the Project, this Lease shall terminate upon Notice by Landlord and Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If a portion of the Premises is Taken and: (a) the Lease is not terminated by Landlord; (b) the remaining Premises cannot reasonably be used by Tenant for the uses authorized herein, as determined by Landlord and Tenant, and (c) such area is not replaced by Landlord with reasonably equivalent space in the proximity of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective on the date of the Taking, by Notice to Landlord no later than 30 days from Notice of such Taking. If part of the Premises is Taken but the Lease is not terminated, this Lease shall terminate with respect to the portion Taken and Monthly Base Rent and FOE shall be proportionately reduced. Landlord is entitled to the entire purchase price or award from a Taking. Tenant may make a separate claim against the Taking authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant.

 

17.  Assignment and Subletting. Tenant shall not assign, mortgage or pledge its interest in this Lease or sublease the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, and any attempt to do so shall be an immediate Event of Default. Any assignment or sublease shall be subject to the terms of this Lease, and Tenant, any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations, and Tenant’s successor and assigns shall remain liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. In the event of a proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall provide Landlord the proposed assignee or sublessee’s name, a description of its business, its financial information, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. A transfer of the ownership interests controlling Tenant shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease unless the interests are publicly traded.

 

Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent:

 

(a)  assign this Lease, or sublet the Premises, to any entity controlling Tenant, controlled by Tenant or under common control with Tenant (a “Tenant Affiliate”); or

 

(b)  assign this Lease to any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated, or to any entity to which substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets are transferred, provided the following conditions are met (each a “Permitted Transfer” or a transferee thereof a “Permitted Transferee”):

 

- 5 -

 

 

(i)  the Permitted Transfer does not adversely affect the legal existence of the Tenant, or such surviving entity agrees to assume all obligations and liabilities of Tenant under the Lease; and

 

(ii)  the Permitted Transfer does not reduce the tangible net worth of the Tenant hereunder after giving effect to the transfer.

 

Tenant shall provide prior Notice (together with supporting documentation) to Landlord at least 30 days prior to any assignment or sublease to a Tenant Affiliate or to any Permitted Transfer.

 

If Tenant delivers Notice to Landlord of a desire to assign this Lease, or sublet a majority the Premises (other than to a Tenant Affiliate or a Permitted Transferee), Landlord may terminate this Lease with respect to the area of the Premises described in Tenant’s Notice by Notice sent within 30 days of Landlord’s receipt of the request. Tenant may withdraw its Notice to sublease or assign by notifying Landlord within 10 days after Landlord has given Tenant Notice of such termination, in which case the Lease shall not terminate.

 

If monthly base rent due from a sublessee exceeds Monthly Base Rent payable hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord 50% of such excess (less Tenant’s reasonable and customary costs with respect to such sublease) within 30 days of receipt. Landlord may collect rent from a subtenant or any occupant and apply the amount collected to the next installment of rent hereunder.

 

If Tenant receives consideration for an assignment or transfer of this Lease to a third party (excluding Tenant Affiliates and Permitted Transferees), Tenant shall pay Landlord 50% of the value of all such consideration withing 30 days of receipt.

 

18.  Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord Parties from and against all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from third party claims for personal injuries, damage, theft, or loss of property occurring at the Project, or liens which arise from: (a) the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant Parties, or (b) any other act or omission of Tenant Parties, except to the extent of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord Parties. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the Expiration Date or earlier Lease termination.

 

19.  Inspection, Data, and Access. Landlord and its designated appointees may enter the Premises at reasonable times to perform its obligations hereunder and for reasonable business purposes (including showing the Premises to potential tenants during the last year of the Term). Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least 24 hours’ telephonic and/or email notice prior to entering the Premises, except in the event of an emergency. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, modify the Common Areas, and create restrictions affecting the Project (collectively, “Encumbrances”), provided that the Encumbrances do not materially interfere with Tenant’s authorized use of the Premises, or result in additional financial obligations to Tenant. Tenant shall execute reasonable documents necessary for the Encumbrances. Landlord may install sensors, meters, and other devices (collectively “Devices”) in the Premises that collect operational efficiency data for the Project (the “Data”). The Devices shall not: (a) materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, (b) include cameras, video, or voice recording devices, (c) collect employee data, or (d) track people, equipment, or inventories. Landlord shall own all rights, title and interest in the Data. Upon request, Landlord shall provide Tenant access to the Data.

 

20.  Surrender. On the Expiration Date, or earlier termination of the Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall: (a) surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss and condemnation excepted, and (b) remove all Trade Fixtures, Tenant-Made Alterations (except those designated by Landlord to remain), and property placed in the Premises by Tenant. Property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned and may be kept in place, removed and stored, or disposed of at Tenant’s expense. If Tenant fails to comply with this Section, Landlord may complete such obligations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof within 30 days of Notice. Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

21.  Holding Over. Possession of the Premises by Tenant after Lease termination shall not extend the Term and such possession shall be immediately terminable. All terms of this Lease shall be applicable during such holdover period except: (a) any expansion, renewal, or similar option shall be null and void, and (b) Monthly Base Rent shall be 200% of Monthly Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the holdover period. In addition, if Landlord provides Tenant with Notice that Landlord is then in negotiations with another prospective tenant, Tenant shall be liable for all damages resulting from such holding over. Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over until Landlord has legal possession of the Premises, and Tenant has surrendered the Premises in the condition and repair required by this Lease.

 

- 6 -

 

 

22.  Events of Default. Each of the following shall be an event of default (“Event of Default”) by Tenant:

 

a) Failure to pay any installment of Monthly Base Rent, FOE, Monthly Taxes, or any other payment, within 5 days after Notice from Landlord.

 

b) Tenant or any guarantor: (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) seeks an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor, or to adjudicate it as bankrupt; (iii) seeks reorganization, liquidation, or dissolution of it, or its debts; or (iv) seeks an appointment of a receiver, trustee, or custodian for it, or its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”).

 

c) Failure to maintain insurance or to timely deliver certificate of insurance, in each case as required by Section 9, shall be an immediate Event of Default.

 

d) Failure to comply with any other provision of this Lease for more than 30 days after Notice from Landlord, except as otherwise provided herein (said Notice being in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required as a prerequisite to a forcible entry, detainer or similar action for possession of the Premises); provided, Tenant shall not be in default under this Section 22(d) as long as Tenant has promptly undertaken cure of such default within the 30 day period, and thereafter continuously pursues to cure such default.

 

e) The occurrence of any Event of Default otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease.

 

23.  Landlord Remedies. Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may elect to: (i) terminate this Lease, (ii) terminate Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises (but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided), and/or (iii) pursue any remedies at law or in equity. Upon Lease termination, or termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Landlord may re-enter the Premises by any process authorized by law, and remove Tenant, and all persons and property therefrom.

 

If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant the sum of: (a) all Monthly Base Rent, FOE, Monthly Taxes, and all other amounts payable by Tenant which have accrued up to termination; (b) the cost of reletting the Premises, including the unamortized leasing commissions, costs of removing and storing property, and costs of repairing or altering the Premises in order to re-lease the Premises; (c) reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs; and (d) the excess of the then present value of the Monthly Base Rent, Monthly Taxes, FOE, and other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease applicable to the period following the termination of this Lease through the Expiration Date, over the present value of any amounts which Tenant establishes Landlord can reasonably expect to recover by reletting the Premises during such period, taking into consideration the availability of acceptable tenants consistent with Landlord’s leasing criteria and other market conditions. Such present values shall be calculated at a discount rate equal to the 90-day U.S. Treasury bill rate at the date of the termination.

 

If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right of possession (but not this Lease), Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises without releasing Tenant from any liability hereunder; provided: (a) Landlord shall not be obligated to accept a Tenant-proposed tenant, and (b) Landlord shall have the right to first lease any available space controlled by Landlord, or an affiliate of Landlord. Any reletting of the Premises shall be on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord in its sole, but reasonable discretion. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable, nor shall Tenant’s obligations be reduced, as a result of Landlord not reletting the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to make repairs and alterations to the Premises as Landlord deems necessary in order to relet the Premises. If the Premises is not relet, all amounts accruing under this Lease shall continue to be due and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as damages, a sum equal to: (1) any Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes or other amounts unpaid by Tenant at the time of repossession; (2) the cost of recovering possession of the Premises (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs); and (3) costs incurred by Landlord to relet the Premises. If the Premises is relet, and the total rent and expenses payable by such replacement tenant (after first deducting (1) through (3) of the prior sentence) does not equal Monthly Base Rent, FOE, and Monthly Taxes payable by Tenant, Tenant shall immediately pay any such deficiency to Landlord upon Notice. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease for a previous Event of Default at any time with Notice.

 

Landlord’s exercise of any remedies shall not be deemed an acceptance of surrender of the Premises or a Lease termination. Neither party’s failure to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance the terms hereof shall modify this Lease, create a custom contrary to the specific provisions of this Lease or, absent a signed notice, result in a waiver of its rights or remedies in connection with any subsequent Event of Default, even if a party accepts payments with knowledge of the breach. Tenant waives all right of redemption following Lease termination, or Tenant’s right of possession, by a judgment of any court. If Landlord reenters the Premises, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall have the right to keep in place, remove and store, or dispose of, all property at the Premises.

 

24.  Tenant Remedies. Landlord shall be in default of this Lease if Landlord fails to perform any of its Lease obligations within 30 days after Notice from Tenant specifying such failure; provided, Landlord shall not be in default as long as Landlord has promptly undertaken cure of such default within the 30-day period and thereafter continuously pursues such cure. All Landlord obligations shall be covenants, not conditions. Tenant may not terminate this Lease as a result of a default by Landlord, but Tenant shall be entitled to all remedies available at law or in equity. The term “Landlord” means only the then-current owner of the Premises. In the event of an assignment of the Lease by Landlord, the assignor shall be released from all Landlord’s obligations accruing thereafter under this Lease, and such obligations shall be binding on each new assignee for the duration of such assignee’s ownership. Any liability of Landlord shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall Tenant have recourse against any other assets of Landlord.

 

- 7 -

 

 

25.  Subordination. Tenant’s interest under this Lease is subject and subordinate to any lien of an existing or future mortgage to which the Premises is subject, and all amendments thereto, and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver reasonable instruments to the holders thereof to confirm Tenant’s subordination and attornment. The term “mortgage” as used herein shall include ground leases, deeds of trust, security assignments, and any other encumbrances. Any reference to the “holder” of a mortgage shall include a ground lessor and the beneficiary under a deed of trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to execute an instrument subordinating this Lease or Tenant’s interest in the Premises with respect to a future mortgage unless the holder of such mortgage agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises absent an Event of Default.

 

26.  Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall not allow any lien or encumbrance to be placed upon the Project due to services or materials provided at any Tenant Parties’ request. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt Notice of any such lien or encumbrance and cause the lien or encumbrance to be discharged, or bonded over, within 30 days of the filing or recording thereof. Tenant’s failure to discharge the lien within the 30-day period shall be deemed an immediate Event of Default.

 

27.  Estoppel Certificates. Within 10 days of Landlord’s request Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate containing customary provisions. Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within the 10-day period shall constitute an immediate Event of Default.

 

28.  Environmental Requirements. Tenant shall not and shall not allow any party to introduce, store, use, manufacture, or release any Hazardous Material at the Project without Landlord’s prior written consent except for Hazardous Materials contained in: (a) small quantities of (i) cleaning products and (ii) office products; (b) forklift fuel; and (c) products stored in their original, sealed, and unopened containers.

 

Tenant, at its expense, shall: (i) strictly comply with all Environmental Requirements, including all reporting obligations imposed by applicable Environmental Requirements in the capacity as “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” (as such terms are used in applicable Environmental Requirements) relating to all Hazardous Materials brought onto the Project by Tenant Parties, and the wastes, by-products, or residues resulting therefrom, or extracted from the Project; (ii) promptly provide copies of any documentation relating to Hazardous Materials at the Project which Tenant receives or sends; (iii) promptly and diligently remediate to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction any Hazardous Materials released on, or from, the Project by Tenant Parties; (iv) promptly notify Landlord in writing of any spill, release, discharge, or disposal of Hazardous Material in, on, or under the Project; and (v) promptly complete and deliver any disclosure or certification requested by Landlord concerning Tenant Parties’ storage, use, manufacture or release of Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Project. Tenant shall be strictly liable to Landlord for Tenant Parties’ storage, use, manufacturing, or release of Hazardous Materials at the Project without regard to the fault or negligence of any other party. Notwithstanding any Notice and cure periods provided herein, Tenant shall promptly commence and diligently pursue its remediation obligations as provided herein. The term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders, or other similar enactments of any governmental authority or agency regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions, including the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. The term “Hazardous Materials” means any substance, material, waste, pollutant, asbestos, radioactive materials, petroleum, or contaminant regulated by any Environmental Requirements.

 

Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord as to Hazardous Materials on the Project that were caused or permitted by any party other than Tenant Parties except to the extent of any loss, cost, or damage to Landlord arising from Tenant’s exacerbation of same.

 

If Tenant discovers Hazardous Materials at the Project that are in violation of Environmental Requirements, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord, and provide all related information with respect to such Hazardous Materials. If the presence of such Hazardous Materials is not the result of Tenant Parties, and such Hazardous Materials violate Environmental Requirements, Landlord shall take commercially reasonable actions, at its expense, to remediate, or cause the responsible party to remediate, such Hazardous Materials in compliance with Environmental Requirements. Once Landlord obtains a letter from a qualified environmental professional, or an appropriate governmental authority, that no further remediation is required for the intended use of the Project, Landlord shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this paragraph.

 

- 8 -

 

 

Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord Parties from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney, fees) resulting from any claims, demands, actions, or suits of any kind brought against Landlord which arise from: (a) any release of Hazardous Materials on, or from, the Project by Tenant Parties, or (b) Tenant Parties’ breach of, or noncompliance with, this Section, regardless of whether Tenant had knowledge of such noncompliance. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the Expiration Date or earlier Lease termination.

 

29.  Force Majeure. Neither party shall be responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder, whether foreseen or unforeseen, caused by labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, delay in issuance of permits, civil commotion, casualty, pandemic or epidemic, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord or Tenant (“Force Majeure”). Force Majeure shall not apply to monetary obligations.

 

30.  Entire Agreement. This Lease, together with the exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this subject. Any prior agreements, promises, negotiations, or representations are superseded. In the event of any conflict between the exhibits and this Lease, the exhibits shall control. This Lease may only be amended in writing signed by both parties.

 

31.  Severability. If any clause of this Lease is deemed to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, then such clause shall be replaced with a valid clause of similar meaning and the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected.

 

32.  Brokers. Other than the Brokers (if any), no other broker or agent was involved in this transaction. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any other broker claiming compensation as a result of dealing with the indemnifying party relating to this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Tenant Broker (if any) a leasing commission for this Lease, which shall be paid in accordance with a separate written agreement.

 

33.  Miscellaneous.

 

a)TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE AS TO THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT’S AND LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS LEASE.

 

b)Any amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed additional rent.

 

c)Any “Notice” required under this Lease shall be in writing and sent to the addresses in Section 1 by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a reputable national overnight courier service (postage prepaid), or hand delivery. Notice shall be deemed given upon delivery or refusal of delivery. Either party may change its Notice address(es) upon delivery of Notice.

 

d)Except as otherwise stated herein, where approval or consent is required hereunder, such approval or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

e)In the event of: (i) an Event of Default or (ii) Landlord’s need to complete financing on, or the sale of, the Project, or (iii) an assignment of the Lease or subletting of the Premises by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord complete copies of its most recent annual financial statements prepared by Tenant upon request.

 

f)Neither this Lease, nor a memorandum of lease, shall be recorded by Tenant.

 

g)The laws of the state in which the Project is located shall govern this Lease, without regard to any principles of conflicts of laws. The rule of construction that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to this Lease.

 

- 9 -

 

 

h)This Lease shall not be binding until full execution and delivery of this Lease by both parties.

 

i)Any amount not paid by Tenant when due shall bear interest until paid in full at the lesser of the highest rate permitted by applicable law, or 15 percent per year.

 

j)In the event either party initiates litigation to enforce the terms and provisions of this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable attorney’s fees, filing fees, and court costs. The phrase “prevailing party” includes a party who substantially receives the relief desired whether by dismissal, summary judgment, or otherwise

 

k)Landlord shall have the right to place energy installations, including, but not limited to, solar systems, battery storage facilities, and electric vehicle charging facilities, on the Building or the Project, or to enter into a lease allowing a third party the right to install and operate an energy installation on the Building or the Project; provided such energy installation does not unreasonably and adversely impact Tenant’s use of the Premises, or result in additional costs to Tenant. Tenant waives all rights to any environmental attributes or incentives resulting from an energy technology installation.

 

l)This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. The signature of a party transmitted electronically (e.g., e-signature) or by facsimile, PDF and/or other electronic image file format, shall have the same force and effect as an original signature. Following execution, a PDF (or similar image file format) of this Lease (whether signed electronically or in ink) shall be considered to be the original agreement for all purposes.

 

m)Landlord and Tenant each represent to the other that:

 

(i)Neither it, nor any person or entity that directly owns a 10% or greater equity interest in it nor any of its officers, directors or managing members is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury, including those parties names on the OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List and those covered pursuant to Executive Order 13224 signed on September 23, 2001, entitled “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”, or other governmental action; and

 

(ii)Its activities do not violate the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 or USA Patriot Act, or the regulations or orders promulgated thereunder (as amended from time to time).

 

34. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE, IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE, OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 10 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the Effective Date.

 

TENANT:   LANDLORD:
         
KZS KITCHEN CABINET & STONE INC.,   PROLOGIS TARGETED U.S. LOGISTICS FUND, L.P.
a California corporation   a Delaware limited partnership
         
By: /s/ Hong Le Liang   By: Prologis, L.P.
Name:  Hong Le Liang     a Delaware limited partnership
Title: Vice President     its general partner
         
      By: Prologis, Inc.
        a Maryland corporation
        its general partner
         
      By: /s/ Travis Durfee
      Name:  Travis Durfee
      Title: Senior Vice President

 

- 11 -

 

 

EXHIBIT A: SITE PLAN  

 

 

 

- 12 -

 

 

EXHIBIT B: RULES, REGULATIONS, AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

 

1.Tenant shall not conduct any public sale at the Premises, use the Premises as a place of public accommodation under Legal Requirements, permit any nuisance at the Premises, or use the Premises in conflict with any laws, orders, judgments, permits, licenses, and Encumbrances now or hereafter applicable to the Project (collectively, “Legal Requirements”).

 

2.To the extent required or necessitated by Legal Requirements, Tenant shall, at its expense, make all modifications to the Project that are due to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or Tenant-Made Alterations, and Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall make all other modifications to the Project.

 

3.Tenant Parties shall not obstruct the sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project or use them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

 

4.Except as expressly provided in the Lease, Tenant shall not place property in areas outside of its Premises or on the roof of the Building.

 

5.No animals shall be allowed in the Premises except for service dogs.

 

6.Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas boiler at the Project. The use of oil, gasoline, or flammable liquids for heating or lighting is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

 

7.Parking of recreational vehicles or boats is specifically prohibited at the Project. Parking cars or trucks inside the Building is prohibited. In no event shall inoperable vehicles be parked at the Project, or any vehicles or trailers be parked in a manner that causes interference with access to the Common Areas at the Project, nor shall any “For Sale” sign be displayed on any vehicle. No repair, maintenance or washing of vehicles shall take place on the Project. All vehicles shall be parked in designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. Failure to comply with any of the parking requirements in this Lease (a “Parking Default”) which continues for more than 3 days from Landlord’s Notice to cease such Parking Default shall result in Landlord having the right to tow non-compliant vehicles at Tenant’s cost without liability to Landlord. Landlord may hire a parking management company to enforce these parking terms. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred with respect to such Parking Default no later than thirty (30) days from receipt of an invoice for such amount.

 

8.Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

 

9.Landlord reserves the right (but not the obligation) to exclude or expel any person who is intoxicated, under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or that should harass or threaten Landlord’s employees, contractors or other occupants, or who otherwise violates this Exhibit.

 

10.All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm must be kept closed at all times and in designated areas.

 

11.The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking (other than kitchenette or break room use) or for any immoral or illegal purposes. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

 

12.Tenant shall not permit marijuana to be grown, sold, dispensed, or consumed at the Project.

 

13.Tenant shall not permit smoking in the Premises.

 

14.Prior to accessing the roof of the Building, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the date of such requested access. During such periods of access, Tenant shall follow all Legal Requirements and use all reasonable and appropriate safety precautions.

 

15.Tenant shall not use any part of the Premises to store or handle firearms, firearms accessories or ammunition.

 

16.Tenant shall not permit any effluent discharge from the Project and shall not engage in any use of the Project that would impact any effluent mitigation system in place at the Project.

 

- 13 -

 

 

EXHIBIT C: STATE SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

 

Section 6, captioned “Security Deposit,” is revised to include the following:

 

Tenant waives any limitations set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.7 limiting the use to which a security deposit may be applied. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

 

Section 22, captioned “Events of Default” is revised to include the following:

 

Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to this Section of the Lease shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

 

Section 23, captioned “Landlord Remedies” is revised so that the second and third paragraphs thereof are deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Except as otherwise provided in the next paragraph, if Tenant breaches this Lease and abandoned the Premises prior to the end of the term hereof, or if Tenant’s right to possession is terminated by Landlord because of an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease, this Lease shall terminate. Upon such termination, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following, as provided in Section 1951.2 of the Civil Code of California: (i) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Base Rent, Taxes, Monthly FOE, and other charges under this Lease that had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the reasonable value of the unpaid Base Rent, Taxes, Monthly FOE, and other charges under this Lease which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonable avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award by which the reasonable value of the unpaid Base Rent, Taxes, Monthly FOE, and other charges under this Lease for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom. As used herein, the following terms are defined: (a) The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Sections (i) and (ii) is computed by allowing interest at the lesser of 18 percent per annum or the maximum lawful rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Section (iii) is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent; (b) The “time of award” as used in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above is the date on which judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction; (c) The “reasonable value” of the amount referred to in clause (ii) above is computed by determining the mathematical product of (1) the “reasonable annual rental value” (as defined herein) and (2) the number of years, including fractional parts thereof, between the date of termination and the time of award. The “reasonable value” of the amount referred to in clause (iii) is computed by determining the mathematical product of (1) the annual Base Rent, Taxes, Monthly FOE, and other charges under this Lease and (2) the number of years including fractional parts thereof remaining in the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the term “detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease” includes, without limitation, the value of any abated or free rent given to Tenant.

 

Even though Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Premises, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due. This remedy is intended to be the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4, and the following provision from such Civil Code Section is hereby repeated: “The Lessor has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has right to sublet or assign subject only to reasonable limitations).” Tenant shall immediately pay any such deficiency upon demand. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease for a previous Event of Default at any time upon written notice.

 

Section 33, captioned “Miscellaneous” is revised to include the following:

 

Landlord makes the following statement based on Landlord’s actual knowledge in order to comply with California Civil Code Section 1938: The Building and Premises have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (“CASp”). A CASp can inspect the subject Premises and determine whether the subject Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject Premises, the Landlord may not prohibit the Tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the Tenant, if requested by the Tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that a Tenant-requested CASp inspection shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and that the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises shall be governed by the Rules, Regulations, and Legal Requirements of the Lease.

 

 

- 14 -

 

Exhibit 10.13 

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION OR APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY JURISDICTION, NOR HAS THE SEC OR ANY SUCH STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING, NOR IS IT INTENDED THAT THEY WILL. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Subscription Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated April 24, 2024, is entered by and between Marwynn Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity executing this Agreement (the “Purchaser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is offering and the investors desire to purchase up to [●] shares of common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value (the “Share”) for a purchase price of US$[●] per Common Shares, or an aggregate amount of US$[●] (the “Offering”), subject to the terms, conditions, acknowledgements, representations, and warranties stated herein; however, the Company reserves the right to reject in whole or in part subscriptions received during the offering.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchase are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act, and/or Regulation S (“Regulation S”) as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuation consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:

 

1. SALE OF SHARES.

 

1.1 Offering. The Company is offering to sell up to [●] Shares, for $[●] per Shares (“Purchase Price”), however, the Company reserves the right to reject in whole or in part subscriptions received during the Offering.

 

1.2 Subscription. The Purchaser hereby irrevocably subscribes to purchase from the Company, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, that aggregate number of Shares for the aggregate Purchase Price set forth on the Purchaser’s signature page to this Agreement (the “Aggregate Purchase Price“).

 

1.3 Purchaser Deliverables. Promptly upon execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees to deliver to Company (a) a duly executed Agreement, (b) a duly completed and executed Accredited Investor Questionnaire, and (c) in United States dollars and in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the Company pursuant to the instructions provided by the Company and/or such other consideration as approved by the Company in an amount equal to the Aggregate Purchase Price (collectively, referred to as the “Purchaser Deliverables“).

 

1

 

 

1.4 Acceptance or Rejection of Subscription. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject this subscription, in whole or in part, if (a) the Purchaser is not an “accredited investor” as confirmed by the Accredited Investor Questionnaire, (b) if the Purchaser is a “U.S. Person” (as defined below, if applicable), (c) fails to deliver payment of the Aggregate Purchase Price, or (d) fails to deliver a completed Purchaser Deliverables, until there has been notice of acceptance of the Purchaser’s subscription. In the event of rejection of this subscription, the Purchaser’s funds (without interest) or, in the event of a partial rejection a check in the amount of the rejected portion, will be promptly issued to the Purchaser.

 

1.5 The issuance of the Shares pursuant to this Offering shall take place from time to time promptly after the Closing acceptance of the subscription by the Company and the Company has received Purchaser Deliverables (the date on which such Shares are issued shall be referred to herein as the “Initial Closing Date”); provided that if Purchaser is purchasing the Shares subsequent to the Initial Closing Date, the issuance of the Shares shall occur upon payment of the Aggregate Purchase Price by Purchaser and acceptance of Purchaser’s Agreement by the Company. The date on which the Shares are issued, whether on the Initial Closing Date or thereafter, shall be referred to herein as the “Closing Date;” provided, however, that no sales to subsequent Purchasers may be made after April 30, 2024, 5:00 pm (PST). Following the Closing Date, the Company will promptly deliver to the Purchaser:

 

(a) an “accepted” Agreement; and

 

(b) the stock certificate representing the number of Shares purchased by the Purchaser, as set forth on the Purchaser’s signature page to this Agreement.

 

1.6 No Escrow or Minimum Investment Amount. No escrow or minimum investment amount will be used for the Offering.

 

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that the statements contained in this Section 2 are true and correct in all respect as of the date hereof.

 

2.1 Corporate Organization. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Nevada.

 

2.2 Authorization; Enforcement. The Company has the requisite corporate authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no further consent or action is required by the Company, its Board of Directors or its shareholders. This Agreement has been (or upon delivery will be) duly executed by the Company and is, or when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute, the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.

 

2.3 Capitalization. The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 45,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 9,360,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 30,000 shares have been designated Series A Super-Voting Preferred Stock (“Super-Voting Preferred”), each share of Super-Voting Preferred is equivalent to 1,000 Common Stock votes. Super-Voting Preferred does not have dividend, liquidation or conversion right but, at the option of the holder, a right to redemption at $0.001 per share. Ms. Yin Yan, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairperson will beneficially own approximately 30,000 shares of Super-Voting Preferred and 3,723,408 shares of Common Stock, constituting 85.7% of the voting power of the Company.

 

2

 

 

2.4 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not, and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other instrument (evidencing the Company debt or otherwise) or other understanding to which the Company is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound, or affected, except in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) above to the extent that such conflict, default, termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation right would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or Governmental Authority to which the Company is subject, or by which any properties or assets of the Company are bound or affected, except to the extent that such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.5 Duly Authorized. The Purchase Price Shares are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens and will not be subject to preemptive or similar rights of shareholders.

 

2.6 No General Solicitation; Placement Agent’s Fees. Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) in connection with the offer or sale of the Common Stock.

 

2.7 No Brokers or Finders. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company.

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER. This Agreement is made by the Company with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representations to the Company, evidenced by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement. The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

3.1 Requisite Power and Authority. The Purchaser has all the requisite power, authority, and capacity to acquire and hold the Shares, and to execute, deliver, and comply with the terms of this Agreement, and such execution, delivery, and compliance does not conflict with, or constitute a default under, any instruments governing the Purchaser, any law, regulation or order, or any agreement to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser may be bound. All action on the Purchaser’s part necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of all obligations of such Purchaser hereunder have been taken. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser.

 

3

 

 

3.2 Compliance with Securities Laws. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is aware that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Shares are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. In this connection, the Purchaser warrants and represents to the Company that the Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for the Purchaser’s own account and the Purchaser has no present intention of distributing or selling said stock except as permitted under the Securities Act. The Purchaser further warrants and represents that the Purchaser has either: (i) preexisting personal or business relationships with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons; or (ii) the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the purchase of the Shares by virtue of the business or financial expertise of any professional advisors to the Purchaser who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any of its affiliates, directly or indirectly.

 

3.3 Investor Status. At the time the Purchaser was offered the Shares, it was, and at the date hereof it is, an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A(a) under the Securities Act. Such Purchaser is not a registered broker-dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker-dealer. Such Purchaser is not affiliated with any broker-dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or a member of FINRA or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker-dealer.

 

3.4 Access to Information. The Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that the Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and the Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

 

3.5 Understanding of Risks. The Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares (e.g., that the Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); and (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company.

 

3.6 No General Solicitation. At no time was the Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

 

3.7 Restrictions on Transfer. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act and qualified under the law or other applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. The Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC or other applicable state securities commissioners and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. The Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit the Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by the Purchaser. The Purchaser covenants not to dispose of any of the Purchaser’s Shares other than in conjunction with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption from registration or to an entity affiliated with the Purchaser and other than in compliance with the applicable securities regulations laws of any state.

 

4

 

 

3.8 Rule 144. In addition, the Purchaser has been advised that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of one (1) year after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144), before they may be resold under Rule 144.

 

3.9 Legends. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between the Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between the Purchaser and any third party:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

3.10 No Public Market. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the Shares and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Shares.

 

3.11 Foreign Investors. If the Purchaser is not a United States Person as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, it hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including: (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares; (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase; (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained; and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s purchase and payment for, and its continued beneficial ownership of the Shares, will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

3.12 Regulation S. If the Purchaser is not a U.S. Person as that term is defined by Regulation S (“U.S. Person”), the Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. federal and state securities laws under Regulation S and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the applicability of such exemptions and the suitability of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares. In this regard, the Purchaser represents, warrants and agrees that: (i) the Purchaser is not a U.S. Person; (ii) the Purchaser is not acquiring the Shares for the account or benefit of, directly or indirectly, any U.S. Person; (iii) the Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for the Purchaser’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to resale, distribution or fractionalization thereof, in whole or in part, and, in particular, the Purchaser has no intention to distribute, either directly or indirectly, any of the Shares in the U.S. or to U.S. Persons; (iv) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have not been pre-arranged with a buyer located in the U.S. or with a U.S. Person, and are not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; (v) neither the Purchaser nor any person acting on the Purchaser’s behalf has undertaken or carried out any activity for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the U.S., its territories or possessions, for any of the Shares; (vi) the Purchaser agrees not to cause any advertisement of the Shares to be published in any newspaper or periodical or posted in any public place and not to issue any circular relating to the Shares, except such advertisements that include the statements required by Regulation S under the Securities Act, and only offshore and not in the U.S. or its territories, and only in compliance with any local applicable securities laws; (vii) the Purchaser is physically outside the U.S. when receiving, executing and delivering this Agreement; (viii) the Purchaser acknowledges that the Purchaser may only sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares pursuant to registration of any of the Shares pursuant to the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or under an exemption from such registration requirements and as otherwise provided herein; (ix) neither the Purchaser nor any person acting on the Purchaser’s behalf has engaged, nor will engage, in any “directed selling efforts” (as defined under Regulation S) to U.S. Persons or in the U.S. with respect to the Shares and the Purchaser and any person acting on its behalf have complied and will comply with the “offering restrictions” requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act; (x) the Purchaser will not, during the period commencing on the date of issuance of the Shares and ending on the first anniversary of such date, or such shorter period as may be permitted by Regulation S or other applicable securities law (“Restricted Period”), offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares in the U.S., or to a U.S. Person for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, or otherwise in a manner that is not in compliance with Regulation S; (xi) the Purchaser has not in the U.S., engaged in, and prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period will not engage in, any short selling of or any hedging transaction with respect to the Shares, including without limitation, any put, call or other option transaction, option writing or equity swap; and (xii) the Purchaser will, after expiration of the Restricted Period in compliance with Regulation S, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or an available exemption therefrom and, in accordance with all applicable state and federal securities laws, and agrees not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to such Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

5

 

 

With respect to non-U.S. Persons subscribing for Shares offered by the Company in reliance on Regulation S, the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. Persons (other than distributors) unless the securities are registered under the Securities Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. The offer or sale of the securities, if made prior to the expiration of a one-year distribution compliance period, cannot be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a distributor). The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that each certificate representing the Shares shall be endorsed with the following legends, as well as any other legend required to be placed thereon by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

“THE SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED TO INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND WITHOUT REGISTRATION WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN RELIANCE UPON REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

3.13 No Legal, Tax or Investment Advice. The Purchaser understands that nothing in this Agreement or any other materials presented by or on behalf of the Company to the Purchaser in connection with the purchase of the Shares constitutes legal, tax or investment advice. Such Purchaser has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Shares.

 

3.14 No Public Market. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the Shares and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Shares.

 

4. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

4.1 Assignments; Successors and Assign. Any assignment of rights and obligations by the Purchaser to this Agreement requires the Company’s prior written consent. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

4.2 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

4.3 Notices. Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.

 

6

 

 

4.4 Further Assurances. The Company and the Purchaser agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

4.5 Titles and Headings. The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

4.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

4.8 Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed and delivered via PDF or by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. The original signature copy shall be delivered to the other party by express overnight delivery. The failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the nonreceipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Agreement.

 

4.9 Amendment and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of shares of common stock sold in this Offering. Any amendment or waiver affected in accordance with this paragraph will be binding upon each holder of any Shares purchased under this Agreement, each future holder of the Shares, and the Company.

 

4.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Subscription Agreement as of the date indicated below.

 

PURCHASER SIGNATURE PAGE    
     
Date:  ____________ Name of Purchaser:
     
   
  Entity Name (if any)
     
  By:            
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Address: ______________________________
   
  State of Principal Residence: ________________
   
  State of Incorporation/Organization: __________
   
  EIN/Social Security Number: ________________
   
  Telephone No.: __________________________
   
  Facsimile No.: ___________________________
   
  Email Address: __________________________
   
  [   ] Non-U.S. Person (Check if applicable)
   
 

Number of Shares: _______________________

   
  Aggregate Purchase Price: _________________

 

8

 

 

  SUBSCRIPTION ACCEPTED
   
  COMPANY:
   
  Marwynn Holdings, Inc.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By:  
  Name: Yin Yan
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
   
  Date: April 30, 2024

 

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

Marwynn Holdings, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

1. Introduction. 

 

1.1 The Board of Directors of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) has adopted this Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (the “Code”) in order to:

 

(a)  promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

(b)  promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

(c) promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

(d) promote the protection of Company assets, including corporate opportunities and confidential information;

 

(e)  promote fair dealing practices;

 

(f) deter wrongdoing; and

 

(g) ensure accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

1.2  All directors, officers and employees are required to be familiar with the Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below in Section 10, Reporting and Enforcement.

 

2. Honest and Ethical Conduct.

 

2.1  The Company’s policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.

 

2.2  Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.

 

3. Conflicts of Interest.

 

3.1  A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of his or her family) interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.

 

 

 

 

3.2  Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, employees or their family members are of special concern and could constitute improper personal benefits to the recipients of such loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, any director, officer, or their family members are expressly prohibited, unless otherwise approved by the board of directors and audit committee.

 

3.3  Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in Section 3.4.

 

3.4  Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, their supervisor or the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe. A supervisor may not authorize or approve conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first providing the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe with a written description of the activity and seeking the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe’s written approval. If the supervisor is themself involved in the potential or actual conflict, the matter should instead be discussed directly with the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe.

 

Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee.

 

4. Compliance.

 

4.1  Employees, officers and directors should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.

 

4.2  Although not all employees, officers and directors are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Legal Department.

 

2

 

 

4.3  No director, officer or employee may purchase or sell any Company securities while in possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Company, nor may any director, officer or employee purchase or sell another company’s securities while in possession of material nonpublic information regarding that company. It is against Company policies and illegal for any director, officer or employee to use material nonpublic information regarding the Company or any other company to:

 

(a) obtain profit for themself; or

 

(b) directly or indirectly “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of that information.

 

5. Disclosure.

 

5.1 The Company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.

 

5.2  Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company’s financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company’s books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company’s accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the Company’s independent public accountants and counsel.

 

5.3  Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company’s disclosure process must:

 

(a)  be familiar with and comply with the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(b)  take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.

 

6. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets.

 

6.1 All directors, officers and employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability and are prohibited.

 

6.2 All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes, though incidental personal use may be permitted. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be reported for investigation immediately.

 

6.3 The obligation to protect Company assets includes the Company’s proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business and marketing plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records and any nonpublic financial data or reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information is prohibited and could also be illegal and result in civil or criminal penalties.

 

3

 

 

7. Corporate Opportunities. All directors, officers and employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its interests when the opportunity arises. Directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves personally (or for the benefit of friends or family members) opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company assets, property, information or position. Directors, officers and employees may not use Company assets, property, information or position for personal gain (including gain of friends or family members). In addition, no director, officer or employee may compete with the Company.

 

8. Confidentiality. Directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or by its customers, suppliers or partners, except when disclosure is expressly authorized or is required or permitted by law. Confidential information includes all nonpublic information (regardless of its source) that might be of use to the Company’s competitors or harmful to the Company or its customers, suppliers or partners if disclosed.

 

9. Fair Dealing. Each director, officer and employee must deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job. No director, officer or employee may take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of facts or any other unfair dealing practice.

 

10.  Reporting and Enforcement.

 

10.1  Reporting and Investigation of Violations.

 

(a) Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the Audit Committee.

 

(b)  Actions prohibited by this Code involving anyone other than a director or executive officer must be reported to the reporting person’s supervisor or the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe.

 

(c)  After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the Audit Committee, the relevant supervisor, or the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.

 

(d)  All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.

 

10.2  Enforcement.

 

(a)  The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.

 

4

 

  

(b)  If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the Audit Committee determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee will report such determination to the Board of Directors.

 

(c)  If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the relevant supervisor or the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the relevant supervisor or Chief Compliance Officer will report such determination to the General Counsel.

 

(d)  Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board of Directors or the General Counsel will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.

 

10.3 Waivers.

 

(a)  Each of the Board of Directors (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) and the General Counsel (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code.

 

(b)  Any waiver for a director or an executive officer shall be disclosed as required by SEC and Nasdaq rules.

 

10.4  Prohibition on Retaliation.

 

The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code.

 

5

 

 

Acknowledgment of Receipt and Review

 

Acknowledgment of Receipt and Review

 

To be signed and returned to the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe.

 

I, _______________________, acknowledge that I have received and read a copy of the Marwynn Holdings, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. I understand the contents of the Code and I agree to comply with the policies and procedures set out in the Code.

 

I understand that I should approach the Chief Executive Officer or their duly authorized designee, as the case maybe, if I have any questions about the Code generally or any questions about reporting a suspected conflict of interest or other violation of the Code.

 

   
  NAME
   
  PRINTED NAME
   
  DATE

 

6

Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

The following list sets forth the subsidiaries of the Registrant as of the date hereof:

 

Company   Ownership   State of Incorporation
FuAn Enterprise, Inc.   100% (Direct)   California
Grand Forest Cabinetry Inc,   100% (Direct)   California

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated August 12, 2024, except for Note 14 and Note 15, as to which the date is September 26, 2024, with respect to our audits of the consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023,appearing in the Prospectus, and as part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Golden Eagle CPAs LLC  
   
Bedminster, New Jersey  
January 13, 2025  

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

3006, Two Exchange Square,
8 Connaught Place, Hong Kong
Tel: 852 2191 7566
Fax: 852 2191 7995
www.frost.com

 

Date: 10 January 2025

 

MarWynn Holdings Inc.

 

12 Chrysler Unit C

Irvine, CA 92618

 

Re: Consent of Frost & Sullivan Limited

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

We understand that Marwynn Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its initial public offering (the “Proposed IPO”).

 

We hereby consent to the references to our name and the inclusion of information, data, and statements from our research report and amendments thereto, including but not limited to the industry research report titled “Market Study of Food and Beverage and Home Improvement Supply Chain and Brand Management Solutions” (the “Report”), and any subsequent amendments to the Report, as well as the citation of our research report and amendments thereto, (i) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, (ii) in any written correspondences with the SEC, (iii) in any other future filings with the SEC by the Company, including, without limitation, filings on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), (iv) on the websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and (v) in institutional and retail road shows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

 

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of

Frost & Sullivan Limited

 

/s/ Jessica Lau  
Name: Jessica Lau  
Title: Executive Director  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC. AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

Membership

 

The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) shall consist of three or more directors. Each member of the Committee shall be independent in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of Nasdaq. No member of the Committee can have participated in the preparation of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ financial statements at any time during the past three years.

 

Each member of the Committee must be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including the Company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. At least one member of the Committee must have past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting or other comparable experience or background that leads to financial sophistication. At least one member of the Committee must be an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. A person who satisfies this definition of audit committee financial expert will also be presumed to have financial sophistication.

 

The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board based on recommendations from the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board. The members of the Committee shall be appointed for one-year terms and shall serve for such term or terms as the Board may determine or until earlier resignation or death. The Board may remove any member from the Committee at any time with or without cause.

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of the Committee is to oversee the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the audit of the Company’s financial statements.

 

Duties and Responsibilities

 

The Committee shall have the following authority and responsibilities:

 

To (1) select and retain an independent registered public accounting firm to act as the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of auditing the Company’s annual financial statements, books, records, accounts and internal controls over financial reporting, (2) set the compensation of the Company’s independent auditors, (3) oversee the work done by the Company’s independent auditors and (4) terminate the Company’s independent auditors, if necessary.

 

To select, retain, compensate, oversee and terminate, if necessary, any other registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company.

 

 

 

 

To approve all audit engagement fees and terms; and to pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit and tax services that may be provided by the Company’s independent auditors or other registered public accounting firms, and establish policies and procedures for the Committee’s pre-approval of permitted services by the Company’s independent auditors or other registered public accounting firms on an on-going basis.

 

At least annually, to obtain and review a report by the Company’s independent auditors that describes (1) the accounting firm’s internal quality control procedures, (2) any issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review, peer review or Public Company Accounting Oversight Board review or inspection of the firm or by any other inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities in the past five years regarding one or more audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with any such issues, and (3) all relationships between the firm and the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and to discuss with the independent auditors this report and any relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the auditors.

 

To assure the regular rotation of the lead audit partner at the Company’s independent auditors and consider regular rotation of the accounting firm serving as the Company’s independent auditors.

 

To review and discuss with the Company’s independent auditors (1) the auditors’ responsibilities under generally accepted auditing standards and the responsibilities of management in the audit process, (2) the overall audit strategy, (3) the scope and timing of the annual audit, (4) any significant risks identified during the auditors’ risk assessment procedures and (5) when completed, the results, including significant findings, of the annual audit.

 

To review and discuss with the Company’s independent auditors (1) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used in the audit; (2) all alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) that have been discussed with management, the ramifications of the use of such alternative treatments and the treatment preferred by the auditors; and (3) other material written communications between the auditors and management.

 

To keep the Company’s independent auditors informed of the Committee’s understanding of the Company’s relationships and transactions with related parties that are significant to the company; and to review and discuss with the Company’s independent auditors the auditors’ evaluation of the Company’s identification of, accounting for, and disclosure of its relationships and transactions with related parties, including any significant matters arising from the audit regarding the Company’s relationships and transactions with related parties.

 

2

 

 

To review with management and the Company’s independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s financial reporting processes, internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, including any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of, and any material changes in, the Company’s processes, controls and procedures and any special audit steps adopted in light of any material control deficiencies, and any fraud involving management or other employees with a significant role in such processes, controls and procedures, and review and discuss with management and the Company’s independent auditors disclosure relating to the Company’s financial reporting processes, internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to be included in or attached as exhibits to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K or quarterly report on Form 10-Q, as applicable.

 

To review and discuss with the Company’s independent auditors any other matters required to be discussed by PCAOB Auditing Standards No. 1301, Communications with Audit Committees, and other applicable requirements of the PCAOB and the SEC.

 

To recommend to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for filing with the SEC; and to produce the audit committee report required to be included in the Company’s proxy statement.

 

To establish and oversee procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by Company employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

To review, approve and oversee any transaction between the Company and any related person (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K) on an ongoing basis, and to develop policies and procedures for the Committee’s approval of related party transactions.

 

Outside Advisors

 

The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to retain and obtain the advice and assistance of independent outside counsel, accountants and such other experts and advisors as it deems necessary to fulfill its duties and responsibilities under this Charter. The Committee shall set the compensation, and oversee the work, of any outside counsel and other advisors.

 

The Committee shall receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the Committee in its capacity as a committee of the Board, for the payment of compensation to the Company’s independent auditors, any other accounting firm engaged to perform services for the Company, any outside counsel and any other experts or advisors to the Committee.

 

Structure and Operations

 

The Board shall designate a member of the Committee as the chairperson. The Committee shall meet at least one time a year at such times and places as it deems necessary to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall report regularly to the Board on its discussions and actions, including any significant issues or concerns that arise at its meetings, and shall make recommendations to the Board as appropriate. The Committee is governed by the same rules regarding meetings (including meetings in person or by telephone or other similar communications equipment), action without meetings, notice, waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as are applicable to the Board.

 

The Committee shall review this Charter at least annually and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval.

 

 

3

Exhibit 99.2

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

Membership

 

The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) shall consist of three or more directors. Each member of the Committee shall be independent in accordance with the rules of Nasdaq.

 

The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board based on recommendations from the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board. The members of the Committee shall be appointed for one-year terms and shall serve for such term or terms as the Board may determine or until earlier resignation or death. The Board may remove any member from the Committee at any time with or without cause.

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of the Committee is to carry out the responsibilities delegated by the Board relating to the review and determination of executive compensation.

 

Duties and Responsibilities

 

The Committee shall have the following authority and responsibilities:

 

To review and approve annually the corporate goals and objectives applicable to the compensation of the chief executive officer (“CEO”), evaluate at least annually the CEO’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and determine and approve the CEO’s compensation level based on this evaluation. In evaluating and determining CEO compensation, the Committee shall consider the results of the most recent stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation (“Say on Pay Vote”) required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act. The CEO cannot be present during any voting or deliberations by the Committee on his or her compensation.

 

To review and make recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of all other executive officers. In evaluating and making recommendations regarding executive compensation, the Committee shall consider the results of the most recent Say on Pay Vote.

 

To review and make recommendations to the Board regarding incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans, which includes the ability to adopt, amend and terminate such plans. In reviewing and making recommendations regarding incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans, including whether to adopt, amend or terminate any such plans, the Committee shall consider the results of the most recent Say on Pay Vote.

 

To review and discuss with management the Company’s Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) and the related executive compensation information, recommend that the CD&A and related executive compensation information be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K and proxy statement, and produce the compensation committee report on executive officer compensation required to be included in the Company’s proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

To review and make recommendations to the Board regarding any employee benefit plans for the Company, which includes the ability to adopt, amend and terminate such plans and the ability to delegate oversight of such plans.

 

To review the Company’s incentive compensation arrangements to determine whether they encourage excessive risk-taking, to review and discuss at least annually the relationship between risk management policies and practices and compensation, and to evaluate compensation policies and practices that could mitigate any such risk.

 

To review and recommend to the Board for approval the frequency with which the Company will conduct Say on Pay Votes, taking into account the results of the most recent stockholder advisory vote on frequency of Say on Pay Votes required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act, and review and approve the proposals regarding the Say on Pay Vote and the frequency of the Say on Pay Vote to be included in the Company’s proxy statement.

 

To review all director compensation and benefits for service on the Board and Board committees at least once a year and to recommend any changes to the Board as necessary.

 

To oversee engagement with stockholders and proxy advisory firms on executive compensation matters.

 

Outside Advisors

 

The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to select, retain and obtain the advice of a compensation consultant as necessary to assist with the execution of its duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Charter. The Committee shall set the compensation, and oversee the work, of the compensation consultant. The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to retain and obtain the advice and assistance of outside legal counsel and such other advisors as it deems necessary to fulfill its duties and responsibilities under this Charter. The Committee shall set the compensation, and oversee the work, of its outside legal counsel and other advisors. The Committee shall receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the Committee in its capacity as a committee of the Board, for the payment of compensation to its compensation consultants, outside legal counsel and any other advisors. However, the Committee shall not be required to implement or act consistently with the advice or recommendations of its compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor to the compensation committee, and the authority granted in this Charter shall not affect the ability or obligation of the Committee to exercise its own judgment in fulfillment of its duties under this Charter.

 

In retaining or seeking advice from compensation consultants, outside counsel and other advisors (other than the Company’s in-house counsel), the Committee must take into consideration the factors specified in {SECURITIES EXCHANGE RULE}. The Committee may retain, or receive advice from, any compensation advisor they prefer, including ones that are not independent, after considering the specified factors. The Committee is not required to assess the independence of any compensation consultant or other advisor that acts in a role limited to consulting on any broad-based plan that does not discriminate in scope, terms or operation in favor of executive officers or directors and that is generally available to all salaried employees or providing information that is not customized for a particular company or that is customized based on parameters that are not developed by the consultant or advisor, and about which the consultant or advisor does not provide advice.

 

2

 

 

The Committee shall evaluate whether any compensation consultant retained or to be retained by it has any conflict of interest in accordance with Item 407(e)(3)(iv) of Regulation S-K. Any compensation consultant retained by the Committee to assist with its responsibilities relating to executive compensation or director compensation shall not be retained by the Company for any compensation or other human resource matters.

 

Structure and Operations

 

The Board shall designate a member of the Committee as the chairperson. The Committee shall meet at least one time a year at such times and places as it deems necessary to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall report regularly to the Board regarding its actions and make recommendations to the Board as appropriate. The Committee is governed by the same rules regarding meetings (including meetings in person or by telephone or other similar communications equipment), action without meetings, notice, waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as are applicable to the Board.

 

The Committee may invite such members of management to its meetings as it deems appropriate. However, the Committee shall meet regularly without such members present, and in all cases the CEO and any other such officers shall not be present at meetings at which their compensation or performance is discussed or determined.

 

The Committee shall review this Charter at least annually and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval.

 

Delegation of Authority

 

The Committee shall have the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities, along with the authority to take action in relation to such responsibilities, to one or more subcommittees as the Committee may deem appropriate in its sole discretion. Subject to applicable law, rules and regulations and the organizational documents of the Company, the Committee shall have the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities, along with the authority to take action in relation to such responsibilities, to one or more officers of the Company.

 

 

3

Exhibit 99.3

 

CHARTER OF THE NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE OF MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Membership

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) shall consist of three or more directors. Each member of the Committee shall be independent in accordance with the rules of Nasdaq.

 

The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board based on recommendations from the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board. The members of the Committee shall be appointed for one-year terms and shall serve for such term or terms as the Board may determine or until earlier resignation or death. The Board may remove any member from the Committee at any time with or without cause.

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of the Committee is to carry out the responsibilities delegated by the Board relating to the Company’s director nominations process and procedures, oversight of the board and board committee assessment process and any related matters required by the federal securities laws.

 

Duties and Responsibilities

 

The Committee shall have the following authority and responsibilities:

 

To identify and screen individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board. The Committee shall consider any director candidates recommended by the Company’s stockholders pursuant to the procedures described in the Company’s proxy statement. The Committee shall also consider any nominations of director candidates validly made by stockholders in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the provisions of the Company’s charter documents.

 

To make recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and approval of the nominees for director to be submitted to a stockholder vote at the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

To oversee the Company’s corporate governance policies, practices and procedures, including identifying best practices and reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval any changes to the documents, policies and procedures in the Company’s corporate governance framework.

 

 

 

 

To review the Board’s committee structure and composition and to make recommendations to the Board regarding the appointment of directors to serve as members of each committee and committee chairmen annually.

 

If a vacancy on the Board and/or any Board committee occurs, to identify and make recommendations to the Board regarding the selection and approval of candidates to fill such vacancy either by election by stockholders or appointment by the Board.

 

To review and discuss with management disclosure of the Company’s corporate governance practices, including information regarding the operations of the Committee and other Board committees, director independence and the director nominations process, and to recommend that this disclosure be, included in the Company’s proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K, as applicable.

 

To review any director resignation letter tendered in accordance with the Company’s director resignation policy, and evaluate and recommend to the Board whether such resignation should be accepted.

 

Outside Advisors

 

The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to select, retain and obtain the advice of a director search firm as necessary to assist with the execution of its duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Charter. The Committee shall set the compensation and oversee the work of the director search firm. The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to retain and obtain the advice and assistance of outside counsel, an executive search firm and such other advisors as it deems necessary to fulfill its duties and responsibilities under this Charter. The Committee shall set the compensation and oversee the work of its outside counsel, the executive search firm and any other advisors. The Committee shall receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the Committee in its capacity as a committee of the Board, for the payment of compensation to its search consultants, outside counsel and any other advisors.

 

The Committee shall review this Charter at least annually and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval.

 

Delegation of Authority

 

The Committee shall have the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities, along with the authority to take action in relation to such responsibilities, to one or more subcommittees as the Committee may deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

MARWYNN HOLDINGS, INC.

 

POLICY FOR THE

 

RECOVERY OF ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION

 

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Marwynn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), acting in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders, has adopted this Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (the “Policy”), which provides for the recovery of certain Incentive-Based Compensation (as defined below) in the event of an Accounting Restatement (as defined below). This Policy is designed to comply with, and shall be interpreted to be consistent with, Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Section 10D”), Rule 10D-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Rule 10D-1”) and Rule 811 of the Nasdaq Company Guide (“Rule 811”).

 

All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2, below.

 

1. Administration

 

  1.1 Except as specifically set forth herein, this Policy will be administered by the Compensation Committee, composed entirely of independent directors (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the administration of this Policy and for the Company’s compliance with the Rule 811, Section 10D, Rule 10D-1 and any other applicable law, regulation, rule or interpretation of the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or Nasdaq promulgated or issued in connection therewith. Any determinations made by the Compensation Committee will be final and binding on all affected individuals and need not be uniform with respect to each individual covered by the Policy. The Compensation Committee is authorized and directed to consult with the full Board or such other committees of the Board as may be necessary or appropriate as to matters within the scope of such other committee’s responsibility and authority. Subject to applicable law, the Compensation Committee may authorize and empower any officer or employee of the Company to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to carry out the purpose and intent of this Policy, other than with respect to any recovery under this Policy involving such officer or employee.

 

2. Definitions

 

  2.1 “Accounting Restatement” means an accounting restatement of the Company’s financial statements due to the Company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements (a “Big R” restatement), or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period (a “little r” restatement).

  

 

 

 

  2.2 “Applicable Period” means the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, as well as any transition period resulting from a change in the Company’s fiscal year within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years, except that a transition period comprising a period of at least nine months shall count as a completed fiscal year.

 

  2.3 “Clawback Eligible Incentive Compensation” means all Incentive-Based Compensation Received by an Executive Officer (i) on or after the Effective Date, regardless of if the Incentive-Based Compensation results from a compensation contract or arrangement existing prior to the Effective Date, (ii) after beginning service as an Executive Officer, (iii) who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the applicable performance period relating to any Incentive-Based Compensation, whether or not such Executive Officer is serving at the time the Erroneously Awarded Compensation is required to be repaid to the Company, (iv) while the Company has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association, and (v) during the Applicable Period.

 

  2.4 “Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means, with respect to each Executive Officer in connection with an Accounting Restatement, the amount of Clawback Eligible Incentive Compensation that exceeds the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation that otherwise would have been Received had it been determined based on the restated amounts, computed without regard to any taxes paid.

 

  2.5 “Executive Officer” means the Company’s current and former executive officers, as determined by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the Rule 811, Section 10D and Rule 10D-1, and such other senior executives who may from time to time be deemed subject to the Policy by the Compensation Committee including but not limited to each individual who is currently or was previously designated as the Company’s president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, any vice-president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function, such as sales, administration, or finance, any other officer or person who performs a significant policy-making function for the Company, the Company’s parent(s) or subsidiaries.

 

2

 

 

  2.6 “Financial Reporting Measure” is any measure that is determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measure that is derived wholly or in part from such measure. Financial Reporting Measures include but are not limited to the following (and any measures derived from the following): Company stock price; total shareholder return (“TSR”); revenues, net income, operating income, profitability of one or more reportable segments; financial ratios (e.g., accounts receivable turnover and inventory turnover rates); earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); funds from operations and adjusted funds from operations; liquidity measures (e.g., working capital, operating cash flow); return measures (e.g., return on invested capital, return on assets); earnings measures (e.g., earnings per share); revenue per user, or average revenue per user, where revenue is subject to an Accounting Restatement; any of such financial reporting measure relative to a peer group, where the Company’s financial reporting measure is subject to an Accounting Restatement; and tax basis income. For the avoidance of doubt, any Financial Reporting Measures need not be presented within the Company’s financial statements or included in a filing with the SEC.

 

  2.7 “Incentive-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned or voted based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure including, but not limited to, compensation in the form of cash, equity, and phantom equity incentive awards granted under an annual or long term incentive plan, or otherwise.

 

  2.8 “Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

 

  2.9 “Received” means, with respect to any Incentive-Based Compensation, actual or deemed receipt of any compensation during the Company’s fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in an Incentive-Based Compensation award is determined and presented, even if the payment or grant of such Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period.

 

  2.10 “Restatement Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the date the Board, a committee of the Board, or the officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, or (ii) the date a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement, in each case regardless of if or when the restated financial statements are filed.

 

3. Required Recoupment of Erroneously Awarded Compensation in the Event of an Accounting Restatement

 

  3.1 In the event the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, the Company shall promptly recoup the amount of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received by any Executive Officer in accordance with the Rule 811 and Rule 10D-1 as follows:

 

  a. Following an Accounting Restatement, the Compensation Committee will assess the amount of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received by each Executive Officer and shall promptly provide written notice to each Executive Officer detailing the amount of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation and a demand for repayment or return of such compensation, as applicable.

 

3

 

 

  i. In the case of Incentive-Based Compensation based on (or derived from) the Company’s stock price or TSR, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in the applicable Accounting Restatement:

 

  (1) The Compensation Committee shall determine the amount to be repaid or returned based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on the Company’s stock price or TSR upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation was Received; and

 

  (2) The Company shall maintain documentation of the determination of such reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the Nasdaq. 

 

  b. The Compensation Committee shall have discretion to determine the appropriate means of recovering Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on the particular facts and circumstances. Acceptable methods of recovery include, but are not limited to, (i) seeking reimbursement, in whole or in part, of any cash or equity-based award, (ii) cancelling prior cash or equity-based awards, (iii) cancelling or offsetting against any compensation otherwise owed by the Company to the Executive Officer, (iv) forfeiture of deferred compensation, provided that such forfeiture complies with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (v) any other means permitted by applicable law or contract. The Compensation Committee, in accordance with applicable law, may recover under this Policy from any amount otherwise payable to the Executive Officer, including amounts that would otherwise be payable to such Executive Officer. This includes moneys owed to the Executive Officer under any Company plan or program, including base salary, bonuses, commissions or previously deferred compensation. The Compensation Committee may in its discretion, establish a deferred payment plan for the Executive Officer if it determines that repayment of the Erroneously Awarded Compensation would result in economic hardship for the Executive Officer. Furthermore, the Company and its directors and officers shall factor in the time adjusted value of potentially recoverable compensation, when determining the appropriate means of recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 3.2 below, the Company is prohibited from accepting an amount less than the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation in satisfaction of an Executive Officer’s obligations hereunder.

 

  c. Where the Executive Officer has already reimbursed the Company for any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received under a separate recovery obligation established by the Company or applicable law, any such reimbursed amount may be credited against the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation subject to recovery under this Policy. Recovery under this Policy does not preclude recovery under Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 304, to the extent any applicable amounts have not been reimbursed to the Company.

  

4

 

 

  d. In the event an Executive Officer does not repay all Erroneously Awarded Compensation to the Company when due, the Company shall take all actions reasonable and appropriate to recover the remaining Erroneously Awarded Compensation from the applicable Executive Officer. The applicable Executive Officer shall be liable to the Company for any and all expenses reasonably incurred by the Company (including legal fees) in recovering such Erroneously Awarded Compensation.

 

  3.2 The Company must recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation in compliance with this Policy unless the Compensation Committee determines that recovery would be impracticable for the following reasons, and subject to the following procedural and disclosure requirements:

 

  a. The direct costs payable to a third party to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the Erroneously Awarded Compensation amount. Before concluding that it would be impracticable to recover any such amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on expense of recovery, the Compensation Committee must make a reasonable attempt to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation, document its efforts and provide such documentation to the Nasdaq. Additionally, the Company must disclose the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation foregone and a brief description why the Company did not pursue recovery on the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K and proxy or information statements requiring an Item 402 disclosure; or

 

  b. Recovery would violate home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022, provided that, before determining that it would be impracticable to recover any amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on violation of home country law, the Company has obtained an opinion of home country counsel, acceptable to the Nasdaq, that recovery would result in such a violation and a copy of the opinion is provided to the Nasdaq; or

 

  c. Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.

 

4. Prohibition of Indemnification

 

  4.1 The Company shall not insure or indemnify any Executive Officer against (i) the loss of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation that is repaid, returned or recovered pursuant to the terms of this Policy, or (ii) any claims relating to the Company’s enforcement of its rights under this Policy. Further, the Company shall not enter into any agreement that exempts any Incentive-Based Compensation granted, paid or awarded to an Executive Officer from the application of this Policy or that waives the Company’s right to recover any Erroneously Awarded Compensation. This Policy shall supersede any such agreement, whether entered into before, on or after the Effective Date of this Policy.

  

5

 

 

5. Compensation Committee Indemnification

 

  5.1 Members of the Compensation Committee, and any other members of the Board involved in the administration of this Policy, shall not be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in relation to this Policy and shall be fully indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law and Company policy with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation. The foregoing sentence shall not limit any other rights to indemnification of the members of the Compensation Committee under applicable law or Company policy. Notwithstanding Section 7.1, no amendment to this Policy may retroactively limit or reduce the rights of the members of the Compensation Committee to the protections provided under this Section 5.1.

 

6. Effective Date; Retroactive Application

 

  6.1 This Policy shall be effective as of October 2, 2023 (the “Effective Date”). The terms of this Policy shall apply to any Incentive-Based Compensation that is Received by Executive Officers on or after the Effective Date, even if such Incentive-Based Compensation was approved, awarded, granted or paid to such Executive Officers prior to the Effective Date. Notwithstanding Section 3 hereof, and subject to applicable law, the Compensation Committee may recover under this Policy from any amount of compensation approved, awarded, granted, payable or paid to the Executive Officer prior to, on or after the Effective Date.

 

7. Amendment; Termination

 

  7.1 The Board has full discretion to amend, modify, supplement, rescind or replace all or any portion of this Policy at any time, except that no amendment or termination of this Policy shall be effective if such amendment or termination would cause the Company to violate any federal securities laws, SEC rule or Nasdaq rule.

 

  7.2 This Policy is intended to comply with the definitions and obligations set forth under the Rule 811, Section 10D, Rule 10D-1 and any other applicable law, regulation, rule or interpretation of the SEC or Nasdaq promulgated or issued in connection therewith as of the Effective Date. This Policy shall be deemed to automatically update to conform to any amendment to the definitions and obligations set forth under the Rule 811, Section 10D, Rule 10D-1 and any other applicable law, regulation, rule or interpretation of the SEC or Nasdaq promulgated or issued in connection therewith that are effective as of a date that is after the Effective Date.

 

8. Other Recovery Rights

 

  8.1 This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Executive Officers and, as required by applicable law or guidance from the SEC or Nasdaq, their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives. This Policy shall be applied to the fullest extent allowed under applicable law. Any employment agreement, equity award agreement, compensatory plan or other agreement or arrangement with an Executive Officer shall be construed to incorporate, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, an agreement by the Executive Officer to abide by the terms of this Policy. This Policy shall supersede any prior policy of the Company to the extent that any prior policy of the Company does not comply with the standards required under the Rule 811 and Rule 10D-1. Any right of recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recovery that may be available to the Company under applicable law, regulation, rule or pursuant to the terms of any Company policy, employment agreement, equity award agreement, compensatory plan, or other arrangement.

 

9. Disclosure Requirements

 

  9.1 The Company shall file all disclosures with respect to this Policy as required by applicable SEC filing rules and requirements. A copy of this Policy and any amendments thereto shall be posted on the Company’s website and filed as an exhibit to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K. Pursuant to Regulation S-K, the Company shall disclose any instance in which the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement.

 

6

 

 

ATTESTATION AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF POLICY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION

 

I, the undersigned, affirm and acknowledge that I am fully bound by, and subject to, all of the terms and conditions of Marwynn Holdings, Inc.’s Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (the “Policy”). In the event of any inconsistency between the Policy and the terms of any employment agreement to which I am a party, or the terms of any compensation plan, program or agreement under which any compensation has been granted, awarded, earned or paid, the terms of the Policy shall govern. In the event the Compensation Committee determines that any amounts granted, awarded, earned or paid to me must be forfeited or reimbursed to the Company, I will promptly take any action necessary to effectuate such forfeiture and/or reimbursement. Any capitalized terms used in this Acknowledgment without definition shall have the meaning set forth in the Policy.

 

By:     Date:  
         
Name:         
         
Title:        
         

 

7